WO2014130965A1 - Gastrokine-1 (gkn1) binding proteins and methods of treatment - Google Patents
Gastrokine-1 (gkn1) binding proteins and methods of treatment Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2014130965A1 WO2014130965A1 PCT/US2014/018080 US2014018080W WO2014130965A1 WO 2014130965 A1 WO2014130965 A1 WO 2014130965A1 US 2014018080 W US2014018080 W US 2014018080W WO 2014130965 A1 WO2014130965 A1 WO 2014130965A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- seq
- amino acid
- acid sequence
- antigen binding
- binding protein
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Ceased
Links
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
- C07K16/18—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
- C07K2317/70—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by effect upon binding to a cell or to an antigen
- C07K2317/73—Inducing cell death, e.g. apoptosis, necrosis or inhibition of cell proliferation
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
- C07K2317/70—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by effect upon binding to a cell or to an antigen
- C07K2317/76—Antagonist effect on antigen, e.g. neutralization or inhibition of binding
Definitions
- the present disclosure relates to the treatment or amelioration of a metabolic disorder, such as a disorder of glucose metabolism, by blocking or interfering with the biological activity of GK 1.
- a metabolic disorder such as a disorder of glucose metabolism
- Gastrokine-1 is a polypeptide secreted by the gastric mucosa belonging to the family of gastrokines that includes GK 2 and GK 3.
- GKN2 is the closest homo log with 42% similarity.
- GKN1 is also called 18 kDa antrum mucosa protein (AMP- 18) (Martin et al, 2003, Am J. Physiol Gastrointest Liver Physiol, 285 :G332-43), Protein CA11 (Shiozaki et al. , 2001, IntJ Oncol, 19:701-7), and foveolin (FOV) (Oien et al, 2004, J Pathol, 203:789-97).
- AMP- 18 18 kDa antrum mucosa protein
- Human GK 1 gene is located on chromosome Chr2 pi 3.3 and mouse GK 1 gene is located on chromosome chr6 qDl . Protein analysis suggests the presence of a 20-amino acid signal peptide at the N-terminus that is cleaved. The human mature peptide contains 165 amino acids. Human, mouse, rat and cow sequences are highly conserved (Oien et al, 2004).
- GK 1 has been linked to a number of biological activities in literature reports. GK 1 has been postulated to have a role in tumor suppression (Xing et al, 2012, Gut, 61 :43-52; Mao et al, 2012, J Exp Clin Cancer Res, 3J_:49; Yan et al, 2011, Proteomics, ⁇ ⁇ :3657- 3664), as a growth factor (Xing et al, 2012; Martin et al, 2003; Toback et al, 2003, Am J Physiol Gastrointest Liver Physiol 2003, 285:G344-G353); in cell migration (Toback et al, 2003) and in protection from infection with the bacterium Helicobacter pylori (Nardone et al, 2008, Cancer Biol & Therapy, 7: 1890-1895). GK 1 has no known receptor or co- receptor and its mode of action is unknown. However, CCKB-R has been postulated as a receptor for GK 1 (
- a method of treating a metabolic disorder in a patient comprising administering to the patient an effective amount of an antigen binding protein capable of inhibiting the activity of GK 1 is provided.
- a method of treating a disorder of glucose metabolism in a patient comprising administering to the patient an effective amount of an antigen binding protein capable of inhibiting the activity of GK 1 is provided.
- a method of treating diabetes mellitus in a patient comprising administering to the patient an effective amount of an antigen binding protein capable of inhibiting the activity of GK 1 is provided.
- a method of modulating blood glucose in a patient comprising administering to the patient an effective amount of an antigen binding protein capable of inhibiting the activity of GK 1 is provided.
- a method of treating insulin resistance in a patient comprising administering to the patient an effective amount of an antigen binding protein capable of inhibiting the activity of GK 1 is provided.
- a method of treating dyslipidemia in a patient comprising administering to the patient an effective amount of an antigen binding protein capable of inhibiting the activity of GK 1 is provided.
- a method of treating obesity in a patient comprising administering to the patient an effective amount of an antigen binding protein capable of inhibiting the activity of GK 1 is provided.
- a method of treating a disease or disorder characterized by undesired levels of triglycerides in a patient comprising administering to the patient an effective amount of an antigen binding protein capable of inhibiting the activity of GK 1 is provided.
- a method according to any one of the first eight embodiments is provided, wherein the antigen binding protein is an antibody.
- a method according to any one of the first eight embodiments wherein the antigen binding protein is a humanized antibody.
- the antigen binding protein comprises:
- CDRHs heavy chain complementary determining regions
- a CDRH1 selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:65-71
- a CDRH2 selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:72-79
- iii. a CDRH3 selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 80-86
- a CDRH of (i), (ii) and (iii) that contains one or more amino acid substitutions, deletions or insertions totaling no more than 4 amino acids b. one or more light chain complementary determining regions (CDRLs) selected from the group consisting of:
- a CDRL1 selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:87-93; ii. a CDRL2 selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:94-99; iii. a CDRL3 selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 100-105; iv. a CDRL of (i), (ii) and (iii) that contains one or more amino acid substitutions, deletions or insertions totaling no more than 4 amino acids; or
- the antigen binding protein comprises:
- a. a CDRH selected from the group consisting of:
- CDRH1 selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:65-71
- CDRH2 selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:72-79
- a CDRH3 selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:80-86; b. a CDRL selected from the group consisting of:
- CDRLl selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:87-93
- CDRL2 selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:94-99
- CDRL3 selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 100- 105; or
- the antigen binding protein comprises:
- the antigen binding protein comprises a heavy chain variable region (V H ) and/or a light chain variable region (V L ), wherein
- V H has at least 90% sequence identity with the amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:40-53;
- V L has at least 90% sequence identity with the amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:54-64.
- the antigen binding protein comprises a heavy chain variable region (V H ) and a light chain variable region (V L ), wherein
- the V H comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:40 and the V L comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:54; b. the V H comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:41 and the V L comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:55;
- V H comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:42 and the V L comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:56;
- V H comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:43 and the V L comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:57;
- V H comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:44 and the V L comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:58;
- V H comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:45 and the V L comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:59;
- V H comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:46 and the V L comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:60;
- V H comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:47 and the V L comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:60;
- V H comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:48 and the V L comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:61;
- V H comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:49 and the V L comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:62;
- V H comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:50 and the V L comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:61 ;
- V H comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:51 and the V L comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:62;
- V H comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:52 and the V L comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:63; or
- V H comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:53 and the V L comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:64.
- the antigen binding protein comprises a heavy chain (HC) and/or a light chain (LC), wherein
- the HC has at least 90% sequence identity with the amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 15-28;
- the LC has at least 90%> sequence identity with the amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:29-39.
- the antigen binding protein comprises a heavy chain (HC) and a light chain (LC), wherein
- the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 15 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:29;
- the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 16 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:30;
- the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 17 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:31;
- the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 18 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:32;
- the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 19 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:33;
- the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:20 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:34;
- the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:21 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:35;
- the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:22 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:35;
- the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:23 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:36;
- the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:24 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:37;
- the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:25 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:36;
- the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:26 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:37;
- the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:27 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:38; or
- the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:29 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:39.
- an antigen binding protein that specifically binds to GKN1 polypeptide is provided.
- the antigen binding protein according to the eighteenth embodiment is provided, wherein the GK 1 polypeptide is a human GKN1 polypeptide.
- the antigen binding protein according to the eighteenth or nineteenth embodiment is provided, wherein the antigen binding protein is a human antigen binding protein.
- the antigen binding protein according to the previous embodiment is provided, wherein the human antigen binding protein is a human antibody.
- the antigen binding protein according to any one of embodiments eighteen through twenty-one is provided, wherein the antigen binding protein binds a human GK 1 polypeptide consisting of SEQ ID NO:3.
- the antigen binding protein according to any one of embodiments eighteen through twenty-two is provided, wherein the antigen binding protein comprises:
- CDRHs heavy chain complementary determining regions
- a CDRH1 selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:65-71
- a CDRH2 selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:72-79
- iii. a CDRH3 selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 80-86
- CDRLs light chain complementary determining regions
- a CDRL1 selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:87-93; ii. a CDRL2 selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:94-99; iii. a CDRL3 selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 100-105; iv. a CDRL of (i), (ii) and (iii) that contains one or more amino acid substitutions, deletions or insertions totaling no more than 4 amino acids; or
- the antigen binding protein according to any one of embodiments eighteen through twenty-two is provided, wherein the antigen binding protein comprises: a. a CDRH selected from the group consisting of:
- CDRH1 selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:65-71
- CDRH2 selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:72-79
- a CDRH3 selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 80-86; b. a CDRL selected from the group consisting of:
- CDRLl selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:87-93
- CDRL2 selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:94-99
- CDRL3 selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 100- 105; or
- the antigen binding protein according to the previous embodiment, wherein the antigen binding protein comprises:
- CDRL3 of SEQ ID NO: 105 or
- the antigen binding protein according to any one of embodiments eighteen through twenty-two is provided, wherein the antigen binding protein comprises a heavy chain variable region (V H ) and/or a light chain variable region (V L ), wherein
- V H has at least 90% sequence identity with the amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:40-53;
- V L has at least 90% sequence identity with the amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:54-64.
- the antigen binding protein according to the previous embodiment, wherein the antigen binding protein comprises a heavy chain variable region (V H ) and a light chain variable region (V L ), wherein
- V H comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:40 and the V L comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:54;
- V H comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:41 and the V L comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:55;
- V H comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:42 and the V L comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:56;
- V H comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:43 and the V L comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:57;
- V H comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:44 and the V L comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:58;
- the V H comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:45 and the V L comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:59; g. the V H comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:46 and the V L comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:60;
- V H comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:47 and the V L comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:60;
- V H comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:48 and the V L comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:61 ;
- V H comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:49 and the V L comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:62;
- V H comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:50 and the V L comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:61 ;
- V H comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:51 and the V L comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:62;
- V H comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:52 and the V L comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:63; or
- V H comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:53 and the V L comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:64.
- the antigen binding protein according to any one of embodiments eighteen through twenty-two is provided, wherein the antigen binding protein comprises a heavy chain (HC) and/or a light chain (LC), wherein
- the HC has at least 90% sequence identity with the amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 15-28;
- the LC has at least 90% sequence identity with the amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:29-39.
- the antigen binding protein comprises a heavy chain (HC) and a light chain (LC), wherein
- the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 15 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:29;
- the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 16 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:30;
- the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 17 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:31 ; d. the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 18 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:32;
- the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 19 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:33;
- the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:20 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:34;
- the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:21 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:35;
- the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:22 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:35;
- the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:23 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:36;
- the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:24 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:37;
- the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:25 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:36;
- the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:26 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:37;
- the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:27 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:38; or
- the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:29 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:39.
- a pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one antigen binding protein according to any one of embodiments eighteen through twenty-nine is provided.
- nucleic acid molecule encoding the antigen binding protein according to any one of embodiments eighteen through twenty-nine is provided.
- a vector comprising the nucleic acid of the previous embodiment is provided.
- a host cell comprising the nucleic acid of the thirty-first embodiment and/or the vector of the previous embodiment is provided.
- a method of making the antigen binding protein according to any one of embodiments eighteen through twenty-nine comprising preparing the antigen binding protein from a host cell that secretes the antigen binding protein.
- the antigen binding protein according to of any one of embodiments eighteen through twenty-nine, or the pharmaceutical composition according to the thirtieth embodiment is provided for use in therapy.
- Figure 1 is a series of two bar graphs showing the expression of GKNl in various tissues by quantitative PCR.
- Figure 1A shows the expression of GKNl in various human tissues.
- Figure IB show the expression of GKNl in various murine tissues.
- Figure 2 is a diagram graphically depicting the study design for the study described in Example 1 performed using GKNl knock-out (KO) mice and wild type (WT) mice.
- the study followed male and female animals of each genotype before (3 weeks) and after (9 weeks) institution of a 45% high fat diet (D1245 H, Research Diet).
- the diagram identifies when various determinations were made, including body weight (BW) and food intake (FI), and when various tests were performed, including intraperitoneal glucose tolerance (IPGTTs), insulin tolerance (ITT) and body composition analysis by magnetic resonance imaging (MRI).
- BW body weight
- FI food intake
- IPGTTs intraperitoneal glucose tolerance
- ITT insulin tolerance
- MRI magnetic resonance imaging
- Figure 3 is a series of four plots showing body weight (g) and food intake (g/kg BW) for WT and GKNl-KO animals over time.
- Figure 3 A shows body weight of male WT and GKNl-KO animals, before and after institution of a high fat diet (D1245 H, Research Diet).
- Figure 3B shows food intake of male WT and GKNl-KO animals after institution of the high fat diet.
- Figure 3C shows body weight of female WT and GKNl-KO animals, before and after institution of the high fat diet.
- Figure 3D shows the food intake of female WT and GKNl-KO animals after institution of the high fat diet.
- Figure 4 is a series of four bar graphs showing fat mass and lean mass of WT and GKNl-KO animals measure after being on a high fat diet for 6 weeks. Fat mass of male WT, male GKNl-KO, female WT and female GKNl-KO animals is shown in Figure 4A (% fat) and Figure 4C (g fat). Lean mass of male WT, male GKNl-KO, female WT and female GKNl-KO animals is shown in Figure 4B (% lean) and Figure 4D (g lean).
- Figure 5 is a series of four plots showing the results of glucose tolerance tests performed 3 weeks before ( Figures 5A and 5B) and 6 weeks after ( Figures 5C and 5D) institution of the high fat diet.
- Figure 5 A shows glucose levels (mg/dL) over a 60 minute period after i.p. injection of glucose (2 g/kg) in male WT and GKNl -KO animals fed normal chow and
- Figure 5C shows glucose levels (mg/dL) over a 120 minute period after i.p. injection of glucose (2 g/kg) in male WT and GKNl-KO animals fed the high fat diet.
- Figure 5B shows glucose levels (mg/dL) over a 60 minute period after i.p.
- Figure 6 is a series of four plots showing the results of an insulin sensitivity test performed 7 weeks after institution of the high fat diet. Glucose levels over a 60 minute period after i.p. injection of 1 U/kg insulin in male WT and GKNl-KO animals are shown in Figure 6 A (as mg/dL) and in Figure 6C (as % of baseline). Glucose levels over a 60 minute period after i.p. injection of 1 U/kg insulin in female WT and GKNl-KO animals are shown in Figure 6B (as mg/dL) and in Figure 6D (as % of baseline).
- Figure 7 is a series of three bar graphs showing levels of insulin, triglyceride and cholesterol in WT and GKNl-KO animals fed a high fat diet.
- the insulin levels (ng/mL) in male WT, male GKNl-KO, female WT and female GKNl-KO animals are shown in Figure 7A.
- the triglyceride levels (mg/mL) for male WT, male GKNl-KO, female WT and female GKNl-KO animals are shown in Figure 7B.
- the cholesterol levels (mg/mL) for male WT, male GKNl-KO, female WT and female GKNl-KO animals are shown in Figure 7C.
- Figure 8 is a series of four plots showing aspartate transaminase (AST), alanine transaminase (ALT), alkaline phosphatase (ALP) and albumin levels for WT and GKNl-KO animals fed a high fat diet.
- AST levels (IU/L) are shown in Figure 8A
- ALT levels (IU/L) are shown in Figure 8B
- ALP levels (IU/L) are shown in Figure 8C
- albumin levels g/dL
- FIG 9 is a series of plots showing liver and spleen weights for WT and GKNl-KO mice fed a high fat diet. Liver weights (g) are shown in Figure 9A and spleen weights (g) are shown in Figure 9B.
- the present disclosure provides a method of treating a metabolic disorder, such as a disorder of glucose metabolism (e.g., Type 2 diabetes, elevated glucose levels, elevated insulin levels, dyslipidemia, metabolic syndrome (Syndrome X or insulin resistance syndrome), glucosuria, metabolic acidosis, diabetic neuropathy, diabetic nephropathy, diabetic retinopathy, diabetic cardiomyopathy, Type 1 diabetes, obesity and conditions exacerbated by obesity) by blocking or interfering with the biological activity of GK 1.
- a therapeutically effective amount of an isolated human GKN1 binding protein is administered to a subject in need thereof. Methods of administration and delivery are also provided.
- GKNl refers to a naturally- occurring wild-type GKNl polypeptide expressed in a mammal, such as a human or a mouse (e.g., SEQ ID NO: 1-3 or 7). It will be appreciated that human GKNl may herein be referred to by the prefix “h” or “hu” (e.g., “huGKNl”), and murine GKNl may herein be referred to by the prefix "m” or “mu” (e.g., "muGKNl”).
- GKNl (or “GKNl polypeptide”) also encompasses a GKNl polypeptide in which a naturally occurring GKNl polypeptide sequence has been modified. Such modifications include, but are not limited to, one or more amino acid substitutions, including substitutions with non-naturally occurring amino acids non-naturally-occurring amino acid analogs and amino acid mimetics.
- a GKNl polypeptide comprises an amino acid sequence that is at least about 85 percent identical to a naturally-occurring GKNl polypeptide (e.g., SEQ ID NOs: l-3). In other embodiments, a GKNl polypeptide comprises an amino acid sequence that is at least about 90 percent, or about 95, 96, 97, 98, or 99 percent identical to a naturally- occurring GKNl polypeptide amino acid sequence (e.g., SEQ ID NOs: l-3).
- the present invention also encompasses nucleic acid molecules encoding such GKNl polypeptide sequences.
- the amount of GKNl or GKNl activity can be determined in various ways.
- the mass of GKNl can be determined by a competitive double antibody radioimmunoassay, or ELISA.
- the presence of GKNl in a sample can be determined by Western Blot analysis.
- a number of cell-based assays for GKNl activity have been reported. See, e.g. , Yan et al., 2011 (pErk and colony formation assays); Xing et al., 2012 (pErk and growth inhibition assays); Toback et al., 2011 (cell growth assay); Martin et al., 2003 (cell growth assay); and Toback et al., 2003 (cell growth assay).
- an "antigen binding protein” as used herein means any protein that specifically binds a specified target antigen, such as a GKNl polypeptide (e.g., a human GKNl polypeptide such as provided in SEQ ID NO:3).
- the term encompasses intact antibodies that comprise at least two full-length heavy chains and two full-length light chains, as well as derivatives, variants, fragments, and mutations thereof, examples of which include Fab, Fab', F(ab') 2 , and Fv fragments.
- An antigen binding protein also includes domain antibodies such as nanobodies and single-chain antibodies as described further below.
- a GK 1 antigen binding protein is said to "specifically bind" its target antigen GK 1 when the antigen binding protein exhibits essentially background binding to non-GK l molecules.
- An antigen binding protein that specifically binds GK 1 may, however, cross-react with GK 1 polypeptides from different species.
- a GK 1 antigen binding protein specifically binds human GK 1 when the dissociation constant (KD) is ⁇ 10 ⁇ 7 M as measured via a surface plasma resonance technique (e.g., BIACore, GE- Healthcare Uppsala, Sweden).
- a GK 1 antigen binding protein specifically binds human GK 1 with "high affinity” when the K D is ⁇ 5x 10 "8 M, and with "very high affinity” when the K D is ⁇ 5x 10 ⁇ 9 M, as measured using methods described, e.g., in Example 3.
- Antigen binding region means a protein, or a portion of a protein, that specifically binds a specified antigen. For example, that portion of an antigen binding protein that contains the amino acid residues that interact with an antigen and confer on the antigen binding protein its specificity and affinity for the antigen is referred to as "antigen binding region.”
- An antigen binding region typically includes one or more “complementary binding regions” (“CDRs”). Certain antigen binding regions also include one or more "framework” regions.
- CDR is an amino acid sequence that contributes to antigen binding specificity and affinity. "Framework” regions can aid in maintaining the proper conformation of the CDRs to promote binding between the antigen binding region and an antigen.
- a "recombinant protein”, including a recombinant GK 1 antigen binding protein, is a protein made using recombinant techniques, i.e., through the expression of a recombinant nucleic acid as described herein. Methods and techniques for the production of recombinant proteins are well-known in the art.
- antibody refers to an intact immunoglobulin of any isotype, or a fragment thereof that can compete with the intact antibody for specific binding to the target antigen, and includes, for instance, chimeric, humanized, fully human, and bispecific antibodies.
- An "antibody” as such is a species of an antigen binding protein.
- An intact antibody generally will comprise at least two full-length heavy chains and two full-length light chains, but in some instances may include fewer chains such as antibodies naturally occurring in camelids which may comprise only heavy chains.
- Antibodies may be derived solely from a single source, or may be "chimeric,” that is, different portions of the antibody may be derived from two different antibodies as described further below.
- antigen binding proteins, antibodies, or binding fragments may be produced in hybridomas, by recombinant DNA techniques, or by enzymatic or chemical cleavage of intact antibodies.
- antibody includes, in addition to antibodies comprising two full-length heavy chains and two full-length light chains, derivatives, variants, fragments, and mutations thereof, examples of which include Fab, Fab', F(ab') 2 , Fv fragments, domain antibodies such as Nanobodies® and single-chain antibodies as described in more detail below.
- light chain as used with respect to an antibody or fragments thereof includes a full-length light chain and fragments thereof having sufficient variable region sequence to confer binding specificity.
- a full-length light chain includes a variable region domain, V L , and a constant region domain, C L .
- the variable region domain of the light chain is at the amino-terminus of the polypeptide.
- Light chains include kappa chains and lambda chains.
- a full-length heavy chain includes a variable region domain, V H , and three constant region domains, C H T , C H , and C H 3.
- the V H domain is at the amino-terminus of the polypeptide
- the C H domains are at the carboxyl-terminus, with the C R 3 being closest to the carboxy-terminus of the polypeptide.
- Heavy chains may be of any isotype, including IgG (including IgGl, IgG2, IgG3 and IgG4 subtypes), IgA (including IgAl and IgA2 subtypes), IgM and IgE.
- immunologically functional fragment of an antibody or immunoglobulin chain (heavy or light chain), as used herein, is an antigen binding protein comprising a portion (regardless of how that portion is obtained or synthesized) of an antibody that lacks at least some of the amino acids present in a full-length chain but which is capable of specifically binding to an antigen.
- fragments are biologically active in that they bind specifically to the target antigen and can compete with other antigen binding proteins, including intact antibodies, for specific binding to a given epitope.
- such a fragment will retain at least one CDR present in the full-length light or heavy chain, and in some embodiments will comprise a single heavy chain and/or light chain or portion thereof.
- Immunologically functional immunoglobulin fragments include, but are not limited to, Fab, Fab', F(ab') 2 , Fv, domain antibodies and single-chain antibodies, and may be derived from any mammalian source, including but not limited to human, mouse, rat, camelids or rabbit.
- a functional portion of the antigen binding proteins disclosed herein could be covalently bound to a second protein or to a small molecule to create a therapeutic agent directed to a particular target in the body, possessing bifunctional therapeutic properties, or having a prolonged serum half-life.
- Fab fragment is comprised of one light chain and the C H I and variable regions of one heavy chain.
- the heavy chain of a Fab molecule cannot form a disulfide bond with another heavy chain molecule.
- An "Fc" region contains two heavy chain fragments comprising the C H I and C H 2 domains of an antibody.
- the two heavy chain fragments are held together by two or more disulfide bonds and by hydrophobic interactions of the C H 3 domains.
- Fab' fragment contains one light chain and a portion of one heavy chain that contains the V H domain and the C H I domain and also the region between the C H I and C H 2 domains, such that an interchain disulfide bond can be formed between the two heavy chains of two Fab' fragments to form an F(ab') 2 molecule.
- F(ab') 2 fragment contains two light chains and two heavy chains containing a portion of the constant region between the C H I and C H 2 domains, such that an interchain disulfide bond is formed between the two heavy chains.
- a F(ab') 2 fragment thus is composed of two Fab' fragments that are held together by a disulfide bond between the two heavy chains.
- the "Fv region” comprises the variable regions from both the heavy and light chains, but lacks the constant regions.
- Single-chain antibodies are Fv molecules in which the heavy and light chain variable regions have been connected by a flexible linker to form a single polypeptide chain, which forms an antigen-binding region.
- Single chain antibodies are discussed in detail in International Patent Application Publication No. WO 88/01649 and United States Patent Nos. 4,946,778 and No. 5,260,203, the disclosures of which are incorporated by reference.
- a “domain antibody” is an immunologically functional immunoglobulin fragment containing only the variable region of a heavy chain or the variable region of a light chain.
- domain antibodies include Nanobodies®.
- two or more V H regions are covalently joined with a peptide linker to create a bivalent domain antibody.
- the two V H regions of a bivalent domain antibody may target the same or different antigens.
- a “bivalent antigen binding protein” or “bivalent antibody” comprises two antigen binding regions. In some instances, the two binding regions have the same antigen specificities. Bivalent antigen binding proteins and bivalent antibodies may be bispecific, see, infra.
- a multispecific antigen binding protein or “multispecific antibody” is one that targets more than one antigen or epitope.
- a "bispecific,” “dual-specific” or “bifunctional” antigen binding protein or antibody is a hybrid antigen binding protein or antibody, respectively, having two different antigen binding sites.
- Bispecific antigen binding proteins and antibodies are a species of multispecific antigen binding protein or multispecific antibody and may be produced by a variety of methods including, but not limited to, fusion of hybridomas or linking of Fab' fragments. See, e.g., Songsivilai and Lachmann, 1990, Clin. Exp. Immunol. 79:315-321; Kostelny et al., 1992, J. Immunol. 148: 1547-1553.
- the two binding sites of a bispecific antigen binding protein or antibody will bind to two different epitopes, which may reside on the same or different protein targets.
- competition when used in the context of antigen binding proteins (e.g., antibodies) that compete for the same epitope means competition between antigen binding proteins is determined by an assay in which the antigen binding protein (e.g., antibody or immunologically functional fragment thereof) under test prevents or inhibits specific binding of a reference antigen binding protein to a common antigen (e.g., GK 1, or a fragment thereof, or a complex comprising GKN1 and its receptor or receptors).
- a common antigen e.g., GK 1, or a fragment thereof, or a complex comprising GKN1 and its receptor or receptors.
- ⁇ assays Numerous types of competitive binding assays can be used to determine if a test molecule competes with a reference molecule for binding.
- assays include solid phase direct or indirect radioimmunoassay (RIA), solid phase direct or indirect enzyme immunoassay (EIA), sandwich competition assay (see, e.g., Stahli et al., 1983, Methods in Enzymology 9:242-253); solid phase direct biotin-avidin EIA (see, e.g., Kirkland et al, 1986, J. Immunol.
- RIA solid phase direct or indirect radioimmunoassay
- EIA enzyme immunoassay
- sandwich competition assay see, e.g., Stahli et al., 1983, Methods in Enzymology 9:242-253
- solid phase direct biotin-avidin EIA see, e.g., Kirkland et al, 1986, J. Immunol.
- solid phase direct labeled assay solid phase direct labeled sandwich assay (see, e.g., Harlow and Lane, 1988, Antibodies, A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Press); solid phase direct label RIA using 1-125 label (see, e.g., Morel et al, 1988, Molec. Immunol. 25:7-15); solid phase direct biotin-avidin EIA (see, e.g., Cheung, et al., 1990, Virology 176:546-552); and direct labeled RIA (Moldenhauer et al, 1990, Scand. J. Immunol. 32:77-82).
- such an assay involves the use of purified antigen bound to a solid surface or cells bearing either of an unlabelled test antigen binding protein or a labeled reference antigen binding protein.
- Competitive inhibition is measured by determining the amount of label bound to the solid surface or cells in the presence of the test antigen binding protein. Usually the test antigen binding protein is present in excess.
- Antigen binding proteins identified by competition assay include antigen binding proteins binding to the same epitope as the reference antigen binding proteins and antigen binding proteins binding to an adjacent epitope sufficiently proximal to the epitope bound by the reference antigen binding protein for steric hindrance to occur. Additional details regarding methods for determining competitive binding are provided in the examples herein.
- a competing antigen binding protein when present in excess, it will inhibit specific binding of a reference antigen binding protein to a common antigen by at least 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70% or 75%. In some instances, binding is inhibited by at least 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, or 97% or more.
- antigen refers to a molecule or a portion of a molecule capable of being bound by a selective binding agent, such as an antigen binding protein (including, e.g., an antibody), and additionally capable of being used in an animal to produce antibodies capable of binding to that antigen.
- a selective binding agent such as an antigen binding protein (including, e.g., an antibody)
- An antigen may possess one or more epitopes that are capable of interacting with different antigen binding proteins, e.g., antibodies.
- epitope is the portion of a molecule that is bound by an antigen binding protein (for example, an antibody).
- the term includes any determinant capable of specifically binding to an antigen binding protein, such as an antibody.
- An epitope can be contiguous or non-contiguous (discontinuous) (e.g., in a polypeptide, amino acid residues that are not contiguous to one another in the polypeptide sequence but that within in context of the molecule are bound by the antigen binding protein).
- a conformational epitope is an epitope that exists within the conformation of an active protein but is not present in a denatured protein.
- epitopes may be mimetic in that they comprise a three dimensional structure that is similar to an epitope used to generate the antigen binding protein, yet comprise none or only some of the amino acid residues found in that epitope used to generate the antigen binding protein. Most often, epitopes reside on proteins, but in some instances may reside on other kinds of molecules, such as nucleic acids. Epitope determinants may include chemically active surface groupings of molecules such as amino acids, sugar side chains, phosphoryl or sulfonyl groups, and may have specific three dimensional structural characteristics, and/or specific charge characteristics. Generally, antigen binding proteins specific for a particular target antigen will preferentially recognize an epitope on the target antigen in a complex mixture of proteins and/or macromolecules.
- identity refers to a relationship between the sequences of two or more polypeptide molecules or two or more nucleic acid molecules, as determined by aligning and comparing the sequences. "Percent identity” means the percent of identical residues between the amino acids or nucleotides in the compared molecules and is calculated based on the size of the smallest of the molecules being compared. For these calculations, gaps in alignments (if any) must be addressed by a particular mathematical model or computer program (i.e., an "algorithm”). Methods that can be used to calculate the identity of the aligned nucleic acids or polypeptides include those described in Computational Molecular Biology, (Lesk, A.
- the sequences being compared are aligned in a way that gives the largest match between the sequences.
- the computer program used to determine percent identity is the GCG program package, which includes GAP (Devereux et al, 1984, Nucl. Acid Res. 12:387; Genetics Computer Group, University of Wisconsin, Madison, WI).
- GAP is used to align the two polypeptides or polynucleotides for which the percent sequence identity is to be determined.
- the sequences are aligned for optimal matching of their respective amino acid or nucleotide (the "matched span", as determined by the algorithm).
- a gap opening penalty (which is calculated as 3x the average diagonal, wherein the "average diagonal” is the average of the diagonal of the comparison matrix being used; the “diagonal” is the score or number assigned to each perfect amino acid match by the particular comparison matrix) and a gap extension penalty (which is usually 1/10 times the gap opening penalty), as well as a comparison matrix such as PAM 250 or BLOSUM 62 are used in conjunction with the algorithm.
- a standard comparison matrix (see, Dayhoff et al, 1978, Atlas of Protein Sequence and Structure 5 :345-352 for the PAM 250 comparison matrix; Henikoff et al, 1992, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 89: 10915-10919 for the BLOSUM 62 comparison matrix) is also used by the algorithm.
- Certain alignment schemes for aligning two amino acid sequences may result in matching of only a short region of the two sequences, and this small aligned region may have very high sequence identity even though there is no significant relationship between the two full-length sequences. Accordingly, the selected alignment method (GAP program) can be adjusted if so desired to result in an alignment that spans at least 50 contiguous amino acids of the target polypeptide.
- substantially pure means that the described species of molecule is the predominant species present, that is, on a molar basis it is more abundant than any other individual species in the same mixture.
- a substantially pure molecule is a composition wherein the object species comprises at least 50% (on a molar basis) of all macromolecular species present.
- a substantially pure composition will comprise at least 80%, 85%>, 90%>, 95%>, or 99%> of all macromolecular species present in the composition.
- the object species is purified to essential homogeneity wherein contaminating species cannot be detected in the composition by conventional detection methods and thus the composition consists of a single detectable macromolecular species.
- treat and “treating” refer to any indicia of success in the treatment or amelioration of an injury, pathology or condition, including any objective or subjective parameter such as abatement; remission; diminishing of symptoms or making the injury, pathology or condition more tolerable to the patient; slowing in the rate of degeneration or decline; making the final point of degeneration less debilitating; improving a patient's physical or mental well-being.
- the treatment or amelioration of symptoms can be based on objective or subjective parameters; including the results of a physical examination, neuropsychiatric exams, and/or a psychiatric evaluation. For example, certain methods presented herein successfully treat cardiovascular disease such as atherosclerosis by decreasing the incidence of cardiovascular disease, causing remission of cardiovascular disease and/or ameliorating a symptom associated with cardiovascular disease.
- an “effective amount” is generally an amount sufficient to reduce the severity and/or frequency of symptoms, eliminate the symptoms and/or underlying cause, prevent the occurrence of symptoms and/or their underlying cause, and/or improve or remediate the damage that results from or is associated with the disease state (e.g., diabetes, obesity, dyslipidemia, elevated glucose levels, elevated insulin levels or diabetic nephropathy.
- the effective amount is a therapeutically effective amount or a prophylactically effective amount.
- a “therapeutically effective amount” is an amount sufficient to remedy a disease state (e.g. atherosclerosis) or symptoms, particularly a state or symptoms associated with the disease state, or otherwise prevent, hinder, retard or reverse the progression of the disease state or any other undesirable symptom associated with the disease in any way whatsoever.
- a “prophylactically effective amount” is an amount of a pharmaceutical composition that, when administered to a subject, will have the intended prophylactic effect, e.g., preventing or delaying the onset (or reoccurrence) of the disease state, or reducing the likelihood of the onset (or reoccurrence) of the disease state or associated symptoms.
- the full therapeutic or prophylactic effect does not necessarily occur by administration of one dose, and may occur only after administration of a series of doses.
- a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount may be administered in one or more administrations.
- terapéuticaally effective dose and "therapeutically effective amount,” as used herein, means an amount of a GK 1 binding protein that elicits a biological or medicinal response in a tissue system, animal, or human being sought by a researcher, physician, or other clinician, which includes alleviation or amelioration of the symptoms of the disease or disorder being treated, i.e., an amount of a GK 1 binding protein that supports an observable level of one or more desired biological or medicinal response, for example lowering blood glucose, insulin, triglyceride, or cholesterol levels; reducing body weight; or improving glucose tolerance, energy expenditure, or insulin sensitivity.
- polynucleotide or “nucleic acid” includes both single-stranded and double-stranded nucleotide polymers.
- the nucleotides comprising the polynucleotide can be ribonucleotides or deoxyribonucleotides or a modified form of either type of nucleotide.
- the modifications include base modifications such as bromouridine and inosine derivatives, ribose modifications such as 2',3'-dideoxyribose, and internucleotide linkage modifications such as phosphorothioate, phosphorodithioate, phosphoroselenoate, phosphorodiselenoate, phosphoroanilothioate, phoshoraniladate and phosphoroamidate.
- oligonucleotide means a polynucleotide comprising 200 or fewer nucleotides. In some embodiments, oligonucleotides are 10 to 60 bases in length. In other embodiments, oligonucleotides are 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20 to 40 nucleotides in length. Oligonucleotides may be single stranded or double stranded, e.g., for use in the construction of a mutant gene. Oligonucleotides may be sense or antisense oligonucleotides.
- An oligonucleotide can include a label, including a radiolabel, a fluorescent label, a hapten or an antigenic label, for detection assays. Oligonucleotides may be used, for example, as PCR primers, cloning primers or hybridization probes.
- isolated nucleic acid molecule means a DNA or RNA of genomic, mRNA, cDNA, or synthetic origin or some combination thereof which is not associated with all or a portion of a polynucleotide in which the isolated polynucleotide is found in nature, or is linked to a polynucleotide to which it is not linked in nature.
- a nucleic acid molecule comprising a particular nucleotide sequence does not encompass intact chromosomes.
- Isolated nucleic acid molecules "comprising" specified nucleic acid sequences may include, in addition to the specified sequences, coding sequences for up to ten or even up to twenty other proteins or portions thereof, or may include operably linked regulatory sequences that control expression of the coding region of the recited nucleic acid sequences, and/or may include vector sequences.
- the left-hand end of any single-stranded polynucleotide sequence discussed herein is the 5' end; the left-hand direction of double-stranded polynucleotide sequences is referred to as the 5' direction.
- the direction of 5' to 3' addition of nascent RNA transcripts is referred to as the transcription direction; sequence regions on the DNA strand having the same sequence as the RNA transcript that are 5' to the 5' end of the RNA transcript are referred to as "upstream sequences;" sequence regions on the DNA strand having the same sequence as the RNA transcript that are 3' to the 3' end of the RNA transcript are referred to as "downstream sequences.”
- control sequence refers to a polynucleotide sequence that can affect the expression and processing of coding sequences to which it is ligated. The nature of such control sequences may depend upon the host organism.
- control sequences for prokaryotes may include a promoter, a ribosomal binding site, and a transcription termination sequence.
- control sequences for eukaryotes may include promoters comprising one or a plurality of recognition sites for transcription factors, transcription enhancer sequences, and transcription termination sequences.
- Control sequences can include leader sequences and/or fusion partner sequences.
- vector means any molecule or entity (e.g., nucleic acid, plasmid, bacteriophage or virus) used to transfer protein coding information into a host cell.
- expression vector refers to a vector that is suitable for transformation of a host cell and contains nucleic acid sequences that direct and/or control (in conjunction with the host cell) expression of one or more heterologous coding regions operatively linked thereto.
- An expression construct may include, but is not limited to, sequences that affect or control transcription, translation, and, if introns are present, affect R A splicing of a coding region operably linked thereto.
- operably linked means that the components to which the term is applied are in a relationship that allows them to carry out their inherent functions under suitable conditions.
- a control sequence in a vector that is "operably linked" to a protein coding sequence is ligated thereto so that expression of the protein coding sequence is achieved under conditions compatible with the transcriptional activity of the control sequences.
- the term "host cell” means a cell that has been transformed with a nucleic acid sequence and thereby expresses a gene of interest.
- the term includes the progeny of the parent cell, whether or not the progeny is identical in morphology or in genetic make-up to the original parent cell, so long as the gene of interest is present.
- polypeptide or "protein” are used interchangeably herein to refer to a polymer of amino acid residues.
- the terms also apply to amino acid polymers in which one or more amino acid residues is an analog or mimetic of a corresponding naturally occurring amino acid, as well as to naturally occurring amino acid polymers.
- the terms can also encompass amino acid polymers that have been modified, e.g., by the addition of carbohydrate residues to form glycoproteins, or phosphorylated.
- Polypeptides and proteins can be produced by a naturally-occurring and non-recombinant cell; or it is produced by a genetically-engineered or recombinant cell, and comprise molecules having the amino acid sequence of the native protein, or molecules having deletions from, additions to, and/or substitutions of one or more amino acids of the native sequence.
- the terms "polypeptide” and "protein” specifically encompass GK 1 antigen binding proteins, antibodies, or sequences that have deletions from, additions to, and/or substitutions of one or more amino acids of an antigen-binding protein.
- polypeptide fragment refers to a polypeptide that has an amino-terminal deletion, a carboxyl-terminal deletion, and/or an internal deletion as compared with the full-length protein. Such fragments may also contain modified amino acids as compared with the full-length protein. In certain embodiments, fragments are about five to 500 amino acids long. For example, fragments may be at least 5, 6, 8, 10, 14, 20, 50, 70, 100, 110, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, or 450 amino acids long.
- Useful polypeptide fragments include immunologically functional fragments of antibodies, including binding domains. In the case of a GKN1 antibody, useful fragments include but are not limited to a CDR region, a variable domain of a heavy or light chain, a portion of an antibody chain or just its variable region including two CDRs, and the like.
- isolated protein means that a subject protein (1) is free of at least some other proteins with which it would normally be found, (2) is essentially free of other proteins from the same source, e.g., from the same species, (3) is expressed by a cell from a different species, (4) has been separated from at least about 50 percent of polynucleotides, lipids, carbohydrates, or other materials with which it is associated in nature, (5) is operably associated (by covalent or noncovalent interaction) with a polypeptide with which it is not associated in nature, or (6) does not occur in nature.
- an "isolated protein" constitutes at least about 5%, at least about 10%, at least about 25%, or at least about 50% of a given sample.
- Genomic DNA, cDNA, mRNA or other RNA, of synthetic origin, or any combination thereof may encode such an isolated protein.
- the isolated protein is substantially free from proteins or polypeptides or other contaminants that are found in its natural environment that would interfere with its therapeutic, diagnostic, prophylactic, research or other use.
- a "variant" of a polypeptide comprises an amino acid sequence wherein one or more amino acid residues are inserted into, deleted from and/or substituted into the amino acid sequence relative to another polypeptide sequence.
- Variants include fusion proteins.
- a “derivative" of a polypeptide is a polypeptide ⁇ e.g., an antigen binding protein such as an antibody) that has been chemically modified in some manner distinct from insertion, deletion, or substitution variants, e.g., via conjugation to another chemical moiety.
- amino acid includes its normal meaning in the art. The twenty naturally-occurring amino acids and their abbreviations follow conventional usage. See, Immunology-A Synthesis, 2nd Edition, (E. S. Golub and D. R. Green, eds.), Sinauer Associates: Sunderland, Mass. (1991), incorporated herein by reference for any purpose.
- Stereoisomers e.g., D-amino acids of the twenty conventional amino acids, unnatural amino acids such as [alpha]-, [alpha] -disubstituted amino acids, N-alkyl amino acids, and other unconventional amino acids may also be suitable components for polypeptides and are included in the phrase "amino acid.”
- unconventional amino acids include: 4-hydroxyproline, [gamma]- carboxyglutamate, [epsilon]-N,N,N-trimethyllysine, [epsilon]-N-acetyllysine, O- phosphoserine, N-acetylserine, N-formylmethionine, 3-methylhistidine, 5-hydroxylysine, [sigma]-N-methylarginine, and other similar amino acids and imino acids (e.g., 4- hydroxyproline).
- the left-hand direction is the amino terminal direction
- the right-hand direction is the carboxyl-
- a “subject” or “patient” as used herein can be any mammal. In a typical embodiment, the subject or patient is a human.
- a GKNl polypeptide can be engineered and/or produced using standard molecular biology methodology.
- a nucleic acid sequence encoding a GKNl which can comprise all or a portion of SEQ ID NOs: 1-3, can be isolated and/or amplified from genomic DNA, or cDNA using appropriate oligonucleotide primers. Primers can be designed based on the nucleic and amino acid sequences provided herein according to standard (RT)-PCR amplification techniques. The amplified GKNl nucleic acid can then be cloned into a suitable vector and characterized by DNA sequence analysis.
- Oligonucleotides for use as probes in isolating or amplifying all or a portion of the GKNl sequences provided herein can be designed and generated using standard synthetic techniques, e.g., automated DNA synthesis apparatus, or can be isolated from a longer sequence of DNA.
- the human transcript contains two potential translation start sites (ATG). The first would generate a 199 amino acid product lacking a signal peptide (Oein, et al., 2004; Yoshikawa et al, 2000, Jpn J Cancer Res 91 :459-463; NCBI Reference Sequence: NP_062563.3):
- the second start site (ATG), in- frame, 42 bp downstream, would generate a 185 amino acid product with a signal peptide (Oein, et al, 2004):
- VEN (SEQ ID NO:3)
- amino acid sequence of full length murine GKN1 is reported as:
- the appropriate coding sequences e.g., SEQ ID NO:3, can be cloned into a suitable vector and after introduction in a suitable host, the sequence can be expressed to produce the encoded polypeptide according to standard cloning and expression techniques, which are known in the art ⁇ e.g., as described in Sambrook et al. (2001), supra).
- the invention also relates to such vectors comprising a nucleic acid sequence according to the invention.
- a “vector” refers to a delivery vehicle that (a) promotes the expression of a polypeptide-encoding nucleic acid sequence; (b) promotes the production of the polypeptide therefrom; (c) promotes the transfection/transformation of target cells therewith; (d) promotes the replication of the nucleic acid sequence; (e) promotes stability of the nucleic acid; (f) promotes detection of the nucleic acid and/or transformed/transfected cells; and/or (g) otherwise imparts advantageous biological and/or physiochemical function to the polypeptide-encoding nucleic acid.
- a vector can be any suitable vector, including chromosomal, non-chromosomal, and synthetic nucleic acid vectors (a nucleic acid sequence comprising a suitable set of expression control elements).
- suitable vectors include derivatives of SV40, bacterial plasmids, phage DNA, baculovirus, yeast plasmids, vectors derived from combinations of plasmids and phage DNA, and viral nucleic acid (RNA or DNA) vectors.
- a recombinant expression vector can be designed for expression of a GKN1 polypeptide in prokaryotic (e.g., E. coli) or eukaryotic cells (e.g., insect cells, using baculovirus expression vectors, yeast cells, or mammalian cells).
- prokaryotic e.g., E. coli
- eukaryotic cells e.g., insect cells, using baculovirus expression vectors, yeast cells, or mammalian cells.
- Representative host cells include those hosts typically used for cloning and expression, including Escherichia coli strains TOP10F', TOP10, DH10B, DH5a, HB101, W3110, BL21(DE3) and BL21 (DE3)pLysS, BLUESCRIPT (Stratagene), mammalian cell lines CHO, CHO-K1, HEK293, 293-EBNA pIN vectors (Van Heeke & Schuster, J. Biol. Chem. 264: 5503-5509 (1989); pET vectors (Novagen, Madison Wis.).
- the recombinant expression vector can be transcribed and translated in vitro, for example using T7 promoter regulatory sequences and T7 polymerase and an in vitro translation system.
- the vector contains a promoter upstream of the cloning site containing the nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide. Examples of promoters, which can be switched on and off, include the lac promoter, the T7 promoter, the trc promoter, the tac promoter and the trp promoter.
- vectors comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding GK 1 that facilitate the expression of recombinant GK 1.
- the vectors comprise an operably linked nucleotide sequence which regulates the expression of GK 1.
- a vector can comprise or be associated with any suitable promoter, enhancer, and other expression-facilitating elements. Examples of such elements include strong expression promoters ⁇ e.g., a human CMV IE promoter/enhancer, an RSV promoter, SV40 promoter, SL3-3 promoter, MMTV promoter, or HIV LTR promoter, EF1 alpha promoter, CAG promoter), effective poly (A) termination sequences, an origin of replication for plasmid product in E.
- strong expression promoters ⁇ e.g., a human CMV IE promoter/enhancer, an RSV promoter, SV40 promoter, SL3-3 promoter, MMTV promoter, or HIV LTR promoter, EF1 alpha promoter, CAG promoter
- Vectors also can comprise an inducible promoter as opposed to a constitutive promoter such as CMV IE.
- a nucleic acid comprising a sequence encoding a GKN1 polypeptide which is operatively linked to a tissue specific promoter which promotes expression of the sequence in a metabolically-relevant tissue, such as liver or pancreatic tissue is provided.
- host cells comprising the GK 1 nucleic acids and vectors disclosed herein are provided.
- the vector or nucleic acid is integrated into the host cell genome, which in other embodiments the vector or nucleic acid is extra-chromosomal.
- Recombinant cells such as yeast, bacterial ⁇ e.g., E. coli), and mammalian cells ⁇ e.g., immortalized mammalian cells) comprising such a nucleic acid, vector, or combinations of either or both thereof are provided.
- cells comprising a non-integrated nucleic acid such as a plasmid, cosmid, phagemid, or linear expression element, which comprises a sequence coding for expression of a GK 1 polypeptide, are provided.
- a vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding a GK 1 polypeptide provided herein can be introduced into a host cell by transformation or by transfection. Methods of transforming a cell with an expression vector are well-known.
- a GK 1 -encoding nucleic acid can be positioned in and/or delivered to a host cell or host animal via a viral vector. Any suitable viral vector can be used in this capacity.
- a viral vector can comprise any number of viral polynucleotides, alone or in combination with one or more viral proteins, which facilitate delivery, replication, and/or expression of the nucleic acid of the invention in a desired host cell.
- the viral vector can be a polynucleotide comprising all or part of a viral genome, a viral protein/nucleic acid conjugate, a virus-like particle (VLP), or an intact virus particle comprising viral nucleic acids and a GKN1 polypeptide-encoding nucleic acid.
- VLP virus-like particle
- a viral particle viral vector can comprise a wild-type viral particle or a modified viral particle.
- the viral vector can be a vector which requires the presence of another vector or wild-type virus for replication and/or expression (e.g., a viral vector can be a helper-dependent virus), such as an adenoviral vector amplicon.
- a viral vector can be a helper-dependent virus
- such viral vectors consist of a wild-type viral particle, or a viral particle modified in its protein and/or nucleic acid content to increase transgene capacity or aid in transfection and/or expression of the nucleic acid (examples of such vectors include the herpes virus/AAV amplicons).
- a viral vector is similar to and/or derived from a virus that normally infects humans.
- Suitable viral vector particles include, for example, adenoviral vector particles (including any virus of or derived from a virus of the adenoviridae), adeno- associated viral vector particles (AAV vector particles) or other parvoviruses and parvoviral vector particles, papillomaviral vector particles, flaviviral vectors, alphaviral vectors, herpes viral vectors, pox virus vectors, retroviral vectors, including lentiviral vectors.
- adenoviral vector particles including any virus of or derived from a virus of the adenoviridae
- AAV vector particles adeno- associated viral vector particles
- papillomaviral vector particles include, for example, papillomaviral vector particles, flaviviral vectors, alphaviral vectors, herpes viral vectors, pox virus vectors, retroviral vectors, including lentiviral vectors.
- IIP Isolation of a G N 1 Polypeptide
- a GK 1 polypeptide expressed as described herein can be isolated using standard protein purification methods.
- a GK 1 polypeptide can be isolated from a cell in which is it naturally expressed or it can be isolated from a cell that has been engineered to express GK 1 , for example a cell that does not naturally express GK 1.
- Protein purification methods that can be employed to isolate a GK 1 polypeptide, as well as associated materials and reagents, are known in the art. Exemplary methods of purifying a GK 1 polypeptide are provided in the Examples herein below. Additional purification methods that may be useful for isolating a GK 1 polypeptide can be found in references such as Bootcov MR, 1997, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 94:11514-9, Fairlie WD, 2000, Gene 254: 67-76.
- the antigen binding proteins provided are polypeptides into which one or more complementary determining regions (CDRs), as described herein, are embedded and/or joined.
- CDRs complementary determining regions
- the CDRs are embedded into a "framework" region, which orients the CDR(s) such that the proper antigen binding properties of the CDR(s) are achieved.
- Certain antigen binding proteins described herein are antibodies or are derived from antibodies.
- the CDR sequences are embedded in a different type of protein scaffold. The various structures are further described below.
- the antigen binding proteins that are disclosed herein have a variety of utilities.
- the antigen binding proteins are useful in specific binding assays, affinity purification of GKNl, and in screening assays to identify other antagonists of GKNl activity.
- Other uses for the antigen binding proteins include, for example, screening assays to determine the presence or absence of GKNl and/or diagnosis of any GKNl -associated diseases or conditions.
- the antigen binding proteins that are provided are antagonists, the GKNl antigen binding proteins have value in therapeutic methods in which it is useful to reduce weight gain, even while maintaining or increasing food intake, increasing % fat mass and increasing % lean mass, improving glucose tolerance, decreasing insulin levels, decreasing cholesterol and triglyceride levels.
- the antigen binding proteins have utility in the treatment and prevention of diabetes, e.g., type 2 diabetes, obesity, dyslipidemia, elevated glucose levels or elevated insulin levels.
- antigen binding proteins useful for modulating GKNl activity include, for example, antibodies in the traditional sense. Additionally, for instance, antigen binding proteins that contain one or more antigen binding domains ⁇ e.g. , single chain antibodies, domain antibodies, and polypeptides with an antigen binding region) and specifically bind to a GKNl polypeptide, in particular human GKNl .
- the antigen binding proteins that are provided typically comprise one or more CDRs as described herein ⁇ e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 CDRs).
- the antigen binding proteins are naturally expressed by clones, while in other embodiments, the antigen binding protein can comprise (a) a polypeptide framework structure and (b) one or more CDRs that are inserted into and/or joined to the polypeptide framework structure.
- a CDR forms a component of a heavy or light chain expressed by the clones described herein; in other embodiments, a CDR can be inserted into a framework in which the CDR is not naturally expressed.
- a polypeptide framework structure can take a variety of different forms.
- a polypeptide framework structure can be, or comprise, the framework of a naturally occurring antibody, or fragment or variant thereof, or it can be completely synthetic in nature. Examples of various antigen binding protein structures are further described below.
- the polypeptide framework structure of an antigen binding protein is an antibody or is derived from an antibody, including, but not limited to, monoclonal antibodies, bispecific antibodies, minibodies, domain antibodies such as Nanobodies®, synthetic antibodies (sometimes referred to herein as "antibody mimetics"), chimeric antibodies, humanized antibodies, antibody fusions (sometimes referred to as "antibody conjugates”), and portions or fragments of each, respectively.
- the antigen binding protein is an immunological fragment of an antibody (e.g., a Fab, a Fab', a F(ab') 2 , or a scFv).
- an antigen binding protein specifically binds to human GK 1.
- the antigen binding protein specifically binds to human GK 1 comprising or consisting of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: l .
- the antigen binding protein specifically binds to human GK 1 comprising or consisting of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2.
- the antigen binding protein specifically binds to human GKN1 comprising or consisting of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:3.
- the antigen binding protein specifically binds to murine GK 1.
- the antigen binding protein specifically binds to murine GKN1 comprising or consisting of SEQ ID NO:7.
- the antigen binding protein specifically binds to both a human GK 1 and a murine GK 1.
- antigen binding proteins that are provided are agonists and typically have one, two, three, four, five, six, seven or all eight of the following characteristics:
- the decrease can be at least 10, 25, 50, 100% or more relative to the pre-treatment levels of SEQ ID NO:l, 2 or 3 under comparable conditions.
- a GK 1 antigen binding protein has one or more of the following activities:
- (a) binds human GK 1 such that K D is ⁇ 200 nM, is ⁇ 150 nM, is ⁇ 100 nM , is ⁇ 50 nM, is ⁇ 10 nM, is ⁇ 5 nM, is ⁇ 2 nM, or is ⁇ 1 nM (e.g., as determined by BiaCore such as described in Example 3);
- Some antigen binding proteins that are provided have an on-rate (k a ) for GK 1 of at least 10 4 / M x seconds, at least 10 5 /M x seconds, or at least 10 6 /M x seconds as measured, for instance, as described in the examples below.
- Certain antigen binding proteins that are provided have a slow dissociation rate or off-rate.
- Some antigen binding proteins for instance, have a kd (off-rate) of lx 10 "2 s "1 , or lx 10 ⁇ 3 s "1 , or lx 10 ⁇ 4 s "1 , or lx 10 "5 s "1 .
- the antigen binding protein has a K D (equilibrium binding affinity) of less than 25 pM, 50 pM, 100 pM, 500 pM, 1 nM, 5 nM, 10 nM, 25 nM or 50 nM.
- an antigen-binding protein having a half-life of at least one day in vitro or in vivo (e.g., when administered to a human subject).
- the antigen binding protein has a half-life of at least three days.
- the antigen binding protein has a half-life of 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, or 60 days or longer.
- the antigen binding protein is derivatized or modified such that it has a longer half-life as compared to the underivatized or unmodified antibody.
- the antigen binding protein contains point mutations to increase serum half- life. Further details regarding such mutant and derivatized forms are provided below.
- each pair or couplet includes one full-length "light” chain (in certain embodiments, about 25 kDa) and one full-length "heavy” chain (in certain embodiments, about 50-70 kDa).
- Each individual immunoglobulin chain is composed of several "immunoglobulin domains", each consisting of roughly 90 to 110 amino acids and expressing a characteristic folding pattern. These domains are the basic units of which antibody polypeptides are composed.
- each chain typically includes a variable domain that is responsible for antigen recognition.
- the carboxy-terminal portion is more conserved evolutionarily than the other end of the chain and is referred to as the "constant region" or "C region”.
- Human light chains generally are classified as kappa and lambda light chains, and each of these contains one variable domain and one constant domain.
- Heavy chains are typically classified as mu, delta, gamma, alpha, or epsilon chains, and these define the antibody's isotype as IgM, IgD, IgG, IgA, and IgE, respectively.
- IgG has several subtypes, including, but not limited to, IgGl, IgG2, IgG3, and IgG4.
- IgM subtypes include IgM, and IgM2.
- IgA subtypes include IgAl and IgA2.
- the IgA and IgD isotypes contain four heavy chains and four light chains; the IgG and IgE isotypes contain two heavy chains and two light chains; and the IgM isotype contains five heavy chains and five light chains.
- the heavy chain C region typically comprises one or more domains that may be responsible for effector function. The number of heavy chain constant region domains will depend on the isotype.
- IgG heavy chains for example, each contain three C region domains known as C H I , C H 2 and C H 3.
- the antibodies that are provided can have any of these isotypes and subtypes.
- the GK 1 antibody is of the IgGl, IgG2, or IgG4 subtype.
- variable and constant regions are joined by a
- J region of about twelve or more amino acids, with the heavy chain also including a "D” region of about ten more amino acids. See, e.g. Fundamental Immunology, 2nd ed., Ch. 7 (Paul, W., ed.) 1989, New York: Raven Press (hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety for all purposes).
- the variable regions of each light/heavy chain pair typically form the antigen binding site.
- IgG2 heavy constant domain of an exemplary GKN1 monoclonal antibody has the amino acid sequence: ASTKGPSVFPLAPCSRSTSESTAALGCLVKDYFPEPVTVSWNS
- a lambda light chain constant domain of an exemplary GKN1 monoclonal antibody has the amino acid sequence:
- An example of a kappa light chain constant domain of an exemplary GKN1 monoclonal antibody has the amino acid sequence:
- variable regions of immunoglobulin chains generally exhibit the same overall structure, comprising relatively conserved framework regions (FR) joined by three hypervariable regions, more often called “complementarity determining regions” or CDRs.
- the CDRs from the two chains of each heavy chain/light chain pair mentioned above typically are aligned by the framework regions to form a structure that binds specifically with a specific epitope on GKN1.
- a numbering system has been devised for assigning numbers to amino acids that occupy positions in each of these domains.
- Each of the exemplary heavy chains (HI, H2, H3 through HI 4) listed in Table 1 can be combined with any of the exemplary light chains shown in Table 1 (LI, L2, L3 through LI 1) to form an antibody.
- Examples of such combinations include HI combined with LI, L2, L3, L4, L5, L6, L7, L8, L9, L10 or Ll l; H2 combined with LI, L2, L3, L4, L5, L6, L7, L8, L9, L10 or Ll l; H3 combined with LI, L2, L3, L4, L5, L6, L7, L8, L9, L10 or Ll l; and so on.
- the antibodies include at least one heavy chain and one light chain from those listed in Table 1.
- the antibodies comprise two different heavy chains and two different light chains listed in Table 1.
- the antibodies contain two identical light chains and two identical heavy chains.
- an antibody or immunologically functional fragment may include two HI heavy chains and two LI light chains, or two H2 heavy chains and two L2 light chains and other similar combinations of pairs of light chains and pairs of heavy chains as listed in Table 1.
- antigen binding proteins that are provided are variants of antibodies formed by combination of the heavy and light chains shown in Table 1 and comprise light and/or heavy chains that each have at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 97% or 99% identity to the amino acid sequences of these chains.
- such antibodies include at least one heavy chain and one light chain, whereas in other instances the variant forms contain two identical light chains and two identical heavy chains
- antigen binding proteins that contain a heavy chain variable region selected from the group consisting of V H I , V H 2, V H 3, V H 4, V H 5, V H 6, V H 7, V H 8, V H 9, V H I O, V H I I , V H I 2, V H I 3 and V H I 4 and/or a light chain variable region selected from the group consisting of V L 1, V L 2, V L 3, V L 4, V L 5, V L 6, V L 7, V L 8, V L 9, V L 10 and V L 11, as shown in Table 2 below, and immunologically functional fragments, derivatives, muteins and variants of these light chain and heavy chain variable regions.
- a heavy chain variable region selected from the group consisting of V H I , V H 2, V H 3, V H 4, V H 5, V H 6, V H 7, V H 8, V H 9, V H I O, V H I I , V H I 2, V H I 3 and V H I 4 and/or a light chain variable region selected from the group consisting of V L 1, V L 2, V L 3, V L 4, V
- Antigen binding proteins of this type can generally be designated by the formula " V H X V L y,” where "x" corresponds to the number of heavy chain variable regions and “y” corresponds to the number of the light chain variable regions (in general, x and y are each 1 or 2) as listed in Table 2.
- the GK l antigen binding proteins can also include a single light chain variable domain or a single heavy chain variable domain, provided the individual domain can bind a GKNl polypeptide (e.g., SEQ ID NO:3).
- Table 2 reflect the various heavy chain and light chain variable regions of a human antibody framework (IgG2/kappa) into which CDRs from the specific murine monoclonal antibodies described in the Examples (see Example 6; Tables 9-10) have been embedded, including appropriate back-mutations.
- IgG2/kappa human antibody framework
- VLI 54 QAVVTQEPSLTVSPGGTVTLTCRSSTGAVTTSNYANW
- V L 3 56 DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCKASQDINSYLSWYQQ
- V L 9 62 DVVMTQSPLSLPVTLGQPASISCRSSQSIVDSDGDIYLE
- Each of the heavy chain variable regions listed in Table 2 may be combined with any of the light chain variable regions shown in Table 2 to form an antigen binding protein.
- Examples of such combinations include V H I combined with Vi l, V L 2, V L 3, V L 4, V L 5, V L 6, V L 7, V L 8, V L 9, V L 10 or V L 11; V H 2 combined with V L 1, V L 2, V L 3, V L 4, V L 5, V L 6, V L 7, V L 8, V L 9, V L 10 or V L I I ; V h 3 combined with V L 1, V L 2, V L 3, V L 4, V L 5, V L 6, V L 7, V L 8, V L 9, V L 10 or V L 11; and so on.
- the antigen binding protein includes at least one heavy chain variable region and/or one light chain variable region from those listed in Table 2. In some instances, the antigen binding protein includes at least two different heavy chain variable regions and/or light chain variable regions from those listed in Table 2.
- An example of such an antigen binding protein comprises (i) one V H I, and (ii) one of V H 2, V H 3, V H 4, V H 5, V H 6, V H 7, V H 8, V H 9, V H I O, V H I 1, V H 12, V H 13 or V H 14.
- Another example comprises (i) one V H 2, and (ii) one of V H 1, V H 3, V H 4, V H 5, V H 6, V H 7, V H 8, V H 9, V H 10, V H H, V H 12, V H 13 or V H 14.
- Yet another example comprises (i) one V H 3, and (ii) one of V H 1, V H 2, V H 4, V H 5, V H 6, V H 7, V H 8, V H 9, V H I O, V H I 1, V H 12, V H 13 or V H 14; and so on.
- an example of such an antigen binding protein comprises (i) one V L I, and (ii) one of V L 2, V L 3, V L 4, V L 5, V L 6, V L 7, V L 8, V L 9, V L I O or V L I I .
- Another example comprises (i) one V L 2, and (ii) one of V L I , V L 3, V L 4, V L 5, V L 6, V L 7, V L 8, V L 9, V L 10 or V L 1 1.
- Yet another example comprises (i) one V L 3, and (ii) one of V L 1 , V L 2, V L 4, V L 5, V L 6, V L 7, V L 8, V L 9, V L 10 or V L 1 1 ; and so on.
- the various combinations of heavy chain variable regions may be combined with any of the various combinations of light chain variable regions.
- the antigen binding protein contains two identical light chain variable regions and/or two identical heavy chain variable regions.
- the antigen binding protein may be an antibody or immunologically functional fragment that includes two light chain variable regions and two heavy chain variable regions in combinations of pairs of light chain variable regions and pairs of heavy chain variable regions as listed in Table 2.
- Some antigen binding proteins that are provided comprise a heavy chain variable domain comprising a sequence of amino acids that differs from the sequence of a heavy chain variable domain selected from V H 1 , V H 2, V H 3, V H 4, V H 5, V H 6, V H 7, V H 8, V H 9, V H 10, V H 1 1 , V H 12, V H 13 or V H 14 at only 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 1 1 , 12, 13, 14 or 15 amino acid residues, wherein each such sequence difference is independently either a deletion, insertion or substitution of one amino acid, with the deletions, insertions and/or substitutions resulting in no more than 15 amino acid changes relative to the foregoing variable domain sequences.
- the heavy chain variable region in some antigen binding proteins comprises a sequence of amino acids that has at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 97% or 99% sequence identity to the amino acid sequences of the heavy chain variable region of V H I , V H 2, V H 3, V H 4, V H 5, V H 6, V H 7, V H 8, V H 9, V H 10, V H H , V H 12, V H 13 or V H 14.
- Certain antigen binding proteins comprise a light chain variable domain comprising a sequence of amino acids that differs from the sequence of a light chain variable domain selected from V L 1 , V L 2, V L 3, V L 4, V L 5, V L 6, V L 7, V L 8, V L 9, V L 10 or V L 1 1 at only 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 1 1 , 12, 13, 14 or 15 amino acid residues, wherein each such sequence difference is independently either a deletion, insertion or substitution of one amino acid, with the deletions, insertions and/or substitutions resulting in no more than 15 amino acid changes relative to the foregoing variable domain sequences.
- the light chain variable region in some antigen binding proteins comprises a sequence of amino acids that has at least 70%>, 75%>, 80%), 85%), 90%), 95%o, 97%> or 99%> sequence identity to the amino acid sequences of the light chain variable region of V L 1 , V L 2, V L 3, V L 4, V L 5, V L 6, V L 7, V L 8, V L 9, V L 10 or V L 1 1.
- the antigen binding proteins disclosed herein are polypeptides into which one or more CDRs are grafted, inserted and/or joined.
- An antigen binding protein can have 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 CDRs.
- An antigen binding protein thus can have, for example, one heavy chain CDR1 ("CDRH1"), and/or one heavy chain CDR2 ("CDRH2"), and/or one heavy chain CDR3 ("CDRH3"), and/or one light chain CDR1 (“CDRLl”), and/or one light chain CDR2 ("CDRL2"), and/or one light chain CDR3 ("CDRL3").
- Some antigen binding proteins include both a CDRH3 and a CDRL3. Specific heavy and light chain CDRs are identified in Tables 3A and 3B, respectively.
- Complementarity determining regions (CDRs) and framework regions (FR) of a given antibody may be identified using the system described by Kabat et al. in Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, 5th Ed., US Dept. of Health and Human Services, PHS, NIH, NIH Publication no. 91-3242, 1991.
- Certain antibodies that are disclosed herein comprise one or more amino acid sequences that are identical or have substantial sequence identity to the amino acid sequences of one or more of the CDRs presented in Table 3A (CDRHs) and Table 3B (CDRLs).
- CDRLl-1 87 RSSTGAVTTSNYAN
- CDRL 1-3 89 KSSQSVLYSSNQTSFLA
- CDRL3-1 100 ALWYSNHWV
- CDRs within a naturally occurring antibody has been described, supra. Briefly, in a traditional antibody, the CDRs are embedded within a framework in the heavy and light chain variable region where they constitute the regions responsible for antigen binding and recognition.
- a variable region comprises at least three heavy or light chain CDRs, see, supra (Kabat et al., 1991, Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, Public Health Service N.I.H., Bethesda, MD; see also Chothia and Lesk, 1987, J. Mol. Biol.
- CDRs may not only be used to define the antigen binding domain of a traditional antibody structure, but may be embedded in a variety of other polypeptide structures, as described herein.
- the CDRs provided are (A) a CDRH selected from the group consisting of (i) a CDRHl selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:65-71; (ii) a CDRH2 selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:72-79; (iii) a CDRH3 selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 80-86; and (iv) a CDRH of (i), (ii) and (iii) that contains one or more amino acid substitutions, deletions or insertions of no more than five, four, three, two, or one amino acids; (B) a CDRL selected from the group consisting of (i) a CDRLl selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 87-93, (ii) a CDRL2 selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:94-99; (iii) a CDRL3 selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 100- 105; and (iv) a
- an antigen binding protein in another aspect, includes 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 variant forms of the CDRs listed in Tables 3A and 3B, each having at least 80%, 85%, 90%, 95% , 96%, 97%), 98%), or 99% sequence identity to a CDR sequence listed in Tables 3A and 3B.
- Some antigen binding proteins include 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 of the CDRs listed in Tables 3 A and 3B, each or collectively differing by no more than 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5 amino acids from the CDRs listed in these tables.
- an antigen binding protein is an antibody with the CDR, variable domain and/or light and heavy chain sequences as specified in one of the rows of Table 4.
- Table 4 Exemplary Humanized Antigen Binding Proteins
- the antigen binding protein is derived from such antibodies.
- the antigen binding protein comprises 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or all 6 of the CDRs listed in one of the rows for any particular antibody listed in Table 4.
- an antigen binding protein includes 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 variant forms of the CDRs listed in one of the rows for an antibody in Table 4, each CDR having at least 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% sequence identity to a CDR sequence listed in Table 4.
- Some antigen binding proteins include 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 of the CDRs listed in one of the rows of Table 4, each differing by no more than 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 amino acids from the CDRs listed in these tables.
- the antigen binding protein comprises all 6 of the CDRS listed in a row of Table 4 and the total number of amino acid changes to the CDRs collectively is no more than 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 amino acids.
- Some antigen binding proteins comprise a variable light domain and a variable heavy domain as listed in one of the rows for one of the antibodies listed in Table 4.
- the antigen binding protein comprises two identical variable light domains and two identical variable heavy domains from one of the antibodies listed in Table 4.
- Some antigen binding proteins that are provided comprise a variable light domain and a variable heavy domain as listed in one of the rows for one of the antibodies listed in Table 4, except that one or both of the domains differs from the sequence specified in the table at only 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 1 1 , 12, 13, 14 or 15 amino acid residues, wherein each such sequence difference is independently either a single amino acid deletion, insertion or substitution, with the deletions, insertions and/or substitutions resulting in no more than 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 1 1 , 12, 13, 14 or 15 amino acid changes relative to the variable domain sequences specified in Table 4.
- antigen binding proteins also comprise a variable light domain and a variable heavy domain as listed in one of the rows for one of the antibodies listed in Table 4, except that one or both of the domains differs from the sequence specified in the table in that the heavy chain variable domain and/or light chain variable domain comprises or consists of a sequence of amino acids that has at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% sequence identity to the amino acid sequences of the heavy chain variable domain or light chain variable domain sequences as specified in Table 4.
- the antigen binding protein consists just of a variable light or variable heavy domain from an antibody listed in Table 4.
- the antigen binding protein comprises two or more of the same variable heavy domains or two or more of the same variable light domains from those listed in Table 4.
- Such domain antibodies can be fused together or joined via a linker as described in greater detail below.
- the domain antibodies can also be fused or linked to one or more molecules to extend the half- life (e.g., PEG or albumin).
- the antigen binding protein comprises a full length light chain and a full length heavy chain as listed in one of the rows for one of the antibodies listed in Table 4.
- Some antigen binding proteins that are provided comprise a full length light chain and a full length heavy chain as listed in one of the rows for one of the antibodies listed in Table 4, except that one or both of the chains differs from the sequence specified in the table at only 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 1 1 , 12, 13, 14 or 15 amino acid residues, wherein each such sequence difference is independently either a single amino acid deletion, insertion or substitution, with the deletions, insertions and/or substitutions resulting in no more than 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 1 1 , 12, 13, 14 or 15 amino acid changes relative to the full length sequences specified in Table 4.
- antigen binding proteins also comprise a full length light chain and a full length heavy chain as listed in one of the rows for one of the antibodies listed in Table 4, except that one or both of the chains differs from the sequence specified in the table in that the light chain and/or heavy chain comprises or consists of a sequence of amino acids that has at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% sequence identity to the amino acid sequences of the light chain or heavy chain sequences as specified in Table 4.
- the antigen binding protein consists of a just a light or a heavy chain polypeptide as set forth in Table 4.
- antigen-binding proteins containing the CDRs, variable domains and/or full length sequences listed in Table 4 is a monoclonal antibody, a chimeric antibody, a humanized antibody, a human antibody, a multispecific antibody, or an antibody fragment of the foregoing.
- the antibody fragment of the isolated antigen-binding proteins provided herein is a Fab fragment, a Fab' fragment, an F(ab') 2 fragment, an Fv fragment, a diabody, or a single chain antibody molecule based upon an antibody with the sequences as listed in Table 4.
- the isolated antigen binding protein provided herein is a human antibody with the sequences as set forth in Table 4 and is of the IgGl-, IgG2- IgG3- or IgG4-type.
- the isolated antigen-binding protein provided in Table 4 can be coupled to a labeling group and can compete for binding to GK 1 with an antigen binding protein of one of the isolated antigen-binding proteins provided herein.
- antigen binding proteins are provided that compete with one of the exemplified antibodies or functional fragments for described above for specific binding to a human GK 1 (e.g., SEQ ID NO: l). Such antigen binding proteins may bind to the same epitope as one of the antigen binding proteins described herein, or to an overlapping epitope. Antigen binding proteins and fragments that compete with the exemplified antigen binding proteins are expected to show similar functional properties.
- the exemplified antigen binding proteins and fragments include those described above, including those with the heavy and light chains, variable region domains and CDRs included in Tables 1, 2, 3, and 4.
- the antigen binding proteins that are provided include those that compete with an antibody having: (a) all 6 of the CDRs listed for any antibody listed in Table 4;
- the antigen binding proteins that are provided include monoclonal antibodies that bind to a GK l polypeptide.
- Monoclonal antibodies may be produced using any technique known in the art, e.g., by immortalizing spleen cells harvested from the transgenic animal after completion of the immunization schedule.
- the spleen cells can be immortalized using any technique known in the art, e.g., by fusing them with myeloma cells to produce hybridomas.
- Myeloma cells for use in hybridoma-producing fusion procedures preferably are non-antibody-producing, have high fusion efficiency, and enzyme deficiencies that render them incapable of growing in certain selective media which support the growth of only the desired fused cells (hybridomas).
- Examples of suitable cell lines for use in mouse fusions include Sp-20, P3-X63/Ag8, P3-X63-Ag8.653, NSl/l .Ag 4 1, Sp210-Agl4, FO, NSO/U, MPC-11, MPC11-X45-GTG 1.7 and S194/5XXO Bui; examples of cell lines used in rat fusions include R210.RCY3, Y3-Ag 1.2.3, IR983F and 4B210.
- Other cell lines useful for cell fusions are U-266, GM1500-GRG2, LICR-LON-HMy2 and UC729-6.
- a hybridoma cell line is produced by immunizing an animal (e.g., a transgenic animal having human immunoglobulin sequences) with a GKNl immunogen; harvesting spleen cells from the immunized animal; fusing the harvested spleen cells to a myeloma cell line, thereby generating hybridoma cells; establishing hybridoma cell lines from the hybridoma cells, and identifying a hybridoma cell line that produces an antibody that binds a GKNl polypeptide.
- Such hybridoma cell lines, and anti-GKNl monoclonal antibodies produced by them are aspects of the present application.
- Monoclonal antibodies secreted by a hybridoma cell line can be purified using any technique known in the art.
- Hybridomas or mAbs may be further screened to identify mAbs with particular properties, such as the ability to increase GKNl activity. Examples of such screens are provided in the Examples below.
- chimeric antibodies which is an antibody composed of protein segments from different antibodies that are covalently joined to produce functional immunoglobulin light or heavy chains or immunologically functional portions thereof.
- a portion of the heavy chain and/or light chain is identical with or homologous to a corresponding sequence in antibodies derived from a particular species or belonging to a particular antibody class or subclass, while the remainder of the chain(s) is/are identical with or homologous to a corresponding sequence in antibodies derived from another species or belonging to another antibody class or subclass.
- the goal of making a chimeric antibody is to create a chimera in which the number of amino acids from the intended patient species is maximized.
- One example is the "CDR-grafted" antibody, in which the antibody comprises one or more complementarity determining regions (CDRs) from a particular species or belonging to a particular antibody class or subclass, while the remainder of the antibody chain(s) is/are identical with or homologous to a corresponding sequence in antibodies derived from another species or belonging to another antibody class or subclass.
- CDR-grafted antibody in which the antibody comprises one or more complementarity determining regions (CDRs) from a particular species or belonging to a particular antibody class or subclass, while the remainder of the antibody chain(s) is/are identical with or homologous to a corresponding sequence in antibodies derived from another species or belonging to another antibody class or subclass.
- the variable region or selected CDRs from a rodent antibody often are grafted into a human antibody, replacing the naturally-occurring variable regions or CDRs of
- a humanized antibody is produced from a monoclonal antibody raised initially in a non-human animal. Certain amino acid residues in this monoclonal antibody, typically from non-antigen recognizing portions of the antibody, are modified to be homologous to corresponding residues in a human antibody of corresponding isotype. Humanization can be performed, for example, using various methods by substituting at least a portion of a rodent variable region for the corresponding regions of a human antibody ⁇ see, e.g., United States Patent No. 5,585,089, and No.
- the CDRs of the light and heavy chain variable regions of the antibodies provided herein ⁇ see Tables 3A and 3B) are grafted to framework regions (FRs) from antibodies from the same, or a different, phylogenetic species.
- the CDRs of the heavy and light chain variable regions V H I , V H 2, V H 3, V H 4, V H 5, V H 6, V H 7, V H 8, V H 9, V H I O, V H I I , V H 12, V H 13, V H 14 and/or V L 1 , V L 2, V L 3, V L 4, V L 5, V L 6, V L 7, V L 8, V L 9, V L I O and V L I I can be grafted to consensus human FRs.
- FRs from several human heavy chain or light chain amino acid sequences may be aligned to identify a consensus amino acid sequence.
- the FRs of a heavy chain or light chain disclosed herein are replaced with the FRs from a different heavy chain or light chain.
- rare amino acids in the FRs of the heavy and light chains of GK 1 antibodies are not replaced, while the rest of the FR amino acids are replaced.
- a "rare amino acid” is a specific amino acid that is in a position in which this particular amino acid is not usually found in an FR.
- the grafted variable regions from the one heavy or light chain may be used with a constant region that is different from the constant region of that particular heavy or light chain as disclosed herein. In other embodiments, the grafted variable regions are part of a single chain Fv antibody.
- constant regions from species other than human can be used along with the human variable region(s) to produce hybrid antibodies.
- Fully human GK 1 antibodies are also provided. Methods are available for making fully human antibodies specific for a given antigen without exposing human beings to the antigen ("fully human antibodies”).
- One specific means provided for implementing the production of fully human antibodies is the "humanization" of the mouse humoral immune system.
- Introduction of human immunoglobulin (Ig) loci into mice in which the endogenous Ig genes have been inactivated is one means of producing fully human monoclonal antibodies (mAbs) in mouse, an animal that can be immunized with any desirable antigen.
- mAbs monoclonal antibodies
- Using fully human antibodies can minimize the immunogenic and allergic responses that can sometimes be caused by administering mouse or mouse-derived mAbs to humans as therapeutic agents.
- Fully human antibodies can be produced by immunizing transgenic animals (usually mice) that are capable of producing a repertoire of human antibodies in the absence of endogenous immunoglobulin production.
- Antigens for this purpose typically have six or more contiguous amino acids, and optionally are conjugated to a carrier, such as a hapten. See, e.g., Jakobovits et al, 1993, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90:2551 -2555; Jakobovits et al, 1993, Nature 362:255-258; and Bruggermann et al, 1993, Year in Immunol. 7:33.
- transgenic animals are produced by incapacitating the endogenous mouse immunoglobulin loci encoding the mouse heavy and light immunoglobulin chains therein, and inserting into the mouse genome large fragments of human genome DNA containing loci that encode human heavy and light chain proteins.
- Partially modified animals which have less than the full complement of human immunoglobulin loci, are then cross-bred to obtain an animal having all of the desired immune system modifications.
- these transgenic animals produce antibodies that are immunospecific for the immunogen but have human rather than murine amino acid sequences, including the variable regions.
- mice described above contain a human immunoglobulin gene minilocus that encodes unrearranged human heavy ([mu] and [gamma]) and [kappa] light chain immunoglobulin sequences, together with targeted mutations that inactivate the endogenous [mu] and [kappa] chain loci (Lonberg et al, 1994, Nature 368:856-859).
- mice exhibit reduced expression of mouse IgM or [kappa] and in response to immunization, and the introduced human heavy and light chain transgenes undergo class switching and somatic mutation to generate high affinity human IgG [kappa] monoclonal antibodies (Lonberg et al., supra.; Lonberg and Huszar, 1995, Intern. Rev. Immunol. 13 : 65-93; Harding and Lonberg, 1995, Ann. N. Y Acad. Sci. 764:536-546).
- HuMab mice The preparation of HuMab mice is described in detail in Taylor et al, 1992, Nucleic Acids Research 20:6287-6295; Chen et al., 1993, International Immunology 5:647-656; Tuaillon et al, 1994, J. Immunol. 152:2912-2920; Lonberg et al, 1994, Nature 368:856-859; Lonberg, 1994, Handbook of Exp. Pharmacology 113 :49-101; Taylor et al, 1994, International Immunology 6:579-591; Lonberg and Huszar, 1995, Intern. Rev. Immunol. 13:65-93; Harding and Lonberg, 1995, Ann. N. Y Acad. Sci.
- WO 93/1227; WO 92/22646; and WO 92/03918 the disclosures of all of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety for all purposes.
- Technologies utilized for producing human antibodies in these transgenic mice are disclosed also in WO 98/24893, and Mendez et al, 1997, Nature Genetics 15:146-156, which are hereby incorporated by reference.
- the HCo7 and HCol2 transgenic mice strains can be used to generate anti-c-GK l antibodies. Further details regarding the production of human antibodies using transgenic mice are provided in the Examples below.
- antigen-specific human mAbs with the desired specificity can be produced and selected from the transgenic mice such as those described above.
- Such antibodies may be cloned and expressed using a suitable vector and host cell, or the antibodies can be harvested from cultured hybridoma cells.
- Fully human antibodies can also be derived from phage-display libraries (as disclosed in Hoogenboom et al, 1991, J. Mol. Biol. 227:381; and Marks et al, 1991, J. Mol Biol 222:581).
- Phage display techniques mimic immune selection through the display of antibody repertoires on the surface of filamentous bacteriophage, and subsequent selection of phage by their binding to an antigen of choice.
- One such technique is described in PCT Publication No. WO 99/10494 (hereby incorporated by reference).
- the antigen binding proteins that are provided also include bispecific and bifunctional antibodies that include one or more CDRs or one or more variable regions as described above.
- a bispecific or bifunctional antibody in some instances is an artificial hybrid antibody having two different heavy/light chain pairs and two different binding sites.
- Bispecific antibodies may be produced by a variety of methods including, but not limited to, fusion of hybridomas or linking of Fab' fragments. See, e.g., Songsivilai and Lachmann, 1990, Clin. Exp. Immunol. 79:315-321; Kostelny et al, 1992, J. Immunol. 148:1547-1553.
- the GKN1 binding protein can also be a variant, mimetic, derivative or oligomer based upon the structure of GK 1 antigen binding proteins have the CDRs, variable regions and/or full length chains as described above in Tables 1-4.
- an antigen binding protein is a variant form of the antigen binding proteins disclosed above ⁇ e.g., those having the sequences listed in Tables 1- 4).
- some of the antigen binding proteins have one or more conservative amino acid substitutions in one or more of the heavy or light chains, variable regions or CDRs listed in Tables 1-4.
- Naturally-occurring amino acids may be divided into classes based on common side chain properties:
- Conservative amino acid substitutions may involve exchange of a member of one of these classes with another member of the same class.
- Conservative amino acid substitutions may encompass non-naturally occurring amino acid residues, which are typically incorporated by chemical peptide synthesis rather than by synthesis in biological systems. These include peptidomimetics and other reversed or inverted forms of amino acid moieties.
- Non-conservative substitutions may involve the exchange of a member of one of the above classes for a member from another class. Such substituted residues may be introduced into regions of the antibody that are homologous with human antibodies, or into the nonhomologous regions of the molecule.
- the hydropathic index of amino acids may be considered.
- the hydropathic profile of a protein is calculated by assigning each amino acid a numerical value ("hydropathy index") and then repetitively averaging these values along the peptide chain.
- Each amino acid has been assigned a hydropathic index on the basis of its hydrophobicity and charge characteristics.
- hydropathic profile in conferring interactive biological function on a protein is understood in the art (see, e.g., Kyte et ah, 1982, J. Mol. Biol. 157: 105-131). It is known that certain amino acids may be substituted for other amino acids having a similar hydropathic index or score and still retain a similar biological activity. In making changes based upon the hydropathic index, in certain embodiments, the substitution of amino acids whose hydropathic indices are within ⁇ 2 is included. In some aspects, those which are within ⁇ 1 are included, and in other aspects, those within ⁇ 0.5 are included.
- the substitution of like amino acids can be made effectively on the basis of hydrophilicity, particularly where the biologically functional protein or peptide thereby created is intended for use in immunological embodiments, as in the present case.
- the greatest local average hydrophilicity of a protein as governed by the hydrophilicity of its adjacent amino acids, correlates with its immunogenicity and antigen-binding or immunogenicity, that is, with a biological property of the protein.
- hydrophilicity values have been assigned to these amino acid residues: arginine (+3.0); lysine (+3.0); aspartate (+3.0+1); glutamate (+3.0+1); serine (+0.3); asparagine (+0.2); glutamine (+0.2); glycine (0); threonine (-0.4); proline (-0.5+1); alanine (- 0.5); histidine (-0.5); cysteine (-1.0); methionine (-1.3); valine (-1.5); leucine (-1.8); isoleucine (-1.8); tyrosine (-2.3); phenylalanine (-2.5) and tryptophan (-3.4).
- the substitution of amino acids whose hydrophilicity values are within ⁇ 2 is included, in other embodiments, those which are within ⁇ 1 are included, and in still other embodiments, those within ⁇ 0.5 are included.
- a skilled artisan will be able to determine suitable variants of polypeptides as set forth herein using well-known techniques.
- One skilled in the art may identify suitable areas of the molecule that may be changed without destroying activity by targeting regions not believed to be important for activity.
- the skilled artisan also will be able to identify residues and portions of the molecules that are conserved among similar polypeptides.
- even areas that may be important for biological activity or for structure may be subject to conservative amino acid substitutions without destroying the biological activity or without adversely affecting the polypeptide structure.
- One skilled in the art can also analyze the 3 -dimensional structure and amino acid sequence in relation to that structure in similar polypeptides. In view of such information, one skilled in the art may predict the alignment of amino acid residues of an antibody with respect to its three dimensional structure. One skilled in the art may choose not to make radical changes to amino acid residues predicted to be on the surface of the protein, since such residues may be involved in important interactions with other molecules. Moreover, one skilled in the art may generate test variants containing a single amino acid substitution at each desired amino acid residue. These variants can then be screened using assays for GK 1 activity, (see examples below) thus yielding information regarding which amino acids can be changed and which must not be changed. In other words, based on information gathered from such routine experiments, one skilled in the art can readily determine the amino acid positions where further substitutions should be avoided either alone or in combination with other mutations.
- polypeptides or proteins that have a sequence identity of greater than 30%, or similarity greater than 40% can have similar structural topologies.
- the recent growth of the protein structural database (PDB) has provided enhanced predictability of secondary structure, including the potential number of folds within a polypeptide's or protein's structure. See, Holm et al, 1999, Nucl. Acid. Res. 27:244-247. It has been suggested (Brenner et al, 1997, Curr. Op. Struct. Biol. 7:369-376) that there are a limited number of folds in a given polypeptide or protein and that once a critical number of structures have been resolved, structural prediction will become dramatically more accurate.
- Additional methods of predicting secondary structure include “threading” (Jones, 1997, Curr. Opin. Struct. Biol. 7:377-387; Sippl et al, 1996, Structure 4: 15-19), “profile analysis” (Bowie et al, 1991, Science 253: 164-170; Gribskov et al, 1990, Meth. Enzym. 183: 146-159; Gribskov et al, 1987, Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 84:4355-4358), and "evolutionary linkage” ⁇ See, Holm, 1999, supra; and Brenner, 1997, supra).
- amino acid substitutions are made that: (1) reduce susceptibility to proteolysis, (2) reduce susceptibility to oxidation, (3) alter binding affinity for forming protein complexes, (4) alter ligand or antigen binding affinities, and/or (4) confer or modify other physicochemical or functional properties on such polypeptides.
- single or multiple amino acid substitutions may be made in the naturally-occurring sequence.
- Substitutions can be made in that portion of the antibody that lies outside the domain(s) forming intermolecular contacts).
- conservative amino acid substitutions can be used that do not substantially change the structural characteristics of the parent sequence ⁇ e.g., one or more replacement amino acids that do not disrupt the secondary structure that characterizes the parent or native antigen binding protein).
- polypeptide secondary and tertiary structures are described in Proteins, Structures and Molecular Principles (Creighton, Ed.), 1984, W. H. New York: Freeman and Company; Introduction to Protein Structure (Branden and Tooze, eds.), 1991, New York: Garland Publishing; and Thornton et ah, 1991, Nature 354: 105, which are each incorporated herein by reference.
- Additional preferred antibody variants include cysteine variants wherein one or more cysteine residues in the parent or native amino acid sequence are deleted from or substituted with another amino acid ⁇ e.g., serine). Cysteine variants are useful, inter alia when antibodies must be refolded into a biologically active conformation. Cysteine variants may have fewer cysteine residues than the native antibody, and typically have an even number to minimize interactions resulting from unpaired cysteines.
- the heavy and light chains, variable regions domains and CDRs that are disclosed can be used to prepare polypeptides that contain an antigen binding region that can specifically bind to GKN1.
- one or more of the CDRs listed in Tables 3 A, 3B and 4 can be incorporated into a molecule ⁇ e.g., a polypeptide) covalently or noncovalently to make an immunoadhesion.
- An immunoadhesion may incorporate the CDR(s) as part of a larger polypeptide chain, may covalently link the CDR(s) to another polypeptide chain, or may incorporate the CDR(s) noncovalently.
- the CDR(s) enable the immunoadhesion to bind specifically to a particular antigen of interest ⁇ e.g., an GKN1 polypeptide or epitope thereof).
- Mimetics ⁇ e.g., "peptide mimetics” or “peptidomimetics" based upon the variable region domains and CDRs that are described herein are also provided. These analogs can be peptides, non-peptides or combinations of peptide and non-peptide regions. Fauchere, 1986, Adv. Drug Res. 15:29; Veber and Freidinger, 1985, TINS p. 392; and Evans et al, 1987, J. Med. Chem. 30: 1229, which are incorporated herein by reference for any purpose. Peptide mimetics that are structurally similar to therapeutically useful peptides may be used to produce a similar therapeutic or prophylactic effect. Such compounds are often developed with the aid of computerized molecular modeling.
- peptidomimetics are proteins that are structurally similar to an antibody displaying a desired biological activity, such as here the ability to specifically bind GKN1, but have one or more peptide linkages optionally replaced by a linkage selected from: -CH 2 NH-, -CH 2 S-, -CH 2 -CH 2 -, -CH-CH-(cis and trans),
- -COCH 2 - -CH(OH)CH 2 -
- -CH 2 SO- by methods well-known in the art.
- Systematic substitution of one or more amino acids of a consensus sequence with a D-amino acid of the same type ⁇ e.g., D-lysine in place of L-lysine) may be used in certain embodiments to generate more stable proteins.
- constrained peptides comprising a consensus sequence or a substantially identical consensus sequence variation may be generated by methods known in the art (Rizo and Gierasch, 1992, Ann. Rev. Biochem. 61 :387), incorporated herein by reference), for example, by adding internal cysteine residues capable of forming intramolecular disulfide bridges which cyclize the peptide.
- the derivatized antigen binding proteins can comprise any molecule or substance that imparts a desired property to the antibody or fragment, such as increased half-life in a particular use.
- the derivatized antigen binding protein can comprise, for example, a detectable (or labeling) moiety (e.g., a radioactive, colorimetric, antigenic or enzymatic molecule, a detectable bead (such as a magnetic or electrodense (e.g., gold) bead), or a molecule that binds to another molecule (e.g., biotin or streptavidin)), a therapeutic or diagnostic moiety (e.g., a radioactive, cytotoxic, or pharmaceutically active moiety), or a molecule that increases the suitability of the antigen binding protein for a particular use (e.g., administration to a subject, such as a human subject, or other in vivo or in vitro uses).
- a detectable (or labeling) moiety e.g.,
- an antigen binding protein examples include albumin (e.g., human serum albumin) and polyethylene glycol (PEG).
- Albumin- linked and PEGylated derivatives of antigen binding proteins can be prepared using techniques well-known in the art.
- Certain antigen binding proteins include a pegylated single chain polypeptide as described herein.
- the antigen binding protein is conjugated or otherwise linked to transthyretin (TTR) or a TTR variant.
- the TTR or TTR variant can be chemically modified with, for example, a chemical selected from the group consisting of dextran, poly(n- vinyl pyrrolidone), polyethylene glycols, propropylene glycol homopolymers, polypropylene oxide/ethylene oxide co-polymers, polyoxyethylated polyols and polyvinyl alcohols.
- GK 1 antigen binding proteins include covalent or aggregative conjugates of GK 1 antigen binding proteins with other proteins or polypeptides, such as by expression of recombinant fusion proteins comprising heterologous polypeptides fused to the N-terminus or C-terminus of an GK 1 antigen binding protein.
- the conjugated peptide may be a heterologous signal (or leader) polypeptide, e.g., the yeast alpha-factor leader, or a peptide such as an epitope tag.
- GK 1 antigen binding protein-containing fusion proteins can comprise peptides added to facilitate purification or identification of the GK 1 antigen binding protein (e.g., poly-His).
- a GK 1 antigen binding protein also can be linked to the FLAG peptide as described in Hopp et ah, 1988, Bio/Technology 6: 1204; and United States Patent No. 5,011,912.
- the FLAG peptide is highly antigenic and provides an epitope reversibly bound by a specific monoclonal antibody (mAb), enabling rapid assay and facile purification of expressed recombinant protein.
- mAb monoclonal antibody
- Reagents useful for preparing fusion proteins in which the FLAG peptide is fused to a given polypeptide are commercially available (Sigma, St. Louis, MO).
- Oligomers that contain one or more GKNl antigen binding proteins may be employed as GKNl agonists. Oligomers may be in the form of covalently- linked or non-covalently- linked dimers, trimers, or higher oligomers. Oligomers comprising two or more GKNl antigen binding proteins are contemplated for use, with one example being a homodimer. Other oligomers include heterodimers, homotrimers, heterotrimers, homotetramers, heterotetramers, etc.
- One embodiment is directed to oligomers comprising multiple GKNl -binding polypeptides joined via covalent or non-covalent interactions between peptide moieties fused to the GKNl antigen binding proteins.
- Such peptides may be peptide linkers (spacers), or peptides that have the property of promoting oligomerization.
- Leucine zippers and certain polypeptides derived from antibodies are among the peptides that can promote oligomerization of GKNl antigen binding proteins attached thereto, as described in more detail below.
- the oligomers comprise from two to four GKNl antigen binding proteins.
- the GKNl antigen binding protein moieties of the oligomer may be in any of the forms described above, e.g., variants or fragments.
- the oligomers comprise
- GKNl antigen binding proteins that have agonist activity.
- an oligomer is prepared using polypeptides derived from immunoglobulins. Preparation of fusion proteins comprising certain heterologous polypeptides fused to various portions of antibody-derived polypeptides (including the Fc domain) has been described, e.g., by Ashkenazi et al., 1991, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA
- One embodiment is directed to a dimer comprising two fusion proteins created by fusing a GKNl antigen binding protein to the Fc region of an antibody.
- the dimer can be made by, for example, inserting a gene fusion encoding the fusion protein into an appropriate expression vector, expressing the gene fusion in host cells transformed with the recombinant expression vector, and allowing the expressed fusion protein to assemble much like antibody molecules, whereupon interchain disulfide bonds form between the Fc moieties to yield the dimer.
- Fc polypeptide as used herein includes native and mutein forms of polypeptides derived from the Fc region of an antibody. Truncated forms of such polypeptides containing the hinge region that promotes dimerization also are included. Fusion proteins comprising Fc moieties (and oligomers formed therefrom) offer the advantage of facile purification by affinity chromatography over Protein A or Protein G columns.
- Fc polypeptide described in PCT application WO 93/10151 and United States Patent. No. 5,426,048 and No. 5,262,522, is a single chain polypeptide extending from the N-terminal hinge region to the native C-terminus of the Fc region of a human IgGl antibody.
- Another useful Fc polypeptide is the Fc mutein described in United States Patent No. 5,457,035, and in Baum et al, 1994, EMBO J. 13:3992-4001.
- amino acid sequence of this mutein is identical to that of the native Fc sequence presented in WO 93/10151, except that amino acid 19 has been changed from Leu to Ala, amino acid 20 has been changed from Leu to Glu, and amino acid 22 has been changed from Gly to Ala.
- the mutein exhibits reduced affinity for Fc receptors.
- the oligomer is a fusion protein comprising multiple GKN1 antigen binding proteins, with or without peptide linkers (spacer peptides).
- suitable peptide linkers are those described in United States Patent. No. 4,751,180 and No. 4,935,233.
- Leucine zipper domains are peptides that promote oligomerization of the proteins in which they are found.
- Leucine zippers were originally identified in several DNA-binding proteins (Landschulz et al, 1988, Science 240:1759), and have since been found in a variety of different proteins.
- leucine zippers are naturally occurring peptides and derivatives thereof that dimerize or trimerize.
- leucine zipper domains suitable for producing soluble oligomeric proteins are described in PCT application WO 94/10308, and the leucine zipper derived from lung surfactant protein D (SPD) described in Hoppe et al., 1994, FEBS Letters 344: 191, hereby incorporated by reference.
- SPD lung surfactant protein D
- the use of a modified leucine zipper that allows for stable trimerization of a heterologous protein fused thereto is described in Fanslow et al, 1994, Semin. Immunol. 6:267-278.
- recombinant fusion proteins comprising an GKN1 antigen binding protein fragment or derivative fused to a leucine zipper peptide are expressed in suitable host cells, and the soluble oligomeric GKNl antigen binding protein fragments or derivatives that form are recovered from the culture supernatant.
- the antigen-binding protein may have a glycosylation pattern that is different or altered from that found in the native species.
- glycosylation patterns can depend on both the sequence of the protein (e.g., the presence or absence of particular glycosylation amino acid residues, discussed below), or the host cell or organism in which the protein is produced. Particular expression systems are discussed below.
- N-linked refers to the attachment of the carbohydrate moiety to the side chain of an asparagine residue.
- the tri-peptide sequences asparagine-X-serine and asparagine-X-threonine, where X is any amino acid except proline, are the recognition sequences for enzymatic attachment of the carbohydrate moiety to the asparagine side chain.
- X is any amino acid except proline
- O-linked glycosylation refers to the attachment of one of the sugars N-acetylgalactosamine, galactose, or xylose, to a hydroxyamino acid, most commonly serine or threonine, although 5- hydroxyproline or 5 -hydroxy lysine may also be used.
- Addition of glycosylation sites to the antigen binding protein is conveniently accomplished by altering the amino acid sequence such that it contains one or more of the above-described tri-peptide sequences (for N-linked glycosylation sites).
- the alteration may also be made by the addition of, or substitution by, one or more serine or threonine residues to the starting sequence (for O-linked glycosylation sites).
- the antigen binding protein amino acid sequence may be altered through changes at the DNA level, particularly by mutating the DNA encoding the target polypeptide at preselected bases such that codons are generated that will translate into the desired amino acids.
- Another means of increasing the number of carbohydrate moieties on the antigen binding protein is by chemical or enzymatic coupling of glycosides to the protein. These procedures are advantageous in that they do not require production of the protein in a host cell that has glycosylation capabilities for N- and O-linked glycosylation.
- the sugar(s) may be attached to (a) arginine and histidine, (b) free carboxyl groups, (c) free sulfhydryl groups such as those of cysteine, (d) free hydroxyl groups such as those of serine, threonine, or hydroxyproline, (e) aromatic residues such as those of phenylalanine, tyrosine, or tryptophan, or (f) the amide group of glutamine.
- Removal of carbohydrate moieties present on the starting antigen binding protein may be accomplished chemically or enzymatically.
- Chemical deglycosylation requires exposure of the protein to the compound trifluoromethanesulfonic acid, or an equivalent compound. This treatment results in the cleavage of most or all sugars except the linking sugar (N- acetylglucosamine or N-acetylgalactosamine), while leaving the polypeptide intact.
- Chemical deglycosylation is described by Hakimuddin et al, 1987, Arch. Biochem. Biophys. 259:52 and by Edge et al, 1981, Anal. Biochem. 118: 131.
- Enzymatic cleavage of carbohydrate moieties on polypeptides can be achieved by the use of a variety of endo- and exo- glycosidases as described by Thotakura et al, 1987, Meth. Enzymol. 138:350. Glycosylation at potential glycosylation sites may be prevented by the use of the compound tunicamycin as described by Duskin et al, 1982, J. Biol. Chem. 257:3105. Tunicamycin blocks the formation of protein-N-glycoside linkages.
- aspects include glycosylation variants of the antigen binding proteins wherein the number and/or type of glycosylation site(s) has been altered compared to the amino acid sequences of the parent polypeptide.
- antibody protein variants comprise a greater or a lesser number of N-linked glycosylation sites than the native antibody.
- An N-linked glycosylation site is characterized by the sequence: Asn-X-Ser or Asn- X-Thr, wherein the amino acid residue designated as X may be any amino acid residue except proline. The substitution of amino acid residues to create this sequence provides a potential new site for the addition of an N-linked carbohydrate chain.
- substitutions that eliminate or alter this sequence will prevent addition of an N-linked carbohydrate chain present in the native polypeptide.
- the glycosylation can be reduced by the deletion of an Asn or by substituting the Asn with a different amino acid.
- one or more new N-linked sites are created.
- Antibodies typically have a N- linked glycosylation site in the Fc region.
- the antigen-binding protein comprises one or more labels.
- labeling group or “label” means any detectable label.
- suitable labeling groups include, but are not limited to, the following: radioisotopes or radionuclides ⁇ e.g., 3 H, 14 C, 15 N, 35 S, 90 Y, 99 Tc, U 1 ln, 125 I, 131 I), fluorescent groups (e.g., FITC, rhodamine, lanthanide phosphors), enzymatic groups (e.g., horseradish peroxidase, ⁇ -galactosidase, luciferase, alkaline phosphatase), chemiluminescent groups, biotinyl groups, or predetermined polypeptide epitopes recognized by a secondary reporter (e.g., leucine zipper pair sequences, binding sites for secondary antibodies, metal binding domains, epitope tags).
- the labeling group is
- effector group means any group coupled to an antigen binding protein that acts as a cytotoxic agent.
- suitable effector groups are radioisotopes or radionuclides (e.g., 3 H, 14 C, 15 N, 35 S, 90 Y, 99 Tc, m In, 125 I, 131 I).
- Other suitable groups include toxins, therapeutic groups, or chemotherapeutic groups. Examples of suitable groups include calicheamicin, auristatins, geldanamycin and maytansine.
- the effector group is coupled to the antigen binding protein via spacer arms of various lengths to reduce potential steric hindrance.
- labels fall into a variety of classes, depending on the assay in which they are to be detected: a) isotopic labels, which may be radioactive or heavy isotopes; b) magnetic labels (e.g., magnetic particles); c) redox active moieties; d) optical dyes; enzymatic groups (e.g. horseradish peroxidase, ⁇ -galactosidase, luciferase, alkaline phosphatase); e) biotinylated groups; and f) predetermined polypeptide epitopes recognized by a secondary reporter (e.g., leucine zipper pair sequences, binding sites for secondary antibodies, metal binding domains, epitope tags, etc.).
- the labeling group is coupled to the antigen binding protein via spacer arms of various lengths to reduce potential steric hindrance.
- optical dyes including, but not limited to, chromophores, phosphors and fluorophores, with the latter being specific in many instances.
- Fluorophores can be either "small molecule" fluores, or proteinaceous fluores.
- fluorescent label any molecule that may be detected via its inherent fluorescent properties. Suitable fluorescent labels include, but are not limited to, fluorescein, rhodamine, tetramethylrhodamine, eosin, erythrosin, coumarin, methyl-coumarins, pyrene, Malacite green, stilbene, Lucifer Yellow, Cascade BlueJ, Texas Red, IAEDANS, EDANS, BODIPY FL, LC Red 640, Cy 5, Cy 5.5, LC Red 705, Oregon green, the Alexa-Fluor dyes (Alexa Fluor 350, Alexa Fluor 430, Alexa Fluor 488, Alexa Fluor 546, Alexa Fluor 568, Alexa Fluor 594, Alexa Fluor 633, Alexa Fluor 660, Alexa Fluor 680), Cascade Blue, Cascade Yellow and R-phycoerythrin (PE) (Molecular Probes, Eugene, OR), FITC, Rhodamine, and
- Suitable proteinaceous fluorescent labels also include, but are not limited to, green fluorescent protein, including a Renilla, Ptilosarcus, or Aequorea species of GFP (Chalfie et al, 1994, Science 263:802-805), EGFP (Clontech Labs., Inc., Genbank Accession Number U55762), blue fluorescent protein (BFP, Quantum Biotechnologies, Inc., Quebec, Canada; Stauber, 1998, Biotechniques 24:462-471; Heim et al, 1996, Curr. Biol. 6: 178-182), enhanced yellow fluorescent protein (EYFP, Clontech Labs., Inc.), luciferase (Ichiki et al, 1993, J. Immunol.
- Nucleic acids that encode for the antigen binding proteins described herein, or portions thereof, are also provided, including nucleic acids encoding one or both chains of an antibody, or a fragment, derivative, mutein, or variant thereof, polynucleotides encoding heavy chain variable regions or only CDRs, polynucleotides sufficient for use as hybridization probes, PCR primers or sequencing primers for identifying, analyzing, mutating or amplifying a polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide, anti-sense nucleic acids for inhibiting expression of a polynucleotide, and complementary sequences of the foregoing.
- the nucleic acids can be any length.
- nucleic acids can be single-stranded or double-stranded and can comprise RNA and/or DNA nucleotides, and artificial variants thereof ⁇ e.g., peptide nucleic acids).
- Table 6 shows exemplary nucleic acid sequences encoding an IgG2 heavy chain constant region and IgG2 lambda and kappa light chain constant regions. Any variable region provided herein may be attached to these constant regions to form complete heavy and light chain sequences. However, it should be understood that these constant regions sequences are provided as specific examples only. In some embodiments, the variable region sequences are joined to other constant region sequences that are known in the art. Exemplary nucleic acid sequences encoding heavy and light chain variable regions are provided in Table 7.
- Table 7 shows exemplary nucleic acid sequences encoding heavy chain and light chain variable regions, in which the various CDRHl, CDRH2, CDRH3, CDRLl, CDRL2 and CDRL3 sequences are embedded. Table 7: Exemplary Nucleic Acid Sequences Encoding Heavy and Light Chain Variable Regions
- V H 6 111 caggtgcagctggtgcagagcggcgcggaagtgaaaaaccgggcgcgagcgt gaaagtgagctgcaaagcgagcggctatacctttaccagctatggcattaactgggt gcgccaggcgaccggccagggcctggaatggatgggcgaaatttatccgcgcag cggcaacacctattataacgaaaaatttaaggccgcgtgaccctgaccgcggata aaagcagcaacaccgcgaccgctgaccgcggata aaagcagcaacaccgcgaccgctgaccgcggata aagcagcaacaccgcgcgtatatggaactgagcagcctgcgcagcgaagatacc
- V H 7 112 caggtgcagctggtgcagagcggcgcggaagtgaaaaaccgggcgcgagcgt gaaagtgagctgcaaagcgagcggctatacctttaccagctattggatgcattgggt gcgccaggcgccgggccagggcctggaatggatgggcaacattgatccgaccaa cggcgaaaccaactataacgaaaaatttaaattcgcgtgaccatgacccgcgatac cagcaccagcaccgtgtatatggaactgagcagcctgcgcagcgaagataccgcg gtgtattattgcgcgcgcgaaacgcgatggctattatctgtttgcgtattggggccagg gcaccc
- V H 8 113 caggtgcagctggtgcagagcggcgcggaagtgaaaaaccgggcgcgagcgt gaaagtgagctgcaaagcgagcggctatacctttaccagctattggatgcattgggt gcgccaggcgccgggccagggcctggaatggatgggcaacattgatccgaccaa cggcgaaaccaactataacgaaaaatttaaattcgcgtgaccctgaccgtggataa aagcagcagcaccgcgtatatggaactgagcagcctgcgcagcgaagataccgc ggtgtatcattgcgtgtgcgtgcgcgaaagataccgc ggtgtgcgcgaaagataccgc
- V H 12 117 cagattcagctggtgcagagcggcagcgaactgaaaaaaccgggcgcgagcgtg aaagtgagctgcaaagcgagcggctatacctttaccacctatggcatgacctgggtg aaacaggcgccgggccagggcctggaatggatgggctggattaacacctatagcg gcgtgccgacctatggcgatgattttaaaggccgctttgtgtttagcctggataccag cacccgcaccgcaccgcaccgtatctgcagattagcagcctgaaagcggaagataccgcggtgt atttttgcgcgcgcaaagatcattattatggcagcggcttttgttgtggtgtgtgt
- V L 8 127 gatgtggtgatgacccagagcccgctgagcctgccggtgaccctgggccagccgg cgagcattagctgccgcagcagccagagcattgtggatagcgatggcgatatttatc tggaatggtttcagcagcgcccgggccagagccccgcgcctgatttataaagtg agcaaccgctttagcggcgtgcggatcgctttagcggcagcggcagcggcaccg atttaccctgaaaattagccgcgtggaagcggagatgtgggcgtgtattattgcttt cagggcagccatgtgccgtggacctttggccagggcaccaaactggaaattaaac
- V L 10 129 gaaattgtgctgacccagagcccggcgaccctgagcctgagcccgggcgaacgc gcgaccctgagctgcagcgtgaactatatgcattggtatcagca gaaaccgggcctggcgccgcgctgctgatttatgataccagcaaactggcgagc ggcattccggatcgctttagcggcagcggcagcggcaccgattttaccctgaccatt agccgcctggaaccggaagattttgcggtgtattattgccagcagtggagcagcaa cccgccgattaccttggccagggcaccaaactggaaattaaaaa
- VLI I 130 gaaattgtgctgacccagagcccggcgaccctgagcctgagcccgggcgaacgc gcgaccctgagctgcagcgtgaactatatgcattggtatcagca gaaaccgggcctggcgccgcgcctgatttatgataccagcaaactggcgagc ggcattccggatcgctttagcggcagcggcagcggcaccgattataccctgaccatt agccgctggaaccggaagattttgcggtgtattattgccagcagtggagcagcaa cccgccgattaccttggccagggcaccaaactggaaattaaaaa
- Nucleic acids encoding certain antigen binding proteins, or portions thereof may be isolated from B-cells of mice that have been immunized with GKN1 or an immunogenic fragment thereof.
- the nucleic acid may be isolated by conventional procedures such as polymerase chain reaction (PCR).
- Phage display is another example of a known technique whereby derivatives of antibodies and other antigen binding proteins may be prepared.
- polypeptides that are components of an antigen binding protein of interest are expressed in any suitable recombinant expression system, and the expressed polypeptides are allowed to assemble to form antigen binding proteins.
- nucleic acids provided in Tables 6 and 7 are exemplary only. Due to the degeneracy of the genetic code, each of the polypeptide sequences listed in Tables 1-4 or otherwise depicted herein are also encoded by a large number of other nucleic acid sequences besides those provided. One of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that the present application thus provides adequate written description and enablement for each degenerate nucleotide sequence encoding each antigen binding protein.
- An aspect further provides nucleic acids that hybridize to other nucleic acids (e.g., nucleic acids comprising a nucleotide sequence listed in Tables 6 and 7) under particular hybridization conditions.
- Methods for hybridizing nucleic acids are well-known in the art. See, e.g., Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, John Wiley & Sons, N.Y. (1989), 6.3.1- 6.3.6.
- a moderately stringent hybridization condition uses a prewashing solution containing 5x sodium chloride/sodium citrate (SSC), 0.5% SDS, 1.0 mM EDTA (pH 8.0), hybridization buffer of about 50% formamide, 6x SSC, and a hybridization temperature of 55°C (or other similar hybridization solutions, such as one containing about 50% formamide, with a hybridization temperature of 42°C), and washing conditions of 60°C, in 0.5x SSC, 0.1% SDS.
- a stringent hybridization condition hybridizes in 6x SSC at 45°C, followed by one or more washes in O.lx SSC, 0.2% SDS at 68°C.
- nucleic acids comprising nucleotide sequences that are at least 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 98% or 99% identical to each other typically remain hybridized to each other.
- Changes can be introduced by mutation into a nucleic acid, thereby leading to changes in the amino acid sequence of a polypeptide ⁇ e.g., an antibody or antibody derivative) that it encodes. Mutations can be introduced using any technique known in the art. In one embodiment, one or more particular amino acid residues are changed using, for example, a site-directed mutagenesis protocol. In another embodiment, one or more randomly selected residues is changed using, for example, a random mutagenesis protocol. However it is made, a mutant polypeptide can be expressed and screened for a desired property.
- Mutations can be introduced into a nucleic acid without significantly altering the biological activity of a polypeptide that it encodes. For example, one can make nucleotide substitutions leading to amino acid substitutions at non-essential amino acid residues.
- one or more mutations can be introduced into a nucleic acid that selectively changes the biological activity of a polypeptide that it encodes.
- the mutation can quantitatively or qualitatively change the biological activity. Examples of quantitative changes include increasing, reducing or eliminating the activity. Examples of qualitative changes include changing the antigen specificity of an antibody.
- a nucleic acid encoding any antigen binding protein described herein can be mutated to alter the amino acid sequence using molecular biology techniques that are well-established in the art.
- nucleic acid molecules that are suitable for use as primers or hybridization probes for the detection of nucleic acid sequences.
- a nucleic acid molecule can comprise only a portion of a nucleic acid sequence encoding a full-length polypeptide, for example, a fragment that can be used as a probe or primer or a fragment encoding an active portion (e.g., GK 1 binding portion) of a polypeptide.
- Probes based on the sequence of a nucleic acid can be used to detect the nucleic acid or similar nucleic acids, for example, transcripts encoding a polypeptide.
- the probe can comprise a label group, e.g., a radioisotope, a fluorescent compound, an enzyme, or an enzyme co-factor. Such probes can be used to identify a cell that expresses the polypeptide.
- vectors comprising a nucleic acid encoding a polypeptide or a portion thereof (e.g., a fragment containing one or more CDRs or one or more variable region domains).
- vectors include, but are not limited to, plasmids, viral vectors, non-episomal mammalian vectors and expression vectors, for example, recombinant expression vectors.
- the recombinant expression vectors can comprise a nucleic acid in a form suitable for expression of the nucleic acid in a host cell.
- the recombinant expression vectors include one or more regulatory sequences, selected on the basis of the host cells to be used for expression, which is operably linked to the nucleic acid sequence to be expressed.
- Regulatory sequences include those that direct constitutive expression of a nucleotide sequence in many types of host cells (e.g. , S V40 early gene enhancer, Rous sarcoma virus promoter and cytomegalovirus promoter), those that direct expression of the nucleotide sequence only in certain host cells (e.g., tissue-specific regulatory sequences, see, Voss et ah, 1986, Trends Biochem. Sci. JJ_:287, Maniatis et ah, 1987, Science 236: 1237, incorporated by reference herein in their entireties), and those that direct inducible expression of a nucleotide sequence in response to particular treatment or condition (e.g.
- the metallothionin promoter in mammalian cells and the tet-responsive and/or streptomycin responsive promoter in both prokaryotic and eukaryotic systems see, id .
- the expression vectors can be introduced into host cells to thereby produce proteins or peptides, including fusion proteins or peptides, encoded by nucleic acids as described herein.
- a host cell can be any prokaryotic cell (for example, E. coli) or eukaryotic cell (for example, yeast, insect, or mammalian cells (e.g., CHO cells)).
- Vector DNA can be introduced into prokaryotic or eukaryotic cells via conventional transformation or transfection techniques.
- a gene that encodes a selectable marker e.g., for resistance to antibiotics is generally introduced into the host cells along with the gene of interest.
- Preferred selectable markers include those which confer resistance to drugs, such as G418, hygromycin and methotrexate.
- Cells stably transfected with the introduced nucleic acid can be identified by drug selection (e.g., cells that have incorporated the selectable marker gene will survive, while the other cells die), among other methods.
- Non-human antibodies that are provided can be, for example, derived from any antibody-producing animal, such as mouse, rat, rabbit, goat, donkey, or non-human primate (such as monkey (e.g., cynomolgus or rhesus monkey) or ape (e.g., chimpanzee)).
- Non-human antibodies can be used, for instance, in in vitro cell culture and cell-culture based applications, or any other application where an immune response to the antibody does not occur or is insignificant, can be prevented, is not a concern, or is desired.
- the antibodies may be produced by immunizing with full-length GKN1 or a fragment thereof.
- the certain non-human antibodies may be raised by immunizing with amino acids which are segments of GK 1 that form part of the epitope to which certain antibodies provided herein bind (see infra).
- the antibodies may be polyclonal, monoclonal, or may be synthesized in host cells by expressing recombinant DNA.
- Fully human antibodies may be prepared as described above by immunizing transgenic animals containing human immunoglobulin loci or by selecting a phage display library that is expressing a repertoire of human antibodies.
- the monoclonal antibodies can be produced by a variety of techniques, including conventional monoclonal antibody methodology, e.g., the standard somatic cell hybridization technique of Kohler and Milstein, 1975, Nature 256:495. Alternatively, other techniques for producing monoclonal antibodies can be employed, for example, the viral or oncogenic transformation of B-lymphocytes.
- One suitable animal system for preparing hybridomas is the murine system, which is a very well established procedure. Immunization protocols and techniques for isolation of immunized splenocytes for fusion are known in the art. For such procedures, B cells from immunized mice are fused with a suitable immortalized fusion partner, such as a murine myeloma cell line.
- mice can be immunized instead of mice and B cells from such animals can be fused with the murine myeloma cell line to form hybridomas.
- a myeloma cell line from a source other than mouse may be used. Fusion procedures for making hybridomas also are well-known.
- the single chain antibodies that are provided may be formed by linking heavy and light chain variable domain (Fv region) fragments via an amino acid bridge (short peptide linker), resulting in a single polypeptide chain.
- Such single-chain Fvs may be prepared by fusing DNA encoding a peptide linker between DNAs encoding the two variable domain polypeptides (V L and V H ).
- the resulting polypeptides can fold back on themselves to form antigen-binding monomers, or they can form multimers ⁇ e.g., dimers, trimers, or tetramers), depending on the length of a flexible linker between the two variable domains (Kortt et al, 1997, Prot. Eng.
- Single chain antibodies derived from antibodies provided herein include, but are not limited to scFvs comprising the variable domain combinations of the heavy and light chain variable regions, or combinations of light and heavy chain variable domains which include CDRs.
- Antibodies provided herein that are of one subclass can be changed to antibodies from a different subclass using subclass switching methods.
- IgG antibodies may be derived from an IgM antibody, for example, and vice versa.
- Such techniques allow the preparation of new antibodies that possess the antigen binding properties of a given antibody (the parent antibody), but also exhibit biological properties associated with an antibody isotype or subclass different from that of the parent antibody.
- Recombinant DNA techniques may be employed. Cloned DNA encoding particular antibody polypeptides may be employed in such procedures, e.g., DNA encoding the constant domain of an antibody of the desired isotype. See, e.g., Lantto et al, 2002, Methods Mol. Biol. 178:303-316.
- the antibodies that are provided include those comprising, for example, the variable domain combinations described, supra., having a desired isotype (for example, IgA, IgGl, IgG2, IgG3, IgG4, IgE, and IgD) as well as Fab or F(ab') 2 fragments thereof.
- a desired isotype for example, IgA, IgGl, IgG2, IgG3, IgG4, IgE, and IgD
- Fab or F(ab') 2 fragments thereof e.gG4
- CPSCP- >CPPCP point mutation
- chain shuffling involves displaying immunoglobulin variable domain gene repertoires on the surface of filamentous bacteriophage, often referred to as phage display. Chain shuffling has been used to prepare high affinity antibodies to the hapten 2-phenyloxazol-5-one, as described by Marks et al., 1992, BioTechnology 10:779.
- GKN1 antigen binding proteins may be further modified in various ways. For example, if they are to be used for therapeutic purposes, they may be conjugated with polyethylene glycol (pegylated) to prolong the serum half-life or to enhance protein delivery.
- the V region of the subject antibodies or fragments thereof may be fused with the Fc region of a different antibody molecule.
- the Fc region used for this purpose may be modified so that it does not bind complement, thus reducing the likelihood of inducing cell lysis in the patient when the fusion protein is used as a therapeutic agent.
- the subject antibodies or functional fragments thereof may be conjugated with human serum albumin to enhance the serum half-life of the antibody or fragment thereof.
- TTR transthyretin
- substantial modifications in the functional and/or biochemical characteristics of the antigen binding proteins described herein may be achieved by creating substitutions in the amino acid sequence of the heavy and light chains that differ significantly in their effect on maintaining (a) the structure of the molecular backbone in the area of the substitution, for example, as a sheet or helical conformation, (b) the charge or hydrophobicity of the molecule at the target site, or (c) the bulkiness of the side chain.
- a "conservative amino acid substitution” may involve a substitution of a native amino acid residue with a nonnative residue that has little or no effect on the polarity or charge of the amino acid residue at that position. See, Table 5, supra.
- any native residue in the polypeptide may also be substituted with alanine, as has been previously described for alanine scanning mutagenesis.
- Amino acid substitutions (whether conservative or non-conservative) of the subject antibodies can be implemented by those skilled in the art by applying routine techniques. Amino acid substitutions can be used to identify important residues of the antibodies provided herein, or to increase or decrease the affinity of these antibodies for GK 1.
- Expression systems and constructs in the form of plasmids, expression vectors, transcription or expression cassettes that comprise at least one polynucleotide as described above are also provided herein, as well host cells comprising such expression systems or constructs.
- the antigen binding proteins provided herein may be prepared by any of a number of conventional techniques.
- GK 1 antigen binding proteins may be produced by recombinant expression systems, using any technique known in the art. See, e.g., Monoclonal Antibodies, Hybridomas: A New Dimension in Biological Analyses, Kennet et al. (eds.) Plenum Press, New York (1980); and Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, Harlow and Lane (eds.), Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y. (1988).
- Antigen binding proteins can be expressed in hybridoma cell lines (e.g. , in particular antibodies may be expressed in hybridomas) or in cell lines other than hybridomas.
- Expression constructs encoding the antibodies can be used to transform a mammalian, insect or microbial host cell. Transformation can be performed using any known method for introducing polynucleotides into a host cell, including, for example packaging the polynucleotide in a virus or bacteriophage and transducing a host cell with the construct by transfection procedures known in the art, as exemplified by United States Patent No. 4,399,216; No. 4,912,040; No. 4,740,461; No. 4,959,455.
- heterologous polynucleotides into mammalian cells are well-known in the art and include, but are not limited to, dextran-mediated transfection, calcium phosphate precipitation, polybrene mediated transfection, protoplast fusion, electroporation, encapsulation of the polynucleotide(s) in liposomes, mixing nucleic acid with positively- charged lipids, and direct microinjection of the DNA into nuclei.
- Recombinant expression constructs typically comprise a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide comprising one or more of the following: one or more CDRs provided herein; a light chain constant region; a light chain variable region; a heavy chain constant region (e.g., C H 1, C H 2 and/or C H 3); and/or another scaffold portion of a GKN1 antigen binding protein.
- These nucleic acid sequences are inserted into an appropriate expression vector using standard ligation techniques.
- the heavy or light chain constant region is appended to the C-terminus of the anti- GKN1 specific heavy or light chain variable region and is ligated into an expression vector.
- the vector is typically selected to be functional in the particular host cell employed (i.e., the vector is compatible with the host cell machinery, permitting amplification and/or expression of the gene can occur).
- vectors are used that employ protein-fragment complementation assays using protein reporters, such as dihydrofolate reductase (see, for example, U.S. Pat. No. 6,270,964, which is hereby incorporated by reference).
- protein reporters such as dihydrofolate reductase (see, for example, U.S. Pat. No. 6,270,964, which is hereby incorporated by reference).
- Suitable expression vectors can be purchased, for example, from Invitrogen Life Technologies or BD Biosciences (formerly "Clontech”).
- Other useful vectors for cloning and expressing the antibodies and fragments include those described in Bianchi and McGrew, 2003, Biotech. Biotechnol. Bioeng.
- expression vectors used in any of the host cells will contain sequences for plasmid maintenance and for cloning and expression of exogenous nucleotide sequences.
- sequences collectively referred to as “flanking sequences” in certain embodiments will typically include one or more of the following nucleotide sequences: a promoter, one or more enhancer sequences, an origin of replication, a transcriptional termination sequence, a complete intron sequence containing a donor and acceptor splice site, a sequence encoding a leader sequence for polypeptide secretion, a ribosome binding site, a polyadenylation sequence, a polylinker region for inserting the nucleic acid encoding the polypeptide to be expressed, and a selectable marker element.
- a promoter one or more enhancer sequences
- an origin of replication a transcriptional termination sequence
- a complete intron sequence containing a donor and acceptor splice site a sequence encoding a leader sequence for polypeptide secreti
- the vector may contain a "tag"-encoding sequence, i.e., an oligonucleotide molecule located at the 5' or 3' end of the GKN1 antigen binding protein coding sequence; the oligonucleotide sequence encodes polyHis (such as hexaHis), or another "tag” such as FLAG ® , HA (hemaglutinin influenza virus), or myc, for which commercially available antibodies exist.
- This tag is typically fused to the polypeptide upon expression of the polypeptide, and can serve as a means for affinity purification or detection of the GKN1 antigen binding protein from the host cell. Affinity purification can be accomplished, for example, by column chromatography using antibodies against the tag as an affinity matrix.
- the tag can subsequently be removed from the purified GKN1 antigen binding protein by various means such as using certain peptidases for cleavage.
- Flanking sequences may be homologous ⁇ i.e., from the same species and/or strain as the host cell), heterologous ⁇ i.e., from a species other than the host cell species or strain), hybrid (i.e., a combination of flanking sequences from more than one source), synthetic or native.
- the source of a flanking sequence may be any prokaryotic or eukaryotic organism, any vertebrate or invertebrate organism, or any plant, provided that the flanking sequence is functional in, and can be activated by, the host cell machinery.
- Flanking sequences useful in the vectors may be obtained by any of several methods well-known in the art. Typically, flanking sequences useful herein will have been previously identified by mapping and/or by restriction endonuclease digestion and can thus be isolated from the proper tissue source using the appropriate restriction endonucleases. In some cases, the full nucleotide sequence of a flanking sequence may be known. Here, the flanking sequence may be synthesized using the methods described herein for nucleic acid synthesis or cloning.
- flanking sequence may be obtained using polymerase chain reaction (PCR) and/or by screening a genomic library with a suitable probe such as an oligonucleotide and/or flanking sequence fragment from the same or another species.
- PCR polymerase chain reaction
- a fragment of DNA containing a flanking sequence may be isolated from a larger piece of DNA that may contain, for example, a coding sequence or even another gene or genes. Isolation may be accomplished by restriction endonuclease digestion to produce the proper DNA fragment followed by isolation using agarose gel purification, Qiagen ® column chromatography (Chatsworth, CA), or other methods known to the skilled artisan.
- the selection of suitable enzymes to accomplish this purpose will be readily apparent to one of ordinary skill in the art.
- An origin of replication is typically a part of those prokaryotic expression vectors purchased commercially, and the origin aids in the amplification of the vector in a host cell. If the vector of choice does not contain an origin of replication site, one may be chemically synthesized based on a known sequence, and ligated into the vector.
- the origin of replication from the plasmid pBR322 (New England Biolabs, Beverly, MA) is suitable for most gram-negative bacteria, and various viral origins (e.g., SV40, polyoma, adenovirus, vesicular stomatitus virus (VSV), or papillomaviruses such as HPV or BPV) are useful for cloning vectors in mammalian cells.
- viral origins e.g., SV40, polyoma, adenovirus, vesicular stomatitus virus (VSV), or papillomaviruses such as HPV or BPV
- the origin of replication component is not needed for mammalian expression vectors (for example, the SV40 origin is often used only because it also contains the virus early promoter).
- a transcription termination sequence is typically located 3' to the end of a polypeptide coding region and serves to terminate transcription.
- a transcription termination sequence in prokaryotic cells is a G-C rich fragment followed by a poly-T sequence. While the sequence is easily cloned from a library or even purchased commercially as part of a vector, it can also be readily synthesized using methods for nucleic acid synthesis such as those described herein.
- a selectable marker gene encodes a protein necessary for the survival and growth of a host cell grown in a selective culture medium.
- Typical selection marker genes encode proteins that (a) confer resistance to antibiotics or other toxins, e.g., ampicillin, tetracycline, or kanamycin for prokaryotic host cells; (b) complement auxotrophic deficiencies of the cell; or (c) supply critical nutrients not available from complex or defined media.
- Specific selectable markers are the kanamycin resistance gene, the ampicillin resistance gene, and the tetracycline resistance gene.
- a neomycin resistance gene may also be used for selection in both prokaryotic and eukaryotic host cells.
- selectable genes may be used to amplify the gene that will be expressed. Amplification is the process wherein genes that are required for production of a protein critical for growth or cell survival are reiterated in tandem within the chromosomes of successive generations of recombinant cells. Examples of suitable selectable markers for mammalian cells include dihydrofolate reductase (DHFR) and promoterless thymidine kinase genes. Mammalian cell trans formants are placed under selection pressure wherein only the transformants are uniquely adapted to survive by virtue of the selectable gene present in the vector.
- DHFR dihydrofolate reductase
- promoterless thymidine kinase genes Mammalian cell trans formants are placed under selection pressure wherein only the transformants are uniquely adapted to survive by virtue of the selectable gene present in the vector.
- Selection pressure is imposed by culturing the transformed cells under conditions in which the concentration of selection agent in the medium is successively increased, thereby leading to the amplification of both the selectable gene and the DNA that encodes another gene, such as an antigen binding protein that binds GK 1 polypeptide.
- another gene such as an antigen binding protein that binds GK 1 polypeptide.
- a ribosome-binding site is usually necessary for translation initiation of mRNA and is characterized by a Shine-Dalgarno sequence (prokaryotes) or a Kozak sequence (eukaryotes).
- the element is typically located 3' to the promoter and 5' to the coding sequence of the polypeptide to be expressed.
- the final protein product may have, in the -1 position (relative to the first amino acid of the mature protein), one or more additional amino acids incident to expression, which may not have been totally removed.
- the final protein product may have one or two amino acid residues found in the peptidase cleavage site, attached to the amino-terminus.
- use of some enzyme cleavage sites may result in a slightly truncated form of the desired polypeptide, if the enzyme cuts at such area within the mature polypeptide.
- Expression and cloning will typically contain a promoter that is recognized by the host organism and operably linked to the molecule encoding the GKN1 antigen binding protein. Promoters are untranscribed sequences located upstream (i.e., 5') to the start codon of a structural gene (generally within about 100 to 1000 bp) that control transcription of the structural gene. Promoters are conventionally grouped into one of two classes: inducible promoters and constitutive promoters. Inducible promoters initiate increased levels of transcription from DNA under their control in response to some change in culture conditions, such as the presence or absence of a nutrient or a change in temperature.
- Constitutive promoters uniformly transcribe a gene to which they are operably linked, that is, with little or no control over gene expression.
- a large number of promoters, recognized by a variety of potential host cells, are well-known.
- a suitable promoter is operably linked to the DNA encoding heavy chain or light chain comprising a GK 1 antigen binding protein by removing the promoter from the source DNA by restriction enzyme digestion and inserting the desired promoter sequence into the vector.
- Suitable promoters for use with yeast hosts are also well-known in the art.
- Yeast enhancers are advantageously used with yeast promoters.
- Suitable promoters for use with mammalian host cells are well-known and include, but are not limited to, those obtained from the genomes of viruses such as polyoma virus, fowlpox virus, adenovirus (such as Adenovirus 2), bovine papilloma virus, avian sarcoma virus, cytomegalovirus, retroviruses, hepatitis-B virus, and Simian Virus 40 (SV40).
- viruses such as polyoma virus, fowlpox virus, adenovirus (such as Adenovirus 2), bovine papilloma virus, avian sarcoma virus, cytomegalovirus, retroviruses, hepatitis-B virus, and Simian Virus 40 (SV40).
- Other suitable mammalian promoters include hetero
- An enhancer sequence may be inserted into the vector to increase transcription of
- Enhancers are cis-acting elements of DNA, usually about 10-300 bp in length, that act on the promoter to increase transcription. Enhancers are relatively orientation and position independent, having been found at positions both 5' and 3' to the transcription unit.
- enhancer sequences available from mammalian genes are known (e.g., globin, elastase, albumin, alpha-feto-protein and insulin). Typically, however, an enhancer from a virus is used.
- the SV40 enhancer, the cytomegalovirus early promoter enhancer, the polyoma enhancer, and adenovirus enhancers known in the art are exemplary enhancing elements for the activation of eukaryotic promoters. While an enhancer may be positioned in the vector either 5' or 3' to a coding sequence, it is typically located at a site 5' from the promoter.
- a sequence encoding an appropriate native or heterologous signal sequence (leader sequence or signal peptide) can be incorporated into an expression vector, to promote extracellular secretion of the antibody. The choice of signal peptide or leader depends on the type of host cells in which the antibody is to be produced, and a heterologous signal sequence can replace the native signal sequence.
- IL-7 interleukin-7
- US Patent No. 4,965,195 the signal sequence for interleukin-2 receptor described in Cosman et al., 1984, Nature 312:768
- the interleukin-4 receptor signal peptide described in EP Patent No. 0367 566
- type I interleukin-1 receptor signal peptide described in U.S. Patent No. 4,968,607
- the expression vectors that are provided may be constructed from a starting vector such as a commercially available vector. Such vectors may or may not contain all of the desired flanking sequences. Where one or more of the flanking sequences described herein are not already present in the vector, they may be individually obtained and ligated into the vector. Methods used for obtaining each of the flanking sequences are well-known to one skilled in the art.
- the completed vector may be inserted into a suitable host cell for amplification and/or polypeptide expression.
- the transformation of an expression vector for an antigen-binding protein into a selected host cell may be accomplished by well-known methods including transfection, infection, calcium phosphate co-precipitation, electroporation, microinjection, lipofection, DEAE-dextran mediated transfection, or other known techniques. The method selected will in part be a function of the type of host cell to be used. These methods and other suitable methods are well-known to the skilled artisan, and are set forth, for example, in Sambrook et al. (2001), supra.
- a host cell when cultured under appropriate conditions, synthesizes an antigen binding protein that can subsequently be collected from the culture medium (if the host cell secretes it into the medium) or directly from the host cell producing it (if it is not secreted).
- the selection of an appropriate host cell will depend upon various factors, such as desired expression levels, polypeptide modifications that are desirable or necessary for activity (such as glycosylation or phosphorylation) and ease of folding into a biologically active molecule.
- Mammalian cell lines available as hosts for expression are well-known in the art and include, but are not limited to, immortalized cell lines available from the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC), including but not limited to Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cells, HeLa cells, baby hamster kidney (BHK) cells, monkey kidney cells (COS), human hepatocellular carcinoma cells (e.g., HepG2), and a number of other cell lines.
- ATCC American Type Culture Collection
- cell lines may be selected through determining which cell lines have high expression levels and constitutively produce antigen binding proteins with GK 1 binding properties.
- a cell line from the B cell lineage that does not make its own antibody but has a capacity to make and secrete a heterologous antibody can be selected.
- Antigen binding proteins that specifically bind to GK 1 can also be used to treat a metabolic condition or disorder in a patient in need thereof.
- the metabolic disorder to be treated is diabetes, e.g., type 2 diabetes.
- the metabolic condition or disorder is obesity.
- the metabolic condition or disorder is dyslipidemia, elevated glucose levels, elevated insulin levels or diabetic nephropathy.
- a metabolic condition or disorder that can be treated or ameliorated using a GKN1 binding peptide includes a state in which a human subject has a fasting blood glucose level of 125 mg/dL or greater, for example 130, 135, 140, 145, 150, 155, 160, 165, 170, 175, 180, 185, 190, 195, 200 or greater than 200 mg/dL. Blood glucose levels can be determined in the fed or fasted state, or at random.
- the metabolic condition or disorder can also comprise a condition in which a subject is at increased risk of developing a metabolic condition. For a human subject, such conditions include a fasting blood glucose level of 100 mg/dL.
- Conditions that can be treated using a pharmaceutical composition comprising a GK 1 binding protein can also be found in the American Diabetes Association Standards of Medical Care in Diabetes Care-2011, American Diabetes Association, Diabetes Care Vol. 34, No. Supplement 1, S11-S61, 2010.
- a metabolic disorder or condition such as Type 2 diabetes, elevated glucose levels, elevated insulin levels, dyslipidemia, obesity or diabetic nephropathy
- a therapeutically effective dose of a GKN1 binding protein can be administered to a patient in need thereof.
- the administration can be performed as described herein, such as by i.v. injection, intraperitoneal (i.p.) injection, subcutaneous injection, intramuscular injection, or orally in the form of a tablet or liquid formation.
- a therapeutically effective or preferred dose of a GKN1 binding protein can be determined by a clinician.
- a therapeutically effective dose of GKN1 binding protein will depend, inter alia, upon the administration schedule, the unit dose of agent administered, whether the GKN1 binding protein is administered in combination with other therapeutic agents, the immune status and the health of the recipient.
- the term "therapeutically effective dose,” as used herein, means an amount of GK 1 binding protein that elicits a biological or medicinal response in a tissue system, animal, or human being sought by a researcher, medical doctor, or other clinician, which includes alleviation or amelioration of the symptoms of the disease or disorder being treated, i.e., an amount of a GK 1 binding protein that supports an observable level of one or more desired biological or medicinal response, for example lowering blood glucose, insulin, triglyceride, or cholesterol levels; reducing body weight; or improving glucose tolerance, energy expenditure, or insulin sensitivity.
- a therapeutically effective dose of a GK 1 binding protein can also vary with the desired result.
- a dose of GK 1 binding protein will be correspondingly higher than a dose in which a comparatively lower level of blood glucose is desired.
- a dose of GK 1 binding protein will be correspondingly lower than a dose in which a comparatively higher level of blood glucose is desired.
- a subject is a human having a blood glucose level of 100 mg/dL or greater can be treated with a GK 1 binding protein.
- a method of the instant disclosure comprises first measuring a baseline level of one or more metabolically-relevant compounds such as glucose, insulin, cholesterol, lipid in a subject.
- a pharmaceutical composition comprising a GK 1 binding protein is then administered to the subject.
- the level of the one or more metabolically-relevant compounds e.g., blood glucose, insulin, cholesterol, lipid
- the two levels can then be compared in order to determine the relative change in the metabolically-relevant compound in the subject.
- another dose of the pharmaceutical composition comprising a GK 1 binding protein can be administered to achieve a desired level of one or more metabolically-relevant compound.
- a pharmaceutical composition comprising a GKN1 binding protein can be co-administered with another compound.
- the identity and properties of compound coadministered with the GK 1 binding protein will depend on the nature of the condition to be treated or ameliorated.
- a non-limiting list of examples of compounds that can be administered in combination with a pharmaceutical composition comprising a GK 1 binding protein include rosiglitizone, pioglitizone, repaglinide, nateglitinide, metformin, exenatide, stiagliptin, pramlintide, glipizide, glimeprirideacarbose, and miglitol.
- an antigen binding protein is provided to a patient which inhibits GK 1 activity.
- compositions that comprise a GK 1 antigen binding protein are also provided and can be utilized in any of the preventive and therapeutic methods disclosed herein.
- a therapeutically effective amount of one or a plurality of the antigen binding proteins and a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, carrier, solubilizer, emulsifier, preservative, and/or adjuvant are also provided.
- methods of treating a patient by administering such pharmaceutical composition are included.
- patient includes human patients.
- Acceptable formulation materials are nontoxic to recipients at the dosages and concentrations employed.
- pharmaceutical compositions comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a GK 1 antigen binding protein are provided.
- the pharmaceutical composition may contain formulation materials for modifying, maintaining or preserving, for example, the pH, osmolality, viscosity, clarity, color, isotonicity, odor, sterility, stability, rate of dissolution or release, adsorption or penetration of the composition.
- formulation materials for modifying, maintaining or preserving for example, the pH, osmolality, viscosity, clarity, color, isotonicity, odor, sterility, stability, rate of dissolution or release, adsorption or penetration of the composition.
- suitable formulation materials include, but are not limited to, amino acids (such as glycine, glutamine, asparagine, arginine or lysine); antimicrobials; antioxidants (such as ascorbic acid, sodium sulfite or sodium hydrogen-sulfite); buffers (such as borate, bicarbonate, Tris-HCl, citrates, phosphates or other organic acids); bulking agents (such as mannitol or glycine); chelating agents (such as ethylenediamine tetraacetic acid (EDTA)); complexing agents (such as caffeine, polyvinylpyrrolidone, beta-cyclodextrin or hydroxypropyl-beta-cyclodextrin); fillers; monosaccharides; disaccharides; and other carbohydrates (such as glucose, mannose or dextrins); proteins (such as serum albumin, gelatin or immunoglobulins); coloring, flavoring and diluting agents; emulsifying agents;
- amino acids
- compositions such as pluronics, PEG, sorbitan esters, polysorbates such as polysorbate 20, polysorbate, triton, tromethamine, lecithin, cholesterol, tyloxapal
- stability enhancing agents such as sucrose or sorbitol
- tonicity enhancing agents such as alkali metal halides, preferably sodium or potassium chloride, mannitol sorbitol
- delivery vehicles diluents; excipients and/or pharmaceutical adjuvants.
- the optimal pharmaceutical composition will be determined by one skilled in the art depending upon, for example, the intended route of administration, delivery format and desired dosage. See, for example, Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, supra. In certain embodiments, such compositions may influence the physical state, stability, rate of in vivo release and rate of in vivo clearance of the antigen binding proteins disclosed.
- the primary vehicle or carrier in a pharmaceutical composition may be either aqueous or non-aqueous in nature.
- a suitable vehicle or carrier may be water for injection or physiological saline solution.
- GK l antigen binding protein compositions may be prepared for storage by mixing the selected composition having the desired degree of purity with optional formulation agents (Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, supra) in the form of a lyophilized cake or an aqueous solution. Further, in certain embodiments, the GKNl antigen binding protein may be formulated as a lyophilizate using appropriate excipients such as sucrose.
- compositions can be selected for parenteral delivery.
- compositions may be selected for inhalation or for delivery through the digestive tract, such as orally. Preparation of such pharmaceutically acceptable compositions is within the skill of the art.
- the formulation components are present preferably in concentrations that are acceptable to the site of administration.
- buffers are used to maintain the composition at physiological pH or at a slightly lower pH, typically within a pH range of from about 5 to about 8.
- the therapeutic compositions may be provided in the form of a pyrogen-free, parenterally acceptable aqueous solution comprising the desired human GKNl antigen binding protein in a pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle.
- a particularly suitable vehicle for parenteral injection is sterile distilled water in which the GKNl antigen binding protein is formulated as a sterile, isotonic solution, properly preserved.
- the preparation can involve the formulation of the desired molecule with an agent, such as injectable microspheres, bio-erodible particles, polymeric compounds (such as polylactic acid or polyglycolic acid), beads or liposomes, that may provide controlled or sustained release of the product which can be delivered via depot injection.
- hyaluronic acid may also be used, having the effect of promoting sustained duration in the circulation.
- implantable drug delivery devices may be used to introduce the desired antigen binding protein.
- GK 1 antigen binding proteins are formulated as a dry, inhalable powder.
- GK 1 antigen binding protein inhalation solutions may also be formulated with a propellant for aerosol delivery.
- solutions may be nebulized. Pulmonary administration and formulation methods therefore are further described in International Patent Application No. PCT/US94/001875, which is incorporated by reference and describes pulmonary delivery of chemically modified proteins.
- Some formulations can be administered orally.
- GKN1 antigen binding proteins that are administered in this fashion can be formulated with or without carriers customarily used in the compounding of solid dosage forms such as tablets and capsules.
- a capsule may be designed to release the active portion of the formulation at the point in the gastrointestinal tract when bioavailability is maximized and pre-systemic degradation is minimized. Additional agents can be included to facilitate absorption of the GKN1 antigen binding protein. Diluents, flavorings, low melting point waxes, vegetable oils, lubricants, suspending agents, tablet disintegrating agents, and binders may also be employed.
- compositions comprise an effective quantity of one or a plurality of GKN1 antigen binding proteins in a mixture with non-toxic excipients that are suitable for the manufacture of tablets.
- excipients include, but are not limited to, inert diluents, such as calcium carbonate, sodium carbonate or bicarbonate, lactose, or calcium phosphate; or binding agents, such as starch, gelatin, or acacia; or lubricating agents such as magnesium stearate, stearic acid, or talc.
- sustained- or controlled-delivery formulations include formulations involving GKN1 binding proteins in sustained- or controlled-delivery formulations.
- Techniques for formulating a variety of other sustained- or controlled-delivery means such as liposome carriers, bio-erodible microparticles or porous beads and depot injections, are also known to those skilled in the art. See, for example, International Patent Application No. PCT7US93/00829, which is incorporated by reference and describes controlled release of porous polymeric microparticles for delivery of pharmaceutical compositions.
- Sustained-release preparations may include semipermeable polymer matrices in the form of shaped articles, e.g., films, or microcapsules.
- Sustained release matrices may include polyesters, hydrogels, polylactides (as disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 3,773,919 and European Patent Application Publication No. EP 058481, each of which is incorporated by reference), copolymers of L-glutamic acid and gamma ethyl-L-glutamate (Sidman et al, 1983, Biopolymers 2:547-556), poly (2-hydroxyethyl-inethacrylate) (Langer et al, 1981, J. Biomed. Mater. Res. 15: 167-277 and Langer, 1982, Chem. Tech.
- Sustained release compositions may also include liposomes that can be prepared by any of several methods known in the art. See, e.g., Eppstein et al, 1985, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 82:3688-3692; European Patent Application Publication Nos. EP 036,676; EP 088,046 and EP 143,949, incorporated by reference.
- compositions used for in vivo administration are typically provided as sterile preparations. Sterilization can be accomplished by filtration through sterile filtration membranes. When the composition is lyophilized, sterilization using this method may be conducted either prior to or following lyophilization and reconstitution.
- Compositions for parenteral administration can be stored in lyophilized form or in a solution. Parenteral compositions generally are placed into a container having a sterile access port, for example, an intravenous solution bag or vial having a stopper pierceable by a hypodermic injection needle.
- an antigen binding protein has a concentration of at least 10 mg/ml, 20 mg/ml, 30 mg/ml, 40 mg/ml, 50 mg/ml, 60 mg/ml, 70 mg/ml, 80 mg/ml, 90 mg/ml, 100 mg/ml or 150 mg/ml.
- a pharmaceutical composition comprises the antigen binding protein, a buffer and polysorbate.
- the pharmaceutical composition comprises an antigen binding protein, a buffer, sucrose and polysorbate.
- An example of a pharmaceutical composition is one containing 50-100 mg/ml of antigen binding protein, 5-20 mM sodium acetate, 5-10% w/v sucrose, and 0.002-0.008%) w/v polysorbate.
- compositions for instance, contain 65-75 mg/ml of an antigen binding protein in 9-11 mM sodium acetate buffer, 8-10% w/v sucrose, and 0.005-0.006%) w/v polysorbate.
- the pH of certain such formulations is in the range of 4.5-6.
- Other formulations have a pH of 5.0-5.5 (e.g., pH of 5.0, 5.2 or 5.4).
- kits for producing a single-dose administration unit are also provided. Certain kits contain a first container having a dried protein and a second container having an aqueous formulation. In certain embodiments, kits containing single and multi-chambered pre-filled syringes (e.g., liquid syringes and lyosyringes) are provided.
- the therapeutically effective amount of a GKN1 antigen binding protein-containing pharmaceutical composition to be employed will depend, for example, upon the therapeutic context and objectives.
- One skilled in the art will appreciate that the appropriate dosage levels for treatment will vary depending, in part, upon the molecule delivered, the indication for which the GKN1 antigen binding protein is being used, the route of administration, and the size (body weight, body surface or organ size) and/or condition (the age and general health) of the patient.
- the clinician may titer the dosage and modify the route of administration to obtain the optimal therapeutic effect.
- a typical dosage can range from about 1 ⁇ g/kg to up to about 30 mg/kg or more, depending on the factors mentioned above.
- the dosage can range from 10 ⁇ g/kg up to about 35 mg/kg, optionally from 0.1 mg/kg up to about 35 mg/kg, alternatively from 0.3 mg/kg up to about 20 mg/kg.
- the dosage is from 0.5 mg/kg to 20 mg/kg and in other applications the dosage is from 21-100 mg/kg.
- an antigen binding protein is dosed at 0.3-20 mg/kg.
- the dosage schedule in some treatment regimens is at a dose of 0.3 mg/kg qW-20 mg/kg qW.
- Dosing frequency will depend upon the pharmacokinetic parameters of the particular
- the GKN1 antigen binding protein in the formulation used.
- a clinician administers the composition until a dosage is reached that achieves the desired effect.
- the composition may therefore be administered as a single dose, or as two or more doses (which may or may not contain the same amount of the desired molecule) over time, or as a continuous infusion via an implantation device or catheter. Appropriate dosages may be ascertained through use of appropriate dose-response data.
- the antigen binding proteins can be administered to patients throughout an extended time period.
- the antigen binding protein is dosed every two weeks, every month, every two months, every three months, every four months, every five months, or every six months.
- the route of administration of the pharmaceutical composition is in accord with known methods, e.g., orally (p.o.), through injection by intravenous (i.v.), intraperitoneal (i.p.), intracerebral (intra-parenchymal), intracerebroventricular (i.c.v.), intramuscular, intraocular, intraarterial, intraportal, or intralesional routes; by sustained release systems or by implantation devices.
- the compositions may be administered by bolus injection or continuously by infusion, or by implantation device.
- composition also may be administered locally via implantation of a membrane, sponge or another appropriate material onto which the desired molecule has been absorbed or encapsulated.
- the device may be implanted into any suitable tissue or organ, and delivery of the desired molecule may be via diffusion, timed-release bolus, or continuous administration.
- GKNl antigen binding protein pharmaceutical compositions may be used according to the disclosed ex vivo.
- cells, tissues or organs that have been removed from the patient are exposed to GKNl antigen binding protein pharmaceutical compositions after which the cells, tissues and/or organs are subsequently implanted back into the patient.
- antigen binding proteins that specifically bind to GKNl can be delivered by implanting certain cells that have been genetically engineered, using methods such as those described herein and known in the art, to express and secrete the polypeptide.
- such cells can be animal or human cells, and can be autologous, heterologous, or xenogeneic.
- the cells can be immortalized.
- the cells in order to decrease the chance of an immunological response, the cells can be encapsulated to avoid infiltration of surrounding tissues.
- the encapsulation materials are typically biocompatible, semi-permeable polymeric enclosures or membranes that allow the release of the protein product(s) but prevent the destruction of the cells by the patient's immune system or by other detrimental factors from the surrounding tissues.
- compositions comprising a GKNl antigen binding protein and one or more additional therapeutic agents, as well as methods in which such agents are administered concurrently or sequentially with a GKNl antigen binding protein for use in the preventive and therapeutic methods disclosed herein.
- the one or more additional agents can be co-formulated with a GKN1 antigen binding protein or can be co-administered with a GK 1 antigen binding protein.
- the therapeutic methods, compositions and compounds may also be employed in combination with other therapeutics in the treatment of various disease states, with the additional agents being administered concurrently.
- the antigen binding proteins can be administered in combination with one or more of the type 2 diabetes or obesity treatments currently available.
- These treatments for diabetes include biguanide (metaformin), and sulfonylureas (such as glyburide, glipizide).
- Additional treatments directed at maintaining glucose homeostasis include PPAR gamma agonists (pioglitazone, rosiglitazone); glinides (meglitinide, repaglinide, and nateglinide); DPP-4 inhibitors (Januvia® and Onglyza®) and alpha glucosidase inhibitors (acarbose, voglibose).
- Additional combination treatments for diabetes include injectable treatments such as insulin and incretin mimetics (Byetta®, Exenatide®), other GLP-1 (glucagon- like peptide) analogs such as Victoza® (liraglutide), other GLP-1 R agonists and Symlin® (pramlintide). Additional combination treatments directed at weight loss include Meridia® and Xenical®. Kits
- kits for practicing the disclosed methods can comprise a pharmaceutical composition such as those described herein, including nucleic acids encoding the peptides or proteins provided herein, vectors and cells comprising such nucleic acids, and pharmaceutical compositions comprising such nucleic acid-containing compounds, which can be provided in a sterile container.
- instructions on how to employ the provided pharmaceutical composition in the treatment of a metabolic disorder can also be included or be made available to a patient or a medical service provider.
- kits comprises (a) a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a GK 1 binding protein; and (b) one or more containers for the pharmaceutical composition.
- a kit can also comprise instructions for the use thereof; the instructions can be tailored to the precise metabolic disorder being treated.
- the instructions can describe the use and nature of the materials provided in the kit.
- kits include instructions for a patient to carry out administration to treat a metabolic disorder, such as elevated glucose levels, elevated insulin levels, obesity, type 2 diabetes, dyslipidemia or diabetic nephropathy.
- Instructions can be printed on a substrate, such as paper or plastic, etc., and can be present in the kits as a package insert, in the labeling of the container of the kit or components thereof (e.g., associated with the packaging), etc.
- the instructions are present as an electronic storage data file present on a suitable computer readable storage medium, e.g. CD-ROM, diskette, etc.
- the actual instructions are not present in the kit, but means for obtaining the instructions from a remote source, such as over the internet, are provided.
- An example of this embodiment is a kit that includes a web address where the instructions can be viewed and/or from which the instructions can be downloaded.
- kits are packaged in suitable packaging to maintain sterility.
- the components of a kit can be packaged in a kit containment element to make a single, easily handled unit, where the kit containment element, e.g., box or analogous structure, may or may not be an airtight container, e.g., to further preserve the sterility of some or all of the components of the kit.
- the antigen binding proteins disclosed herein are useful for detecting GKNl in biological samples and identification of cells or tissues that produce GKNl .
- the antigen binding proteins disclosed herein can be used in diagnostic assays, e.g., binding assays to detect and/or quantify GKNl expressed in a tissue or cell.
- the antigen binding proteins of the described can be used for diagnostic purposes to detect, diagnose, or monitor diseases and/or conditions associated with GKNl .
- the disclosed antigen binding proteins provide a means for the detection of the presence of GKNl in a sample using classical immunohisto logical methods known to those of skill in the art (e.g., Tijssen, 1993, Practice and Theory of Enzyme Immunoassays, Vol 15 (Eds R.H. Burdon and P.H. van Knippenberg, Elsevier, Amsterdam); Zola, 1987, Monoclonal Antibodies: A Manual of Techniques, pp. 147-158 (CRC Press, Inc.); Jalkanen et al, 1985, J. Cell. Biol. 101 :976- 985; Jalkanen et al, 1987, J. Cell Biol. 105:3087-3096).
- the detection of GKNl can be performed in vivo or in vitro.
- Diagnostic applications provided herein include use of the antigen binding proteins to detect expression of GKNl .
- methods useful in the detection of the presence of GKNl include immunoassays, such as the enzyme linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) and the radioimmunoassay (RIA).
- ELISA enzyme linked immunosorbent assay
- RIA radioimmunoassay
- the antigen binding protein typically will be labeled with a detectable labeling group.
- Suitable labeling groups include, but are not limited to, the following: radioisotopes or radionuclides (e.g., 3 H, 14 C, 15 N, 35 S, 90 Y, 99 Tc, m In, 125 I, 131 I), fluorescent groups (e.g., FITC, rhodamine, lanthanide phosphors), enzymatic groups (e.g., horseradish peroxidase, ⁇ -galactosidase, luciferase, alkaline phosphatase), chemiluminescent groups, biotinyl groups, or predetermined polypeptide epitopes recognized by a secondary reporter (e.g., leucine zipper pair sequences, binding sites for secondary antibodies, metal binding domains, epitope tags).
- the labeling group is coupled to the antigen binding protein via spacer arms of various lengths to reduce potential
- the GKN1 antigen binding protein is isolated and measured using techniques known in the art. See, for example, Harlow and Lane, 1988, Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, New York: Cold Spring Harbor (ed. 1991 and periodic supplements); John E. Coligan, ed., 1993, Current Protocols In Immunology New York: John Wiley & Sons.
- Another aspect of the disclosed provides for detecting the presence of a test molecule that competes for binding to GKN1 with the antigen binding proteins provided.
- An example of one such assay would involve detecting the amount of free antigen binding protein in a solution containing an amount of GKN1 in the presence or absence of the test molecule. An increase in the amount of free antigen binding protein (i.e., the antigen binding protein not bound to GKN1 ) would indicate that the test molecule is capable of competing for GKN1 binding with the antigen binding protein.
- the antigen binding protein is labeled with a labeling group.
- the test molecule is labeled and the amount of free test molecule is monitored in the presence and absence of an antigen binding protein.
- GK 1 knock-out mice were generated using embryonic stem (ES) cells incorporating the knocked-out GK 1 gene (University of California, Davis, CA).
- Body weight was followed throughout the study, both before and after institution of the high fat diet. As shown in Figure 3A, the body weight of male WT animals was somewhat higher than that of male GK 1-KO mice before institution of a high fat diet. The body weight of male WT animals increased markedly after institution of the high fat diet, whereas body weight of male GK 1 KO animals remained relatively constant. The difference in body weight for the male animals reached statistical significance at all time points.
- IPGTT-1 and IPGTT-2 two IPGTTs were conducted during the study (IPGTT-1 and IPGTT-2).
- IPGTT-1 was conducted three weeks before institution of a high fat diet, in animals fasted for 4hr.
- Figure 5 A the glucose tolerance in male GK 1-KO animals was somewhat better than that observed in male WT animals, as demonstrated by glucose levels and glucose AUC over the 60 minute period after i.p. injection of glucose (2 g/kg).
- the difference in glucose level for the male animals reached statistical significance at the 15 minute measurement.
- IPGTT-2 was conducted 6 weeks after institution of a high fat diet, in animals fasted for 4hr. As shown in Figure 5C, the glucose tolerance in male GKN1-KO animals was markedly better than that observed in male WT animals, as demonstrated by glucose levels and glucose AUC over the 120 minute period after i.p. injection of glucose (2 g/kg). The difference in glucose level for the male animals reached statistical significance at the 60, 90 and 120 minute measurements.
- Insulin levels were measured in blood samples collected from 4hr fasted animals at the termination of the study. As shown in Figure 7A, the insulin levels in male GKNl-KO animals were significantly lower than the levels in male WT animals. Similarly, while not as marked as in the male animals, the insulin levels in female GKNl-KO animals were significantly lower than the levels in female WT animals.
- Triglyceride levels were measured in blood samples collected from 4hr fasted animals at the termination of the study. As shown in Figure 7B, the triglyceride levels in male GKN1- KO animals were not significantly different than the levels in male WT animals. However, the triglyceride levels in female GKNl-KO animals were significantly lower than the levels in female WT animals.
- Total cholesterol levels were measured in blood samples collected from 4hr fasted animals at the termination of the study. As shown in Figure 7C, the total cholesterol levels in male GKNl-KO animals were significantly lower than the levels in male WT animals.
- GKNl-KO mice was measured using non-destructive and non-invasive whole body composition analyzer composition analysis (Minispec, Bruker). As shown in Figure 4C, the male and female GKNl-KO animals had significantly lower fat mass (g) than their WT counterparts. Likewise, as shown in Figure 4A, in terms of percent fat, the fat mass of the male and female GK 1-KO mice was significantly lower than their WT counterparts.
- the lean mass of the male GK 1-KO animals and the male WT animals was comparable while the lean mass of the female GK 1-KO animals was significantly less than that observed for the female WT animals.
- the lean mass of the male and female GK 1-KO animals was significantly higher than their WT counterparts.
- liver enzymes AST, ALT and ALP
- albumin levels were found to be lower in GKN1-KO mice than in WT mice, reaching statistical significance for AST and ALT.
- spleen weights were not statistically different between the GK 1-KO mice and the WT mice.
- the liver mass of the GK 1-KO mice was significantly less than the liver mass of the WT mice.
- the GK 1-KO animals on a high fat diet demonstrated a number of improved metabolic parameters compared with WT animals, including maintaining body weight, lower percent gat fat mass and higher percent lean mass, improved glucose tolerance, improved insulin tolerance, lower insulin levels.
- abrogation of GK 1 improves the metabolic profile and compositions and methods for blocking or interfering with the biological activity of GK 1 can be leveraged for the treatment or amelioration of a metabolic disorder, such as type 2 diabetes, elevated glucose levels, elevated insulin levels, obesity or diabetic nephropathy, including by administering a therapeutically effective amount of an antagonist binding protein to a subject in need thereof.
- Immunizations are conducted using one or more suitable forms of GKN1 antigen, including soluble recombinant human wild-type GK 1.
- a suitable amount of immunogen (e.g., 10 ⁇ g/mouse of soluble GK 1) is used for initial immunization in XenoMouseTM according to the methods disclosed in U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 08/759,620, filed December 3, 1996 and International Patent Application Nos. WO 98/24893, published June 1 1 , 1998 and WO 00/76310, published December 21, 2000, the disclosures of which are hereby incorporated by reference.
- subsequent boost immunizations of immunogen e.g., 5 ⁇ g/mouse of soluble GK 1 are administered on a schedule and for the duration necessary to induce a suitable titer of anti-GK l antibody in the mice.
- Titers are determined by various suitable methods, such as enzyme immunoassay.
- lymphocytes are obtained from draining lymph nodes and spleen and, if necessary, pooled for each cohort.
- Lymphocytes are dissociated from lymphoid tissue by grinding in a suitable medium (e.g., Dulbecco's Modified Eagle Medium; DMEM; that may be obtained from Invitrogen, Carlsbad, CA) to release the cells from the tissues, and suspended in DMEM.
- B cells are selected and/or expanded and fused with suitable fusion partner, e.g., nonsecretory myeloma P3X63Ag8.653 cells (American Type Culture Collection CRL 1580; Kearney et al J. Immunol. 123, 1979, 1548-1550), using techniques that are known in the art.
- lymphocytes are mixed with fusion partner cells at a ratio of 1 :4.
- the cell mixture is gently pelleted by centrifugation at 400 x g for 4 minutes, the supernatant decanted, and the cell mixture gently mixed.
- Fusion is induced with PEG/DMSO (polyethylene glycol/dimethyl sulfoxide; that may be obtained from Sigma- Aldrich, St. Louis MO; 1 ml per million of lymphocytes).
- PEG/DMSO polyethylene glycol/dimethyl sulfoxide; that may be obtained from Sigma- Aldrich, St. Louis MO; 1 ml per million of lymphocytes).
- PEG/DMSO polyethylene glycol/dimethyl sulfoxide
- IDMEM DMEM without glutamine; 2 ml per million of B cells
- IDMEM 8 ml per million B-cells
- the fused cells are gently pelleted (400 x g 6 minutes) and resuspended in 20 ml Selection media (for example, DMEM containing Azaserine and Hypoxanthine [HA] and other supplemental materials as necessary) per million B-cells. Cells are incubated for 20-30 minutes at 37° C and then resuspended in 200 ml Selection media and are cultured for three to four days in T 175 flasks prior to 96 well plating.
- Selection media for example, DMEM containing Azaserine and Hypoxanthine [HA] and other supplemental materials as necessary
- Cells are distributed into 96-well plates using standard techniques to maximize clonality of the resulting colonies. After several days of culture, supernatants are collected and subjected to screening assays, including confirmation of binding to human GKN1 and evaluation of cross-reactivity with other species of GKN1 (e.g., cynomolgus monkey and/or murine GKN1). Positive cells are further selected and subjected to standard cloning and subcloning techniques. Clonal lines are expanded in vitro, and the secreted human antibodies are obtained for analysis. A number of hybridomas are screened for binding to human wild type GK 1; a subset of these hybridomas are identified as capable of binding.
- screening assays including confirmation of binding to human GKN1 and evaluation of cross-reactivity with other species of GKN1 (e.g., cynomolgus monkey and/or murine GKN1). Positive cells are further selected and subjected to standard cloning and subcloning techniques. Clonal lines
- BIAcore biosensor analysis may be used to determine the affinity binding constants for antibodies to a GK 1 polypeptide, including human GK 1 polypeptide//.
- the biosensor analysis is conducted at 25 °C in a HBS-EP buffer system (10 mM HEPES pH 7.4, 150 mM NaCl, 3 mM EDTA, 0.005% Surfactant P20) using a Biacore 3000 optical biosensor equipped with a CM5 sensor chip. All reagents are kept at 4 °C prior to injection.
- Goat anti-human IgG (30 mg/mL) (Abeam) is immobilized (10000 RU) over flow cells 1-4 via standard amine coupling and followed by ethanolamine blocking. Each antibody (150 ng/mL) is captured (-100 RU) on a separate flow cell and analyzed simultaneously in sets of three.
- Flow cell 1 is used as the reference flow cell.
- the surface is regenerated at 50 mL/min with 10 mM glycine (pH 1.5, 25 mL).
- Model/Fit The data are fit to a 1 : 1 binding model (global Rmax) via Scrubber2 software. In some cases the highest concentrations may be omitted to provide a better fit to the 1 : 1 binding model.
- BIAcore biosensor analysis was used to determine the affinity binding and kinetic constants for monoclonal antibodies produced by selected clones ⁇ i.e., muGK l 4.23, muGKNl_4.2.1, muGKNl_3.58.1, muGKNl_3.64.1, muGKNl_3.24.1 and muGKNl_4.11) with respect to muGKNl polypeptide.
- Affinity binding and kinetic constants are provided in Table 8, below.
- Table 8 Binding Kinetics of Murine Antibodies and muGKNl Reference No. k a (1/Ms) kd(l/s) K D (M)
- Monoclonal antibodies produced by the muGKNl_4.2.1, muGKNl_4.23 and muGKNl 3.58.1 clones were found to be neutralizing in the proliferation assay.
- the monoclonal antibody produced by the muGKNl_3.64.1 clone was not found to be neutralizing.
- the results with respect to the muGKNl_3.24.1 clone showed neutralization, but the inhibition was lower than basal untreated controls.
- Monoclonal antibodies produced by the selected clones discussed above i.e., muGKNl_4.23, muGKNl_4.2.1, muGKNl_3.58.1, muGKNl_3.64.1, muGKNl_3.24.1 and muGKNl 4.11) were sequenced. All of the antibodies were found to have an IgGl heavy chain (except for the antibody produced by the muGKNl_4.2.1 clone which has an IgG2b heavy chain) and a kappa light chain (except for the antibody produced by the muGKNl_4.23 clone which has a lambda light chain).
- V H heavy chain variable regions
- V L light chain variable regions
- the CDR sequences also are set forth in Tables 3 A (CDRHs) and 3B (CDRLs), supra.
- the muGKNl_3.24.1 clone was found to produce antibodies having two heavy chain sequences, designated V H _muGK l_3.24.1#l and V H _muGK l_3.24.1#2 in Table 9.
- Table 9 Exemplary V H and V L Chains of Murine GKNl Antibodies
- V L _muGKNl_3.58.1 21 (ME S QTQ VFL SLLL WVS GTC G)NIMMTQ SP S SL A
- V L _muGKNl_3.24.1 23 (MKLP VRLL VLMF WIP AS S S)D VLMTQTPL SLP V
- VL_muGKNl_4.1 1 24 (MDFQVQIFSFLLISASVIISRG)QIVLTQSPAIMST
- a human patient is diagnosed as having or being at risk for Type 2 diabetes. This is done, for instance, by clinic assessment by a physician, and/or obtaining an atherogenic lipoprotein profile.
- a hemoglobin AIC of 5.7 to 6.4%, a fasting plasma glucose of 100-125 mg/dL, and/or a 2-hour blood glucose level between 140-199 mg/dL in an oral glucose tolerance test indicate a higher than average risk of developing diabetes (prediabetes).
- a hemoglobin AIC of 6.5% or higher, a fasting plasma glucose of 126 mg/dL or higher, and/or a 2-hour blood glucose level between of 200 mg/dL or higher or in an oral glucose tolerance test indicate that a person has diabetes.
- the patient is administered an effective amount of an GKNl antigen binding protein as described herein in combination with standard treatment, for instance, insulin, and/or with other therapeutics, for instance, oral antidiabetic drugs (e.g., metformin).
- the GKNl antigen binding protein continues to be administered to reach and maintain desired serum glucose levels, insulin levels, weight, glucose tolerance or insulin tolerance. Significant decrease in fasting plasma glucose and improved glucose tolerance are found in response to administration of the GKNl antigen binding protein.
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Hematology (AREA)
- Biophysics (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Diabetes (AREA)
- Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
- Obesity (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Peptides Or Proteins (AREA)
- Medicines Containing Antibodies Or Antigens For Use As Internal Diagnostic Agents (AREA)
Abstract
Methods of treating metabolic diseases and disorders using an antigen binding protein specific for the GKN1 polypeptide are provided. In various embodiments the metabolic disease or disorder is type 2 diabetes, obesity, dyslipidemia, elevated glucose levels, elevated insulin levels and diabetic nephropathy.
Description
GASTROKINE-1 (GKNl) BINDING PROTEINS AND METHODS OF TREATMENT
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
The present disclosure relates to the treatment or amelioration of a metabolic disorder, such as a disorder of glucose metabolism, by blocking or interfering with the biological activity of GK 1.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
Gastrokine-1 (GKN1) is a polypeptide secreted by the gastric mucosa belonging to the family of gastrokines that includes GK 2 and GK 3. GKN2 is the closest homo log with 42% similarity. GKN1 is also called 18 kDa antrum mucosa protein (AMP- 18) (Martin et al, 2003, Am J. Physiol Gastrointest Liver Physiol, 285 :G332-43), Protein CA11 (Shiozaki et al. , 2001, IntJ Oncol, 19:701-7), and foveolin (FOV) (Oien et al, 2004, J Pathol, 203:789-97).
Human GK 1 gene is located on chromosome Chr2 pi 3.3 and mouse GK 1 gene is located on chromosome chr6 qDl . Protein analysis suggests the presence of a 20-amino acid signal peptide at the N-terminus that is cleaved. The human mature peptide contains 165 amino acids. Human, mouse, rat and cow sequences are highly conserved (Oien et al, 2004).
GK 1 has been linked to a number of biological activities in literature reports. GK 1 has been postulated to have a role in tumor suppression (Xing et al, 2012, Gut, 61 :43-52; Mao et al, 2012, J Exp Clin Cancer Res, 3J_:49; Yan et al, 2011, Proteomics, \ \ :3657- 3664), as a growth factor (Xing et al, 2012; Martin et al, 2003; Toback et al, 2003, Am J Physiol Gastrointest Liver Physiol 2003, 285:G344-G353); in cell migration (Toback et al, 2003) and in protection from infection with the bacterium Helicobacter pylori (Nardone et al, 2008, Cancer Biol & Therapy, 7: 1890-1895). GK 1 has no known receptor or co- receptor and its mode of action is unknown. However, CCKB-R has been postulated as a receptor for GK 1 (Toback et al, 2011, Oral Oncology, 47:831-839).
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
In a first embodiment, a method of treating a metabolic disorder in a patient comprising administering to the patient an effective amount of an antigen binding protein capable of inhibiting the activity of GK 1 is provided.
In a second embodiment, a method of treating a disorder of glucose metabolism in a patient comprising administering to the patient an effective amount of an antigen binding protein capable of inhibiting the activity of GK 1 is provided.
In a third embodiment, a method of treating diabetes mellitus in a patient comprising administering to the patient an effective amount of an antigen binding protein capable of inhibiting the activity of GK 1 is provided.
In a fourth embodiment, a method of modulating blood glucose in a patient comprising administering to the patient an effective amount of an antigen binding protein capable of inhibiting the activity of GK 1 is provided.
In a fifth embodiment, a method of treating insulin resistance in a patient comprising administering to the patient an effective amount of an antigen binding protein capable of inhibiting the activity of GK 1 is provided.
In a sixth embodiment, a method of treating dyslipidemia in a patient comprising administering to the patient an effective amount of an antigen binding protein capable of inhibiting the activity of GK 1 is provided.
In a seventh embodiment, a method of treating obesity in a patient comprising administering to the patient an effective amount of an antigen binding protein capable of inhibiting the activity of GK 1 is provided.
In an eighth embodiment, a method of treating a disease or disorder characterized by undesired levels of triglycerides in a patient comprising administering to the patient an effective amount of an antigen binding protein capable of inhibiting the activity of GK 1 is provided.
In a ninth embodiment, a method according to any one of the first eight embodiments is provided, wherein the antigen binding protein is an antibody.
In a tenth embodiment, a method according to any one of the first eight embodiments is provided, wherein the antigen binding protein is a humanized antibody.
In an eleventh embodiment, a method according to any one of the first eight embodiments is provided, wherein the antigen binding protein comprises:
a. one or more heavy chain complementary determining regions (CDRHs) selected from the group consisting of:
i. a CDRH1 selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:65-71; ii. a CDRH2 selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:72-79; iii. a CDRH3 selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 80-86; iv. a CDRH of (i), (ii) and (iii) that contains one or more amino acid substitutions, deletions or insertions totaling no more than 4 amino acids;
b. one or more light chain complementary determining regions (CDRLs) selected from the group consisting of:
i. a CDRL1 selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:87-93; ii. a CDRL2 selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:94-99; iii. a CDRL3 selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 100-105; iv. a CDRL of (i), (ii) and (iii) that contains one or more amino acid substitutions, deletions or insertions totaling no more than 4 amino acids; or
c. one or more CDRHs of (a) and one or more CDRLs of (b).
In a twelfth embodiment, a method according to any one of the first eight embodiments is provided, wherein the antigen binding protein comprises:
a. a CDRH selected from the group consisting of:
i. a CDRH1 selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:65-71; ii. a CDRH2 selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:72-79; and
iii. a CDRH3 selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:80-86; b. a CDRL selected from the group consisting of:
i. a CDRLl selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:87-93; ii. a CDRL2 selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:94-99; and
iii. a CDRL3 selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 100- 105; or
c. one or more CDRHs of (a) and one or more CDRLs of (b).
In a thirteenth embodiment, a method according to the previous embodiment is provided, wherein the antigen binding protein comprises:
a. a CDRH1 of SEQ ID NO:65, a CDRH1 of SEQ ID NO:72, a CDRH3 of SEQ ID NO:80; a CDR1 of SEQ ID NO:87, a CDRL2 of SEQ ID NO:94, and a CDRL3 of SEQ ID NO: 100;
b. a CDRH1 of SEQ ID NO:66, a CDRH1 of SEQ ID NO:73, a CDRH3 of SEQ ID NO:81; a CDR1 of SEQ ID NO:88, a CDRL2 of SEQ ID NO:95, and a CDRL3 of SEQ ID NO : 101 ;
c. a CDRH1 of SEQ ID NO:67, a CDRH1 of SEQ ID NO:74, a CDRH3 of SEQ ID NO:82; a CDRl of SEQ ID NO:89, a CDRL2 of SEQ ID NO:96, and a CDRL3 of SEQ ID NO: 102;
d. a CDRH1 of SEQ ID NO:67, a CDRH1 of SEQ ID NO:74, a CDRH3 of SEQ ID NO:82; a CDRl of SEQ ID NO:90, a CDRL2 of SEQ ID NO:96, and a CDRL3 of SEQ ID NO: 102;
e. a CDRH1 of SEQ ID NO:68, a CDRH1 of SEQ ID NO:75, a CDRH3 of SEQ ID NO:83; a CDRl of SEQ ID NO:91, a CDRL2 of SEQ ID NO:97, and a CDRL3 of SEQ ID NO : 103 ;
f. a CDRH1 of SEQ ID NO:69, a CDRH1 of SEQ ID NO:76, a CDRH3 of SEQ ID NO:84; a CDRl of SEQ ID NO:92, a CDRL2 of SEQ ID NO:98, and a CDRL3 of SEQ ID NO: 104;
g. a CDRH1 of SEQ ID NO:70, a CDRH1 of SEQ ID NO:77, a CDRH3 of SEQ ID NO:85; a CDRl of SEQ ID NO:92, a CDRL2 of SEQ ID NO:98, and a CDRL3 of SEQ ID NO: 104;
h. a CDRH1 of SEQ ID NO:71, a CDRH1 of SEQ ID NO:78, a CDRH3 of SEQ ID NO:86; a CDRl of SEQ ID NO:93, a CDRL2 of SEQ ID NO:99, and a CDRL3 of SEQ ID NO: 105; or
i. a CDRH1 of SEQ ID NO:71, a CDRH1 of SEQ ID NO:79, a CDRH3 of SEQ ID NO:86; a CDRl of SEQ ID NO:93, a CDRL2 of SEQ ID NO:99, and a CDRL3 of SEQ ID NO: 105.
In a fourteenth embodiment, a method according to any one of the first eight embodiments is provided, wherein the antigen binding protein comprises a heavy chain variable region (VH) and/or a light chain variable region (VL), wherein
a. the VH has at least 90% sequence identity with the amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:40-53; and
b. the VL has at least 90% sequence identity with the amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:54-64.
In a fifteenth embodiment, a method according to the previous embodiment is provided, wherein the antigen binding protein comprises a heavy chain variable region (VH) and a light chain variable region (VL), wherein
a. the VH comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:40 and the VL comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:54;
b. the VH comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:41 and the VL comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:55;
c. the VH comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:42 and the VL comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:56;
d. the VH comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:43 and the VL comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:57;
e. the VH comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:44 and the VL comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:58;
f. the VH comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:45 and the VL comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:59;
g. the VH comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:46 and the VL comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:60;
h. the VH comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:47 and the VL comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:60;
i. the VH comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:48 and the VL comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:61;
j. the VH comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:49 and the VL comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:62;
k. the VH comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:50 and the VL comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:61 ;
1. the VH comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:51 and the VL comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:62;
m. the VH comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:52 and the VL comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:63; or
n. the VH comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:53 and the VL comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:64.
In a sixteenth embodiment, a method according to any one of the first eight embodiments is provided, wherein the antigen binding protein comprises a heavy chain (HC) and/or a light chain (LC), wherein
a. the HC has at least 90% sequence identity with the amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 15-28; and
b. the LC has at least 90%> sequence identity with the amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:29-39.
In a seventeenth embodiment, a method according to the previous embodiment is provided, wherein the antigen binding protein comprises a heavy chain (HC) and a light chain (LC), wherein
a. the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 15 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:29;
b. the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 16 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:30;
c. the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 17 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:31;
d. the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 18 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:32;
e. the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 19 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:33;
f. the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:20 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:34;
g. the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:21 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:35;
h. the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:22 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:35;
i. the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:23 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:36;
j. the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:24 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:37;
k. the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:25 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:36;
1. the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:26 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:37;
m. the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:27 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:38; or
n. the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:29 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:39.
In an eighteenth embodiment, an antigen binding protein that specifically binds to GKN1 polypeptide is provided.
In a nineteenth embodiment, the antigen binding protein according to the eighteenth embodiment is provided, wherein the GK 1 polypeptide is a human GKN1 polypeptide.
In a twentieth embodiment, the antigen binding protein according to the eighteenth or nineteenth embodiment is provided, wherein the antigen binding protein is a human antigen binding protein.
In a twenty-first embodiment, the antigen binding protein according to the previous embodiment is provided, wherein the human antigen binding protein is a human antibody.
In a twenty-second embodiment, the antigen binding protein according to any one of embodiments eighteen through twenty-one is provided, wherein the antigen binding protein binds a human GK 1 polypeptide consisting of SEQ ID NO:3.
In a twenty-third embodiment, the antigen binding protein according to any one of embodiments eighteen through twenty-two is provided, wherein the antigen binding protein comprises:
a. one or more heavy chain complementary determining regions (CDRHs) selected from the group consisting of:
i. a CDRH1 selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:65-71; ii. a CDRH2 selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:72-79; iii. a CDRH3 selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 80-86; iv. a CDRH of (i), (ii) and (iii) that contains one or more amino acid substitutions, deletions or insertions totaling no more than 4 amino acids;
b. one or more light chain complementary determining regions (CDRLs) selected from the group consisting of:
i. a CDRL1 selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:87-93; ii. a CDRL2 selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:94-99; iii. a CDRL3 selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 100-105; iv. a CDRL of (i), (ii) and (iii) that contains one or more amino acid substitutions, deletions or insertions totaling no more than 4 amino acids; or
c. one or more CDRHs of (a) and one or more CDRLs of (b).
In a twenty-fourth embodiment, the antigen binding protein according to any one of embodiments eighteen through twenty-two is provided, wherein the antigen binding protein comprises:
a. a CDRH selected from the group consisting of:
i. a CDRH1 selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:65-71; ii. a CDRH2 selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:72-79; and
iii. a CDRH3 selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 80-86; b. a CDRL selected from the group consisting of:
i. a CDRLl selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:87-93; ii. a CDRL2 selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:94-99; and
iii. a CDRL3 selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 100- 105; or
c. one or more CDRHs of (a) and one or more CDRLs of (b).
In a twenty-fifth embodiment, the antigen binding protein according to the previous embodiment is provided, wherein the antigen binding protein comprises:
a. a CDRH1 of SEQ ID NO:65, a CDRH1 of SEQ ID NO:72, a CDRH3 of SEQ ID NO:80; a CDRl of SEQ ID NO:87, a CDRL2 of SEQ ID NO:94, and a CDRL3 of SEQ ID NO: 100;
b. a CDRH1 of SEQ ID NO:66, a CDRH1 of SEQ ID NO:73, a CDRH3 of SEQ ID NO:81; a CDRl of SEQ ID NO:88, a CDRL2 of SEQ ID NO:95, and a CDRL3 of SEQ ID NO : 101 ;
c. a CDRH1 of SEQ ID NO:67, a CDRH1 of SEQ ID NO:74, a CDRH3 of SEQ ID NO:82; a CDRl of SEQ ID NO:89, a CDRL2 of SEQ ID NO:96, and a CDRL3 of SEQ ID NO: 102;
d. a CDRH1 of SEQ ID NO:67, a CDRH1 of SEQ ID NO:74, a CDRH3 of SEQ ID NO:82; a CDRl of SEQ ID NO:90, a CDRL2 of SEQ ID NO:96, and a CDRL3 of SEQ ID NO: 102;
e. a CDRH1 of SEQ ID NO:68, a CDRH1 of SEQ ID NO:75, a CDRH3 of SEQ ID NO:83; a CDRl of SEQ ID NO:91, a CDRL2 of SEQ ID NO:97, and a CDRL3 of SEQ ID NO : 103 ;
f. a CDRH1 of SEQ ID NO:69, a CDRH1 of SEQ ID NO:76, a CDRH3 of SEQ ID NO:84; a CDRl of SEQ ID NO:92, a CDRL2 of SEQ ID NO:98, and a CDRL3 of SEQ ID NO: 104;
g. a CDRH1 of SEQ ID NO:70, a CDRH1 of SEQ ID NO:77, a CDRH3 of SEQ ID NO:85; a CDR1 of SEQ ID NO:92, a CDRL2 of SEQ ID NO:98, and a CDRL3 of SEQ ID NO: 104;
h. a CDRH1 of SEQ ID NO:71, a CDRH1 of SEQ ID NO:78, a CDRH3 of SEQ ID NO:86; a CDR1 of SEQ ID NO:93, a CDRL2 of SEQ ID NO:99, and a
CDRL3 of SEQ ID NO: 105; or
i. a CDRH1 of SEQ ID NO:71, a CDRH1 of SEQ ID NO:79, a CDRH3 of SEQ ID NO:86; a CDR1 of SEQ ID NO:93, a CDRL2 of SEQ ID NO:99, and a CDRL3 of SEQ ID NO: 105.
In a twenty-sixth embodiment, the antigen binding protein according to any one of embodiments eighteen through twenty-two is provided, wherein the antigen binding protein comprises a heavy chain variable region (VH) and/or a light chain variable region (VL), wherein
a. the VH has at least 90% sequence identity with the amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:40-53; and
b. the VL has at least 90% sequence identity with the amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:54-64.
In a twenty-seventh embodiment, the antigen binding protein according to the previous embodiment, wherein the antigen binding protein comprises a heavy chain variable region (VH) and a light chain variable region (VL), wherein
a. the VH comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:40 and the VL comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:54;
b. the VH comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:41 and the VL comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:55;
c. the VH comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:42 and the VL comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:56;
d. the VH comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:43 and the VL comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:57;
e. the VH comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:44 and the VL comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:58;
f. the VH comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:45 and the VL comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:59;
g. the VH comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:46 and the VL comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:60;
h. the VH comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:47 and the VL comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:60;
i. the VH comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:48 and the VL comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:61 ;
j. the VH comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:49 and the VL comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:62;
k. the VH comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:50 and the VL comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:61 ;
1. the VH comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:51 and the VL comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:62;
m. the VH comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:52 and the VL comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:63; or
n. the VH comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:53 and the VL comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:64.
In a twenty-eighth embodiment, the antigen binding protein according to any one of embodiments eighteen through twenty-two is provided, wherein the antigen binding protein comprises a heavy chain (HC) and/or a light chain (LC), wherein
a. the HC has at least 90% sequence identity with the amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 15-28; and
b. the LC has at least 90% sequence identity with the amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:29-39.
In a twenty-ninth embodiment, the antigen binding protein according to the previous embodiment is provided, wherein the antigen binding protein comprises a heavy chain (HC) and a light chain (LC), wherein
a. the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 15 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:29;
b. the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 16 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:30;
c. the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 17 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:31 ;
d. the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 18 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:32;
e. the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 19 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:33;
f. the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:20 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:34;
g. the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:21 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:35;
h. the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:22 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:35;
i. the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:23 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:36;
j. the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:24 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:37;
k. the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:25 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:36;
1. the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:26 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:37;
m. the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:27 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:38; or
n. the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:29 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:39.
In a thirtieth embodiment, a pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one antigen binding protein according to any one of embodiments eighteen through twenty-nine is provided.
In a thirty-first embodiment, a nucleic acid molecule encoding the antigen binding protein according to any one of embodiments eighteen through twenty-nine is provided.
In a thirty-second embodiment, a vector comprising the nucleic acid of the previous embodiment is provided.
In a thirty-third embodiment, a host cell comprising the nucleic acid of the thirty-first embodiment and/or the vector of the previous embodiment is provided.
In a thirty-fourth embodiment, a method of making the antigen binding protein according to any one of embodiments eighteen through twenty-nine is provided, the method
comprising preparing the antigen binding protein from a host cell that secretes the antigen binding protein.
In a thirty-fifth embodiment, the antigen binding protein according to of any one of embodiments eighteen through twenty-nine, or the pharmaceutical composition according to the thirtieth embodiment, is provided for use in therapy.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
Figure 1 is a series of two bar graphs showing the expression of GKNl in various tissues by quantitative PCR. Figure 1A shows the expression of GKNl in various human tissues. Figure IB show the expression of GKNl in various murine tissues.
Figure 2 is a diagram graphically depicting the study design for the study described in Example 1 performed using GKNl knock-out (KO) mice and wild type (WT) mice. The study, followed male and female animals of each genotype before (3 weeks) and after (9 weeks) institution of a 45% high fat diet (D1245 H, Research Diet). The diagram identifies when various determinations were made, including body weight (BW) and food intake (FI), and when various tests were performed, including intraperitoneal glucose tolerance (IPGTTs), insulin tolerance (ITT) and body composition analysis by magnetic resonance imaging (MRI).
Figure 3 is a series of four plots showing body weight (g) and food intake (g/kg BW) for WT and GKNl-KO animals over time. Figure 3 A shows body weight of male WT and GKNl-KO animals, before and after institution of a high fat diet (D1245 H, Research Diet). Figure 3B shows food intake of male WT and GKNl-KO animals after institution of the high fat diet. Figure 3C shows body weight of female WT and GKNl-KO animals, before and after institution of the high fat diet. Figure 3D shows the food intake of female WT and GKNl-KO animals after institution of the high fat diet.
Figure 4 is a series of four bar graphs showing fat mass and lean mass of WT and GKNl-KO animals measure after being on a high fat diet for 6 weeks. Fat mass of male WT, male GKNl-KO, female WT and female GKNl-KO animals is shown in Figure 4A (% fat) and Figure 4C (g fat). Lean mass of male WT, male GKNl-KO, female WT and female GKNl-KO animals is shown in Figure 4B (% lean) and Figure 4D (g lean).
Figure 5 is a series of four plots showing the results of glucose tolerance tests performed 3 weeks before (Figures 5A and 5B) and 6 weeks after (Figures 5C and 5D) institution of the high fat diet. Figure 5 A shows glucose levels (mg/dL) over a 60 minute
period after i.p. injection of glucose (2 g/kg) in male WT and GKNl -KO animals fed normal chow and Figure 5C shows glucose levels (mg/dL) over a 120 minute period after i.p. injection of glucose (2 g/kg) in male WT and GKNl-KO animals fed the high fat diet. Figure 5B shows glucose levels (mg/dL) over a 60 minute period after i.p. injection of glucose (2 g/kg) in female WT and GKNl-KO animals fed normal chow and Figure 5D shows glucose levels (mg/dL) over a 120 minute period after i.p. injection of glucose (2 g/kg) in female WT and GKNl-KO animals fed a high fat diet.
Figure 6 is a series of four plots showing the results of an insulin sensitivity test performed 7 weeks after institution of the high fat diet. Glucose levels over a 60 minute period after i.p. injection of 1 U/kg insulin in male WT and GKNl-KO animals are shown in Figure 6 A (as mg/dL) and in Figure 6C (as % of baseline). Glucose levels over a 60 minute period after i.p. injection of 1 U/kg insulin in female WT and GKNl-KO animals are shown in Figure 6B (as mg/dL) and in Figure 6D (as % of baseline).
Figure 7 is a series of three bar graphs showing levels of insulin, triglyceride and cholesterol in WT and GKNl-KO animals fed a high fat diet. The insulin levels (ng/mL) in male WT, male GKNl-KO, female WT and female GKNl-KO animals are shown in Figure 7A. The triglyceride levels (mg/mL) for male WT, male GKNl-KO, female WT and female GKNl-KO animals are shown in Figure 7B. The cholesterol levels (mg/mL) for male WT, male GKNl-KO, female WT and female GKNl-KO animals are shown in Figure 7C.
Figure 8 is a series of four plots showing aspartate transaminase (AST), alanine transaminase (ALT), alkaline phosphatase (ALP) and albumin levels for WT and GKNl-KO animals fed a high fat diet. AST levels (IU/L) are shown in Figure 8A, ALT levels (IU/L) are shown in Figure 8B, ALP levels (IU/L) are shown in Figure 8C and albumin levels (g/dL) are shown in Figure 8D.
Figure 9 is a series of plots showing liver and spleen weights for WT and GKNl-KO mice fed a high fat diet. Liver weights (g) are shown in Figure 9A and spleen weights (g) are shown in Figure 9B.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
The present disclosure provides a method of treating a metabolic disorder, such as a disorder of glucose metabolism (e.g., Type 2 diabetes, elevated glucose levels, elevated insulin levels, dyslipidemia, metabolic syndrome (Syndrome X or insulin resistance syndrome), glucosuria, metabolic acidosis, diabetic neuropathy, diabetic nephropathy, diabetic retinopathy, diabetic cardiomyopathy, Type 1 diabetes, obesity and conditions
exacerbated by obesity) by blocking or interfering with the biological activity of GK 1. In one embodiment, a therapeutically effective amount of an isolated human GKN1 binding protein is administered to a subject in need thereof. Methods of administration and delivery are also provided.
The section headings used herein are for organizational purposes only and are not to be construed as limiting the subject matter described.
Unless otherwise defined herein, scientific and technical terms used in connection with the present application shall have the meanings that are commonly understood by those of ordinary skill in the art. Further, unless otherwise required by context, singular terms shall include pluralities and plural terms shall include the singular.
Generally, nomenclatures used in connection with, and techniques of, cell and tissue culture, molecular biology, immunology, microbiology, genetics and protein and nucleic acid chemistry and hybridization described herein are those well-known and commonly used in the art. The methods and techniques of the present application are generally performed according to conventional methods well-known in the art and as described in various general and more specific references that are cited and discussed throughout the present specification unless otherwise indicated. See, e.g., Sambrook et al, Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 3rd ed., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y. (2001), Ausubel et al, Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, Greene Publishing Associates (1992), and Harlow and Lane Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y. (1990), which are incorporated herein by reference. Enzymatic reactions and purification techniques are performed according to manufacturer's specifications, as commonly accomplished in the art or as described herein. The terminology used in connection with, and the laboratory procedures and techniques of, analytical chemistry, synthetic organic chemistry, and medicinal and pharmaceutical chemistry described herein are those well-known and commonly used in the art. Standard techniques can be used for chemical syntheses, chemical analyses, pharmaceutical preparation, formulation, and delivery, and treatment of patients.
It should be understood that this invention is not limited to the particular methodology, protocols, and reagents, etc., described herein and as such may vary. The terminology used herein is for the purpose of describing particular embodiments only, and is not intended to limit the scope of the disclosed, which is defined solely by the claims.
Other than in the operating examples, or where otherwise indicated, all numbers expressing quantities of ingredients or reaction conditions used herein should be understood as modified in all instances by the term "about." The term "about" when used in connection with percentages may mean ±1%.
I. General Definitions
Following convention, as used herein "a" and "an" mean "one or more" unless specifically indicated otherwise.
As used herein, the term "GKNl" (or "GKNl polypeptide") refers to a naturally- occurring wild-type GKNl polypeptide expressed in a mammal, such as a human or a mouse (e.g., SEQ ID NO: 1-3 or 7). It will be appreciated that human GKNl may herein be referred to by the prefix "h" or "hu" (e.g., "huGKNl"), and murine GKNl may herein be referred to by the prefix "m" or "mu" (e.g., "muGKNl"). The term "GKNl" (or "GKNl polypeptide") also encompasses a GKNl polypeptide in which a naturally occurring GKNl polypeptide sequence has been modified. Such modifications include, but are not limited to, one or more amino acid substitutions, including substitutions with non-naturally occurring amino acids non-naturally-occurring amino acid analogs and amino acid mimetics.
In various embodiments, a GKNl polypeptide comprises an amino acid sequence that is at least about 85 percent identical to a naturally-occurring GKNl polypeptide (e.g., SEQ ID NOs: l-3). In other embodiments, a GKNl polypeptide comprises an amino acid sequence that is at least about 90 percent, or about 95, 96, 97, 98, or 99 percent identical to a naturally- occurring GKNl polypeptide amino acid sequence (e.g., SEQ ID NOs: l-3). The present invention also encompasses nucleic acid molecules encoding such GKNl polypeptide sequences.
The amount of GKNl or GKNl activity can be determined in various ways. The mass of GKNl can be determined by a competitive double antibody radioimmunoassay, or ELISA. The presence of GKNl in a sample can be determined by Western Blot analysis. In addition, a number of cell-based assays for GKNl activity have been reported. See, e.g. , Yan et al., 2011 (pErk and colony formation assays); Xing et al., 2012 (pErk and growth inhibition assays); Toback et al., 2011 (cell growth assay); Martin et al., 2003 (cell growth assay); and Toback et al., 2003 (cell growth assay).
An "antigen binding protein" as used herein means any protein that specifically binds a specified target antigen, such as a GKNl polypeptide (e.g., a human GKNl polypeptide
such as provided in SEQ ID NO:3). The term encompasses intact antibodies that comprise at least two full-length heavy chains and two full-length light chains, as well as derivatives, variants, fragments, and mutations thereof, examples of which include Fab, Fab', F(ab')2, and Fv fragments. An antigen binding protein also includes domain antibodies such as nanobodies and single-chain antibodies as described further below.
In general, a GK 1 antigen binding protein is said to "specifically bind" its target antigen GK 1 when the antigen binding protein exhibits essentially background binding to non-GK l molecules. An antigen binding protein that specifically binds GK 1 may, however, cross-react with GK 1 polypeptides from different species. Typically, a GK 1 antigen binding protein specifically binds human GK 1 when the dissociation constant (KD) is <10~7 M as measured via a surface plasma resonance technique (e.g., BIACore, GE- Healthcare Uppsala, Sweden). A GK 1 antigen binding protein specifically binds human GK 1 with "high affinity" when the KD is <5x 10"8 M, and with "very high affinity" when the KD is <5x 10~9 M, as measured using methods described, e.g., in Example 3.
"Antigen binding region" means a protein, or a portion of a protein, that specifically binds a specified antigen. For example, that portion of an antigen binding protein that contains the amino acid residues that interact with an antigen and confer on the antigen binding protein its specificity and affinity for the antigen is referred to as "antigen binding region." An antigen binding region typically includes one or more "complementary binding regions" ("CDRs"). Certain antigen binding regions also include one or more "framework" regions. A "CDR" is an amino acid sequence that contributes to antigen binding specificity and affinity. "Framework" regions can aid in maintaining the proper conformation of the CDRs to promote binding between the antigen binding region and an antigen.
A "recombinant protein", including a recombinant GK 1 antigen binding protein, is a protein made using recombinant techniques, i.e., through the expression of a recombinant nucleic acid as described herein. Methods and techniques for the production of recombinant proteins are well-known in the art.
The term "antibody" refers to an intact immunoglobulin of any isotype, or a fragment thereof that can compete with the intact antibody for specific binding to the target antigen, and includes, for instance, chimeric, humanized, fully human, and bispecific antibodies. An "antibody" as such is a species of an antigen binding protein. An intact antibody generally will comprise at least two full-length heavy chains and two full-length light chains, but in some instances may include fewer chains such as antibodies naturally occurring in camelids
which may comprise only heavy chains. Antibodies may be derived solely from a single source, or may be "chimeric," that is, different portions of the antibody may be derived from two different antibodies as described further below. The antigen binding proteins, antibodies, or binding fragments may be produced in hybridomas, by recombinant DNA techniques, or by enzymatic or chemical cleavage of intact antibodies. Unless otherwise indicated, the term "antibody" includes, in addition to antibodies comprising two full-length heavy chains and two full-length light chains, derivatives, variants, fragments, and mutations thereof, examples of which include Fab, Fab', F(ab')2, Fv fragments, domain antibodies such as Nanobodies® and single-chain antibodies as described in more detail below.
The term "light chain" as used with respect to an antibody or fragments thereof includes a full-length light chain and fragments thereof having sufficient variable region sequence to confer binding specificity. A full-length light chain includes a variable region domain, VL, and a constant region domain, CL. The variable region domain of the light chain is at the amino-terminus of the polypeptide. Light chains include kappa chains and lambda chains.
The term "heavy chain" as used with respect to an antibody or fragment thereof includes a full-length heavy chain and fragments thereof having sufficient variable region sequence to confer binding specificity. A full-length heavy chain includes a variable region domain, VH, and three constant region domains, CHT , CH , and CH3. The VH domain is at the amino-terminus of the polypeptide, and the CH domains are at the carboxyl-terminus, with the CR3 being closest to the carboxy-terminus of the polypeptide. Heavy chains may be of any isotype, including IgG (including IgGl, IgG2, IgG3 and IgG4 subtypes), IgA (including IgAl and IgA2 subtypes), IgM and IgE.
The term "immunologically functional fragment" (or simply "fragment") of an antibody or immunoglobulin chain (heavy or light chain), as used herein, is an antigen binding protein comprising a portion (regardless of how that portion is obtained or synthesized) of an antibody that lacks at least some of the amino acids present in a full-length chain but which is capable of specifically binding to an antigen. Such fragments are biologically active in that they bind specifically to the target antigen and can compete with other antigen binding proteins, including intact antibodies, for specific binding to a given epitope. In one aspect, such a fragment will retain at least one CDR present in the full-length light or heavy chain, and in some embodiments will comprise a single heavy chain and/or light chain or portion thereof. These biologically active fragments may be produced by
recombinant DNA techniques, or may be produced by enzymatic or chemical cleavage of antigen binding proteins, including intact antibodies. Immunologically functional immunoglobulin fragments include, but are not limited to, Fab, Fab', F(ab')2, Fv, domain antibodies and single-chain antibodies, and may be derived from any mammalian source, including but not limited to human, mouse, rat, camelids or rabbit. It is contemplated further that a functional portion of the antigen binding proteins disclosed herein, for example, one or more CDRs, could be covalently bound to a second protein or to a small molecule to create a therapeutic agent directed to a particular target in the body, possessing bifunctional therapeutic properties, or having a prolonged serum half-life.
An "Fab fragment" is comprised of one light chain and the CHI and variable regions of one heavy chain. The heavy chain of a Fab molecule cannot form a disulfide bond with another heavy chain molecule.
An "Fc" region contains two heavy chain fragments comprising the CHI and CH2 domains of an antibody. The two heavy chain fragments are held together by two or more disulfide bonds and by hydrophobic interactions of the CH3 domains.
An "Fab' fragment" contains one light chain and a portion of one heavy chain that contains the VH domain and the CHI domain and also the region between the CHI and CH2 domains, such that an interchain disulfide bond can be formed between the two heavy chains of two Fab' fragments to form an F(ab')2 molecule.
An "F(ab')2 fragment" contains two light chains and two heavy chains containing a portion of the constant region between the CHI and CH2 domains, such that an interchain disulfide bond is formed between the two heavy chains. A F(ab')2 fragment thus is composed of two Fab' fragments that are held together by a disulfide bond between the two heavy chains.
The "Fv region" comprises the variable regions from both the heavy and light chains, but lacks the constant regions.
"Single-chain antibodies" are Fv molecules in which the heavy and light chain variable regions have been connected by a flexible linker to form a single polypeptide chain, which forms an antigen-binding region. Single chain antibodies are discussed in detail in International Patent Application Publication No. WO 88/01649 and United States Patent Nos. 4,946,778 and No. 5,260,203, the disclosures of which are incorporated by reference.
A "domain antibody" is an immunologically functional immunoglobulin fragment containing only the variable region of a heavy chain or the variable region of a light chain.
Examples of domain antibodies include Nanobodies®. In some instances, two or more VH regions are covalently joined with a peptide linker to create a bivalent domain antibody. The two VH regions of a bivalent domain antibody may target the same or different antigens.
A "bivalent antigen binding protein" or "bivalent antibody" comprises two antigen binding regions. In some instances, the two binding regions have the same antigen specificities. Bivalent antigen binding proteins and bivalent antibodies may be bispecific, see, infra.
A multispecific antigen binding protein" or "multispecific antibody" is one that targets more than one antigen or epitope.
A "bispecific," "dual-specific" or "bifunctional" antigen binding protein or antibody is a hybrid antigen binding protein or antibody, respectively, having two different antigen binding sites. Bispecific antigen binding proteins and antibodies are a species of multispecific antigen binding protein or multispecific antibody and may be produced by a variety of methods including, but not limited to, fusion of hybridomas or linking of Fab' fragments. See, e.g., Songsivilai and Lachmann, 1990, Clin. Exp. Immunol. 79:315-321; Kostelny et al., 1992, J. Immunol. 148: 1547-1553. The two binding sites of a bispecific antigen binding protein or antibody will bind to two different epitopes, which may reside on the same or different protein targets.
The term "compete" when used in the context of antigen binding proteins (e.g., antibodies) that compete for the same epitope means competition between antigen binding proteins is determined by an assay in which the antigen binding protein (e.g., antibody or immunologically functional fragment thereof) under test prevents or inhibits specific binding of a reference antigen binding protein to a common antigen (e.g., GK 1, or a fragment thereof, or a complex comprising GKN1 and its receptor or receptors).
Numerous types of competitive binding assays can be used to determine if a test molecule competes with a reference molecule for binding. Examples of assays that can be employed include solid phase direct or indirect radioimmunoassay (RIA), solid phase direct or indirect enzyme immunoassay (EIA), sandwich competition assay (see, e.g., Stahli et al., 1983, Methods in Enzymology 9:242-253); solid phase direct biotin-avidin EIA (see, e.g., Kirkland et al, 1986, J. Immunol. 137:3614-3619) solid phase direct labeled assay, solid phase direct labeled sandwich assay (see, e.g., Harlow and Lane, 1988, Antibodies, A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Press); solid phase direct label RIA using 1-125 label (see, e.g., Morel et al, 1988, Molec. Immunol. 25:7-15); solid phase direct biotin-avidin
EIA (see, e.g., Cheung, et al., 1990, Virology 176:546-552); and direct labeled RIA (Moldenhauer et al, 1990, Scand. J. Immunol. 32:77-82). Typically, such an assay involves the use of purified antigen bound to a solid surface or cells bearing either of an unlabelled test antigen binding protein or a labeled reference antigen binding protein. Competitive inhibition is measured by determining the amount of label bound to the solid surface or cells in the presence of the test antigen binding protein. Usually the test antigen binding protein is present in excess. Antigen binding proteins identified by competition assay (competing antigen binding proteins) include antigen binding proteins binding to the same epitope as the reference antigen binding proteins and antigen binding proteins binding to an adjacent epitope sufficiently proximal to the epitope bound by the reference antigen binding protein for steric hindrance to occur. Additional details regarding methods for determining competitive binding are provided in the examples herein. Usually, when a competing antigen binding protein is present in excess, it will inhibit specific binding of a reference antigen binding protein to a common antigen by at least 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70% or 75%. In some instances, binding is inhibited by at least 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, or 97% or more.
The term "antigen" refers to a molecule or a portion of a molecule capable of being bound by a selective binding agent, such as an antigen binding protein (including, e.g., an antibody), and additionally capable of being used in an animal to produce antibodies capable of binding to that antigen. An antigen may possess one or more epitopes that are capable of interacting with different antigen binding proteins, e.g., antibodies.
The term "epitope" is the portion of a molecule that is bound by an antigen binding protein (for example, an antibody). The term includes any determinant capable of specifically binding to an antigen binding protein, such as an antibody. An epitope can be contiguous or non-contiguous (discontinuous) (e.g., in a polypeptide, amino acid residues that are not contiguous to one another in the polypeptide sequence but that within in context of the molecule are bound by the antigen binding protein). A conformational epitope is an epitope that exists within the conformation of an active protein but is not present in a denatured protein. In certain embodiments, epitopes may be mimetic in that they comprise a three dimensional structure that is similar to an epitope used to generate the antigen binding protein, yet comprise none or only some of the amino acid residues found in that epitope used to generate the antigen binding protein. Most often, epitopes reside on proteins, but in some instances may reside on other kinds of molecules, such as nucleic acids. Epitope determinants
may include chemically active surface groupings of molecules such as amino acids, sugar side chains, phosphoryl or sulfonyl groups, and may have specific three dimensional structural characteristics, and/or specific charge characteristics. Generally, antigen binding proteins specific for a particular target antigen will preferentially recognize an epitope on the target antigen in a complex mixture of proteins and/or macromolecules.
The term "identity" refers to a relationship between the sequences of two or more polypeptide molecules or two or more nucleic acid molecules, as determined by aligning and comparing the sequences. "Percent identity" means the percent of identical residues between the amino acids or nucleotides in the compared molecules and is calculated based on the size of the smallest of the molecules being compared. For these calculations, gaps in alignments (if any) must be addressed by a particular mathematical model or computer program (i.e., an "algorithm"). Methods that can be used to calculate the identity of the aligned nucleic acids or polypeptides include those described in Computational Molecular Biology, (Lesk, A. M., ed.), 1988, New York: Oxford University Press; Biocomputing Informatics and Genome Projects, (Smith, D. W., ed.), 1993, New York: Academic Press; Computer Analysis of Sequence Data, Part I, (Griffin, A. M., and Griffin, H. G., eds.), 1994, New Jersey: Humana Press; von Heinje, G., 1987, Sequence Analysis in Molecular Biology, New York: Academic Press; Sequence Analysis Primer, (Gribskov, M. and Devereux, J., eds.), 1991, New York: M. Stockton Press; and Carillo et al, 1988, SI AM J. Applied Math. 48: 1073.
In calculating percent identity, the sequences being compared are aligned in a way that gives the largest match between the sequences. The computer program used to determine percent identity is the GCG program package, which includes GAP (Devereux et al, 1984, Nucl. Acid Res. 12:387; Genetics Computer Group, University of Wisconsin, Madison, WI). The computer algorithm GAP is used to align the two polypeptides or polynucleotides for which the percent sequence identity is to be determined. The sequences are aligned for optimal matching of their respective amino acid or nucleotide (the "matched span", as determined by the algorithm). A gap opening penalty (which is calculated as 3x the average diagonal, wherein the "average diagonal" is the average of the diagonal of the comparison matrix being used; the "diagonal" is the score or number assigned to each perfect amino acid match by the particular comparison matrix) and a gap extension penalty (which is usually 1/10 times the gap opening penalty), as well as a comparison matrix such as PAM 250 or BLOSUM 62 are used in conjunction with the algorithm. In certain embodiments, a standard comparison matrix (see, Dayhoff et al, 1978, Atlas of Protein
Sequence and Structure 5 :345-352 for the PAM 250 comparison matrix; Henikoff et al, 1992, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 89: 10915-10919 for the BLOSUM 62 comparison matrix) is also used by the algorithm.
Recommended parameters for determining percent identity for polypeptides or nucleotide sequences using the GAP program are the following:
• Algorithm: Needleman et al, 1970, J. Mol. Biol. 48:443-453;
• Comparison matrix: BLOSUM 62 from Henikoff et al., 1992, supra;
• Gap Penalty: 12 (but with no penalty for end gaps)
• Gap Length Penalty: 4
• Threshold of Similarity: 0.
Certain alignment schemes for aligning two amino acid sequences may result in matching of only a short region of the two sequences, and this small aligned region may have very high sequence identity even though there is no significant relationship between the two full-length sequences. Accordingly, the selected alignment method (GAP program) can be adjusted if so desired to result in an alignment that spans at least 50 contiguous amino acids of the target polypeptide.
As used herein, "substantially pure" means that the described species of molecule is the predominant species present, that is, on a molar basis it is more abundant than any other individual species in the same mixture. In certain embodiments, a substantially pure molecule is a composition wherein the object species comprises at least 50% (on a molar basis) of all macromolecular species present. In other embodiments, a substantially pure composition will comprise at least 80%, 85%>, 90%>, 95%>, or 99%> of all macromolecular species present in the composition. In other embodiments, the object species is purified to essential homogeneity wherein contaminating species cannot be detected in the composition by conventional detection methods and thus the composition consists of a single detectable macromolecular species.
The terms "treat" and "treating" refer to any indicia of success in the treatment or amelioration of an injury, pathology or condition, including any objective or subjective parameter such as abatement; remission; diminishing of symptoms or making the injury, pathology or condition more tolerable to the patient; slowing in the rate of degeneration or decline; making the final point of degeneration less debilitating; improving a patient's physical or mental well-being. The treatment or amelioration of symptoms can be based on objective or subjective parameters; including the results of a physical examination,
neuropsychiatric exams, and/or a psychiatric evaluation. For example, certain methods presented herein successfully treat cardiovascular disease such as atherosclerosis by decreasing the incidence of cardiovascular disease, causing remission of cardiovascular disease and/or ameliorating a symptom associated with cardiovascular disease.
An "effective amount" is generally an amount sufficient to reduce the severity and/or frequency of symptoms, eliminate the symptoms and/or underlying cause, prevent the occurrence of symptoms and/or their underlying cause, and/or improve or remediate the damage that results from or is associated with the disease state (e.g., diabetes, obesity, dyslipidemia, elevated glucose levels, elevated insulin levels or diabetic nephropathy. In some embodiments, the effective amount is a therapeutically effective amount or a prophylactically effective amount. A "therapeutically effective amount" is an amount sufficient to remedy a disease state (e.g. atherosclerosis) or symptoms, particularly a state or symptoms associated with the disease state, or otherwise prevent, hinder, retard or reverse the progression of the disease state or any other undesirable symptom associated with the disease in any way whatsoever. A "prophylactically effective amount" is an amount of a pharmaceutical composition that, when administered to a subject, will have the intended prophylactic effect, e.g., preventing or delaying the onset (or reoccurrence) of the disease state, or reducing the likelihood of the onset (or reoccurrence) of the disease state or associated symptoms. The full therapeutic or prophylactic effect does not necessarily occur by administration of one dose, and may occur only after administration of a series of doses. Thus, a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount may be administered in one or more administrations.
The terms "therapeutically effective dose" and "therapeutically effective amount," as used herein, means an amount of a GK 1 binding protein that elicits a biological or medicinal response in a tissue system, animal, or human being sought by a researcher, physician, or other clinician, which includes alleviation or amelioration of the symptoms of the disease or disorder being treated, i.e., an amount of a GK 1 binding protein that supports an observable level of one or more desired biological or medicinal response, for example lowering blood glucose, insulin, triglyceride, or cholesterol levels; reducing body weight; or improving glucose tolerance, energy expenditure, or insulin sensitivity.
The term "polynucleotide" or "nucleic acid" includes both single-stranded and double-stranded nucleotide polymers. The nucleotides comprising the polynucleotide can be ribonucleotides or deoxyribonucleotides or a modified form of either type of nucleotide. The
modifications include base modifications such as bromouridine and inosine derivatives, ribose modifications such as 2',3'-dideoxyribose, and internucleotide linkage modifications such as phosphorothioate, phosphorodithioate, phosphoroselenoate, phosphorodiselenoate, phosphoroanilothioate, phoshoraniladate and phosphoroamidate.
The term "oligonucleotide" means a polynucleotide comprising 200 or fewer nucleotides. In some embodiments, oligonucleotides are 10 to 60 bases in length. In other embodiments, oligonucleotides are 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20 to 40 nucleotides in length. Oligonucleotides may be single stranded or double stranded, e.g., for use in the construction of a mutant gene. Oligonucleotides may be sense or antisense oligonucleotides. An oligonucleotide can include a label, including a radiolabel, a fluorescent label, a hapten or an antigenic label, for detection assays. Oligonucleotides may be used, for example, as PCR primers, cloning primers or hybridization probes.
An "isolated nucleic acid molecule" means a DNA or RNA of genomic, mRNA, cDNA, or synthetic origin or some combination thereof which is not associated with all or a portion of a polynucleotide in which the isolated polynucleotide is found in nature, or is linked to a polynucleotide to which it is not linked in nature. For purposes of this disclosure, it should be understood that "a nucleic acid molecule comprising" a particular nucleotide sequence does not encompass intact chromosomes. Isolated nucleic acid molecules "comprising" specified nucleic acid sequences may include, in addition to the specified sequences, coding sequences for up to ten or even up to twenty other proteins or portions thereof, or may include operably linked regulatory sequences that control expression of the coding region of the recited nucleic acid sequences, and/or may include vector sequences.
Unless specified otherwise, the left-hand end of any single-stranded polynucleotide sequence discussed herein is the 5' end; the left-hand direction of double-stranded polynucleotide sequences is referred to as the 5' direction. The direction of 5' to 3' addition of nascent RNA transcripts is referred to as the transcription direction; sequence regions on the DNA strand having the same sequence as the RNA transcript that are 5' to the 5' end of the RNA transcript are referred to as "upstream sequences;" sequence regions on the DNA strand having the same sequence as the RNA transcript that are 3' to the 3' end of the RNA transcript are referred to as "downstream sequences."
The term "control sequence" refers to a polynucleotide sequence that can affect the expression and processing of coding sequences to which it is ligated. The nature of such control sequences may depend upon the host organism. In particular embodiments, control
sequences for prokaryotes may include a promoter, a ribosomal binding site, and a transcription termination sequence. For example, control sequences for eukaryotes may include promoters comprising one or a plurality of recognition sites for transcription factors, transcription enhancer sequences, and transcription termination sequences. "Control sequences" can include leader sequences and/or fusion partner sequences.
The term "vector" means any molecule or entity (e.g., nucleic acid, plasmid, bacteriophage or virus) used to transfer protein coding information into a host cell.
The term "expression vector" or "expression construct" refers to a vector that is suitable for transformation of a host cell and contains nucleic acid sequences that direct and/or control (in conjunction with the host cell) expression of one or more heterologous coding regions operatively linked thereto. An expression construct may include, but is not limited to, sequences that affect or control transcription, translation, and, if introns are present, affect R A splicing of a coding region operably linked thereto.
As used herein, "operably linked" means that the components to which the term is applied are in a relationship that allows them to carry out their inherent functions under suitable conditions. For example, a control sequence in a vector that is "operably linked" to a protein coding sequence is ligated thereto so that expression of the protein coding sequence is achieved under conditions compatible with the transcriptional activity of the control sequences.
The term "host cell" means a cell that has been transformed with a nucleic acid sequence and thereby expresses a gene of interest. The term includes the progeny of the parent cell, whether or not the progeny is identical in morphology or in genetic make-up to the original parent cell, so long as the gene of interest is present.
The terms "polypeptide" or "protein" are used interchangeably herein to refer to a polymer of amino acid residues. The terms also apply to amino acid polymers in which one or more amino acid residues is an analog or mimetic of a corresponding naturally occurring amino acid, as well as to naturally occurring amino acid polymers. The terms can also encompass amino acid polymers that have been modified, e.g., by the addition of carbohydrate residues to form glycoproteins, or phosphorylated. Polypeptides and proteins can be produced by a naturally-occurring and non-recombinant cell; or it is produced by a genetically-engineered or recombinant cell, and comprise molecules having the amino acid sequence of the native protein, or molecules having deletions from, additions to, and/or substitutions of one or more amino acids of the native sequence. The terms "polypeptide" and
"protein" specifically encompass GK 1 antigen binding proteins, antibodies, or sequences that have deletions from, additions to, and/or substitutions of one or more amino acids of an antigen-binding protein. The term "polypeptide fragment" refers to a polypeptide that has an amino-terminal deletion, a carboxyl-terminal deletion, and/or an internal deletion as compared with the full-length protein. Such fragments may also contain modified amino acids as compared with the full-length protein. In certain embodiments, fragments are about five to 500 amino acids long. For example, fragments may be at least 5, 6, 8, 10, 14, 20, 50, 70, 100, 110, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, or 450 amino acids long. Useful polypeptide fragments include immunologically functional fragments of antibodies, including binding domains. In the case of a GKN1 antibody, useful fragments include but are not limited to a CDR region, a variable domain of a heavy or light chain, a portion of an antibody chain or just its variable region including two CDRs, and the like.
The term "isolated protein" means that a subject protein (1) is free of at least some other proteins with which it would normally be found, (2) is essentially free of other proteins from the same source, e.g., from the same species, (3) is expressed by a cell from a different species, (4) has been separated from at least about 50 percent of polynucleotides, lipids, carbohydrates, or other materials with which it is associated in nature, (5) is operably associated (by covalent or noncovalent interaction) with a polypeptide with which it is not associated in nature, or (6) does not occur in nature. Typically, an "isolated protein" constitutes at least about 5%, at least about 10%, at least about 25%, or at least about 50% of a given sample. Genomic DNA, cDNA, mRNA or other RNA, of synthetic origin, or any combination thereof may encode such an isolated protein. Preferably, the isolated protein is substantially free from proteins or polypeptides or other contaminants that are found in its natural environment that would interfere with its therapeutic, diagnostic, prophylactic, research or other use.
A "variant" of a polypeptide {e.g., an antigen binding protein such as an antibody) comprises an amino acid sequence wherein one or more amino acid residues are inserted into, deleted from and/or substituted into the amino acid sequence relative to another polypeptide sequence. Variants include fusion proteins.
A "derivative" of a polypeptide is a polypeptide {e.g., an antigen binding protein such as an antibody) that has been chemically modified in some manner distinct from insertion, deletion, or substitution variants, e.g., via conjugation to another chemical moiety.
The term "naturally occurring" as used throughout the specification in connection with biological materials such as polypeptides, nucleic acids, host cells, and the like, refers to materials which are found in nature.
"Amino acid" includes its normal meaning in the art. The twenty naturally-occurring amino acids and their abbreviations follow conventional usage. See, Immunology-A Synthesis, 2nd Edition, (E. S. Golub and D. R. Green, eds.), Sinauer Associates: Sunderland, Mass. (1991), incorporated herein by reference for any purpose. Stereoisomers (e.g., D-amino acids) of the twenty conventional amino acids, unnatural amino acids such as [alpha]-, [alpha] -disubstituted amino acids, N-alkyl amino acids, and other unconventional amino acids may also be suitable components for polypeptides and are included in the phrase "amino acid." Examples of unconventional amino acids include: 4-hydroxyproline, [gamma]- carboxyglutamate, [epsilon]-N,N,N-trimethyllysine, [epsilon]-N-acetyllysine, O- phosphoserine, N-acetylserine, N-formylmethionine, 3-methylhistidine, 5-hydroxylysine, [sigma]-N-methylarginine, and other similar amino acids and imino acids (e.g., 4- hydroxyproline). In the polypeptide notation used herein, the left-hand direction is the amino terminal direction and the right-hand direction is the carboxyl-terminal direction, in accordance with standard usage and convention.
A "subject" or "patient" as used herein can be any mammal. In a typical embodiment, the subject or patient is a human.
II. GKNl Polypeptides and Nucleic Acids
As disclosed herein, a GKNl polypeptide can be engineered and/or produced using standard molecular biology methodology. In various examples, a nucleic acid sequence encoding a GKNl, which can comprise all or a portion of SEQ ID NOs: 1-3, can be isolated and/or amplified from genomic DNA, or cDNA using appropriate oligonucleotide primers. Primers can be designed based on the nucleic and amino acid sequences provided herein according to standard (RT)-PCR amplification techniques. The amplified GKNl nucleic acid can then be cloned into a suitable vector and characterized by DNA sequence analysis.
Oligonucleotides for use as probes in isolating or amplifying all or a portion of the GKNl sequences provided herein can be designed and generated using standard synthetic techniques, e.g., automated DNA synthesis apparatus, or can be isolated from a longer sequence of DNA.
II. A. Naturally-occurring and Variant GK 1 Polypeptide and Polynucleotide Sequences
The human transcript contains two potential translation start sites (ATG). The first would generate a 199 amino acid product lacking a signal peptide (Oein, et al., 2004; Yoshikawa et al, 2000, Jpn J Cancer Res 91 :459-463; NCBI Reference Sequence: NP_062563.3):
MLAYSSVHCFREDKMKFTIVFAGLLGVFLAPALANYNINVN
DDNNNAGSGQQSVSVNNEHNVANVDNNNGWDSWNSIWDY
GNGFAATRLFQKKTCIVHKMNKEVMPSIQSLDALVKEKKLQ
GKGPGGPPPKGLMYSVNPNKVDDLSKFGKNIANMCRGIPTY
MAEEMQEASLFFYSGTCYTTSVLWIVDISFCGDTVEN (SEQ
ID NO: l)
encoded by the DNA sequence:
atgcttgcctactcctctgtccactgctttcgtgaagacaagatgaagttcacaattgtctttgctgga
cttcttggagtctttctagctcctgccctagctaactataatatcaacgtcaatgatgacaacaacaat
gctggaagtgggcagcagtcagtgagtgtcaacaatgaacacaatgtggccaatgttgacaataa
caacggatgggactcctggaattccatctgggattatggaaatggctttgctgcaaccagactcttt
caaaagaagacatgcattgtgcacaaaatgaacaaggaagtcatgccctccattcaatcccttgat
gcactggtcaaggaaaagaagcttcagggtaagggaccaggaggaccacctcccaagggcct
gatgtactcagtcaacccaaacaaagtcgatgacctgagcaagttcggaaaaaacattgcaaaca
tgtgtcgtgggattccaacatacatggctgaggagatgcaagaggcaagcctgtttttttactcagg
aacgtgctacacgaccagtgtactatggattgtggacatttccttctgtggagacacggtggagaa
ctaa (SEQ ID NO: 4).
The second start site (ATG), in- frame, 42 bp downstream, would generate a 185 amino acid product with a signal peptide (Oein, et al, 2004):
MKFTIVFAGLLGVFLAP ALAN YNINVNDDNNN AGS GQQ SV S
VNNEHNVANVDNNNGWDSWNSIWDYGNGFAATRLFQK T
CIVHKMNKEVMPSIQSLDALVKEKKLQGKGPGGPPPKGLMY
SVNPNKVDDLSKFGKNIANMCRGIPTYMAEEMQEASLFFYS
GTCYTTSVLWIVDISFCGDTVEN (SEQ ID NO:2)
encoded by the DNA sequence:
atgaagttcacaattgtctttgctggacttcttggagtctttctagctcctgccctagctaactataatat
caacgtcaatgatgacaacaacaatgctggaagtgggcagcagtcagtgagtgtcaacaatgaa
cacaatgtggccaatgttgacaataacaacggatgggactcctggaattccatctgggattatgga
aatggctttgctgcaaccagactctttcaaaagaagacatgcattgtgcacaaaatgaacaaggaa
gtcatgccctccattcaatcccttgatgcactggtcaaggaaaagaagcttcagggtaagggacc aggaggaccacctcccaagggcctgatgtactcagtcaacccaaacaaagtcgatgacctgagc
aagttcggaaaaaacattgcaaacatgtgtcgtgggattccaacatacatggctgaggagatgca
agaggcaagcctgtttttttactcaggaacgtgctacacgaccagtgtactatggattgtggacattt
ccttctgtggagacacggtggagaactaa (SEQ ID N0:5).
Cleavage of a 20 amino acid signal sequence would generate the 165 amino acid peptide:
NYNINVNDDNNNAGSGQQSVSVNNEHNVANVDNNNGWDS
WNSIWDYGNGFAATRLFQK TCIVHKMNKEVMPSIQSLDAL
VKEKKLQGKGPGGPPPKGLMYSVNPNKVDDLSKFGK IAN MCRGIPTYMAEEMQEASLFFYSGTCYTTSVLWIVDISFCGDT
VEN (SEQ ID NO:3)
encoded by the DNA sequence:
aactataatatcaacgtcaatgatgacaacaacaatgctggaagtgggcagcagtcagtgagtgt
caacaatgaacacaatgtggccaatgttgacaataacaacggatgggactcctggaattccatct
gggattatggaaatggctttgctgcaaccagactctttcaaaagaagacatgcattgtgcacaaaa
tgaacaaggaagtcatgccctccattcaatcccttgatgcactggtcaaggaaaagaagcttcag
ggtaagggaccaggaggaccacctcccaagggcctgatgtactcagtcaacccaaacaaagtc
gatgacctgagcaagttcggaaaaaacattgcaaacatgtgtcgtgggattccaacatacatggct
gaggagatgcaagaggcaagcctgtttttttactcaggaacgtgctacacgaccagtgtactatgg
attgtggacatttccttctgtggagacacggtggagaactaa (SEQ ID NO: 6).
The amino acid sequence of full length murine GKN1 is reported as:
MKLTMFVVGLLGLLAAPGFAYTVNINGNDGNVDGSGQQSV
SINGVHNVANIDNNNGWDSWNSLWDYENSFAATRLFSK SC
IVHRMNKDAMPSLQDLDTMVKEQKGKGPGGAPPKDLMYSV NPTRVEDLNTFGPKIAGMCRGIPTYVAEEIPGPNQPLYSK CY TADILWILRMSFCGTSVETY (SEQ ID NO:7)
(see NCBI accession no. NP_079742), and is encoded by the DNA sequence:
atgcttgcctactcctctgtccactgctttcgtgaagacaagatgaagttcacaattgtctttgctgga
cttcttggagtctttctagctcctgccctagctaactataatatcaacgtcaatgatgacaacaacaat
gctggaagtgggcagcagtcagtgagtgtcaacaatgaacacaatgtggccaatgttgacaata
acaacggatgggactcctggaattccatctgggattatggaaatggctttgctgcaaccagactctt
tcaaaagaagacatgcattgtgcacaaaatgaacaaggaagtcatgccctccattcaatcccttga
tgcactggtcaaggaaaagaagcttcagggtaagggaccaggaggaccacctcccaagggcc
tgatgtactcagtcaacccaaacaaagtcgatgacctgagcaagttcggaaaaaacattgcaaac
atgtgtcgtgggattccaacatacatggctgaggagatgcaagaggcaagcctgtttttttactcag
gaacgtgctacacgaccagtgtactatggattgtggacatttccttctgtggagacacggtggaga
actaa (SEQ ID N0:8).
Nucleic acid sequences encoding a GKN1 polypeptide provided herein, including those degenerate to SEQ ID NOs:4-6, and those encoding polypeptide variants of SEQ ID NOs: l-3 form other aspects of the instant disclosure.
II.B. GKN1 Vectors
In order to express the GK 1 nucleic acid sequences provided herein, the appropriate coding sequences, e.g., SEQ ID NO:3, can be cloned into a suitable vector and after introduction in a suitable host, the sequence can be expressed to produce the encoded polypeptide according to standard cloning and expression techniques, which are known in the art {e.g., as described in Sambrook et al. (2001), supra). The invention also relates to such vectors comprising a nucleic acid sequence according to the invention.
A "vector" refers to a delivery vehicle that (a) promotes the expression of a polypeptide-encoding nucleic acid sequence; (b) promotes the production of the polypeptide therefrom; (c) promotes the transfection/transformation of target cells therewith; (d) promotes the replication of the nucleic acid sequence; (e) promotes stability of the nucleic acid; (f) promotes detection of the nucleic acid and/or transformed/transfected cells; and/or (g) otherwise imparts advantageous biological and/or physiochemical function to the polypeptide-encoding nucleic acid. A vector can be any suitable vector, including chromosomal, non-chromosomal, and synthetic nucleic acid vectors (a nucleic acid sequence comprising a suitable set of expression control elements). Examples of such vectors include derivatives of SV40, bacterial plasmids, phage DNA, baculovirus, yeast plasmids, vectors derived from combinations of plasmids and phage DNA, and viral nucleic acid (RNA or DNA) vectors.
A recombinant expression vector can be designed for expression of a GKN1 polypeptide in prokaryotic (e.g., E. coli) or eukaryotic cells (e.g., insect cells, using baculovirus expression vectors, yeast cells, or mammalian cells). Representative host cells include those hosts typically used for cloning and expression, including Escherichia coli strains TOP10F', TOP10, DH10B, DH5a, HB101, W3110, BL21(DE3) and BL21 (DE3)pLysS, BLUESCRIPT (Stratagene), mammalian cell lines CHO, CHO-K1, HEK293, 293-EBNA pIN vectors (Van Heeke & Schuster, J. Biol. Chem. 264: 5503-5509 (1989); pET
vectors (Novagen, Madison Wis.). Alternatively, the recombinant expression vector can be transcribed and translated in vitro, for example using T7 promoter regulatory sequences and T7 polymerase and an in vitro translation system. Preferably, the vector contains a promoter upstream of the cloning site containing the nucleic acid sequence encoding the polypeptide. Examples of promoters, which can be switched on and off, include the lac promoter, the T7 promoter, the trc promoter, the tac promoter and the trp promoter.
Thus, provided herein are vectors comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding GK 1 that facilitate the expression of recombinant GK 1. In various embodiments, the vectors comprise an operably linked nucleotide sequence which regulates the expression of GK 1. A vector can comprise or be associated with any suitable promoter, enhancer, and other expression-facilitating elements. Examples of such elements include strong expression promoters {e.g., a human CMV IE promoter/enhancer, an RSV promoter, SV40 promoter, SL3-3 promoter, MMTV promoter, or HIV LTR promoter, EF1 alpha promoter, CAG promoter), effective poly (A) termination sequences, an origin of replication for plasmid product in E. coli, an antibiotic resistance gene as a selectable marker, and/or a convenient cloning site {e.g., a polylinker). Vectors also can comprise an inducible promoter as opposed to a constitutive promoter such as CMV IE. In one aspect, a nucleic acid comprising a sequence encoding a GKN1 polypeptide which is operatively linked to a tissue specific promoter which promotes expression of the sequence in a metabolically-relevant tissue, such as liver or pancreatic tissue is provided.
II.C. Host Cells
In another aspect of the instant disclosure, host cells comprising the GK 1 nucleic acids and vectors disclosed herein are provided. In various embodiments, the vector or nucleic acid is integrated into the host cell genome, which in other embodiments the vector or nucleic acid is extra-chromosomal.
Recombinant cells, such as yeast, bacterial {e.g., E. coli), and mammalian cells {e.g., immortalized mammalian cells) comprising such a nucleic acid, vector, or combinations of either or both thereof are provided. In various embodiments cells comprising a non-integrated nucleic acid, such as a plasmid, cosmid, phagemid, or linear expression element, which comprises a sequence coding for expression of a GK 1 polypeptide, are provided.
A vector comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding a GK 1 polypeptide provided herein can be introduced into a host cell by transformation or by transfection. Methods of transforming a cell with an expression vector are well-known.
A GK 1 -encoding nucleic acid can be positioned in and/or delivered to a host cell or host animal via a viral vector. Any suitable viral vector can be used in this capacity. A viral vector can comprise any number of viral polynucleotides, alone or in combination with one or more viral proteins, which facilitate delivery, replication, and/or expression of the nucleic acid of the invention in a desired host cell. The viral vector can be a polynucleotide comprising all or part of a viral genome, a viral protein/nucleic acid conjugate, a virus-like particle (VLP), or an intact virus particle comprising viral nucleic acids and a GKN1 polypeptide-encoding nucleic acid. A viral particle viral vector can comprise a wild-type viral particle or a modified viral particle. The viral vector can be a vector which requires the presence of another vector or wild-type virus for replication and/or expression (e.g., a viral vector can be a helper-dependent virus), such as an adenoviral vector amplicon. Typically, such viral vectors consist of a wild-type viral particle, or a viral particle modified in its protein and/or nucleic acid content to increase transgene capacity or aid in transfection and/or expression of the nucleic acid (examples of such vectors include the herpes virus/AAV amplicons). Typically, a viral vector is similar to and/or derived from a virus that normally infects humans. Suitable viral vector particles in this respect, include, for example, adenoviral vector particles (including any virus of or derived from a virus of the adenoviridae), adeno- associated viral vector particles (AAV vector particles) or other parvoviruses and parvoviral vector particles, papillomaviral vector particles, flaviviral vectors, alphaviral vectors, herpes viral vectors, pox virus vectors, retroviral vectors, including lentiviral vectors. IIP. Isolation of a G N 1 Polypeptide
A GK 1 polypeptide expressed as described herein can be isolated using standard protein purification methods. A GK 1 polypeptide can be isolated from a cell in which is it naturally expressed or it can be isolated from a cell that has been engineered to express GK 1 , for example a cell that does not naturally express GK 1.
Protein purification methods that can be employed to isolate a GK 1 polypeptide, as well as associated materials and reagents, are known in the art. Exemplary methods of purifying a GK 1 polypeptide are provided in the Examples herein below. Additional purification methods that may be useful for isolating a GK 1 polypeptide can be found in
references such as Bootcov MR, 1997, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 94:11514-9, Fairlie WD, 2000, Gene 254: 67-76.
II.E. GKNl Antigen-Binding Proteins
The antigen binding proteins provided are polypeptides into which one or more complementary determining regions (CDRs), as described herein, are embedded and/or joined. In some antigen binding proteins, the CDRs are embedded into a "framework" region, which orients the CDR(s) such that the proper antigen binding properties of the CDR(s) are achieved. Certain antigen binding proteins described herein are antibodies or are derived from antibodies. In other antigen binding proteins, the CDR sequences are embedded in a different type of protein scaffold. The various structures are further described below.
The antigen binding proteins that are disclosed herein have a variety of utilities. The antigen binding proteins, for instance, are useful in specific binding assays, affinity purification of GKNl, and in screening assays to identify other antagonists of GKNl activity. Other uses for the antigen binding proteins include, for example, screening assays to determine the presence or absence of GKNl and/or diagnosis of any GKNl -associated diseases or conditions. Given that the antigen binding proteins that are provided are antagonists, the GKNl antigen binding proteins have value in therapeutic methods in which it is useful to reduce weight gain, even while maintaining or increasing food intake, increasing % fat mass and increasing % lean mass, improving glucose tolerance, decreasing insulin levels, decreasing cholesterol and triglyceride levels. Accordingly, the antigen binding proteins have utility in the treatment and prevention of diabetes, e.g., type 2 diabetes, obesity, dyslipidemia, elevated glucose levels or elevated insulin levels.
A variety of antigen binding proteins useful for modulating GKNl activity are provided. These agents include, for example, antibodies in the traditional sense. Additionally, for instance, antigen binding proteins that contain one or more antigen binding domains {e.g. , single chain antibodies, domain antibodies, and polypeptides with an antigen binding region) and specifically bind to a GKNl polypeptide, in particular human GKNl .
In general the antigen binding proteins that are provided typically comprise one or more CDRs as described herein {e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 CDRs). In some instances, the antigen binding proteins are naturally expressed by clones, while in other embodiments, the antigen binding protein can comprise (a) a polypeptide framework structure and (b) one or more CDRs that are inserted into and/or joined to the polypeptide framework structure. In some of
these embodiments, a CDR forms a component of a heavy or light chain expressed by the clones described herein; in other embodiments, a CDR can be inserted into a framework in which the CDR is not naturally expressed. A polypeptide framework structure can take a variety of different forms. For example, a polypeptide framework structure can be, or comprise, the framework of a naturally occurring antibody, or fragment or variant thereof, or it can be completely synthetic in nature. Examples of various antigen binding protein structures are further described below.
In some embodiments in which the antigen binding protein comprises (a) a polypeptide framework structure and (b) one or more CDRs that are inserted into and/or joined to the polypeptide framework structure, the polypeptide framework structure of an antigen binding protein is an antibody or is derived from an antibody, including, but not limited to, monoclonal antibodies, bispecific antibodies, minibodies, domain antibodies such as Nanobodies®, synthetic antibodies (sometimes referred to herein as "antibody mimetics"), chimeric antibodies, humanized antibodies, antibody fusions (sometimes referred to as "antibody conjugates"), and portions or fragments of each, respectively. In some instances, the antigen binding protein is an immunological fragment of an antibody (e.g., a Fab, a Fab', a F(ab')2, or a scFv).
In one embodiment, an antigen binding protein specifically binds to human GK 1. In a specific embodiment, the antigen binding protein specifically binds to human GK 1 comprising or consisting of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: l . In another specific embodiment, the antigen binding protein specifically binds to human GK 1 comprising or consisting of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2. In another specific embodiment, the antigen binding protein specifically binds to human GKN1 comprising or consisting of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:3. In another embodiment, the antigen binding protein specifically binds to murine GK 1. In a specific embodiment, the antigen binding protein specifically binds to murine GKN1 comprising or consisting of SEQ ID NO:7. In yet another embodiment, the antigen binding protein specifically binds to both a human GK 1 and a murine GK 1.
The antigen binding proteins that are provided are agonists and typically have one, two, three, four, five, six, seven or all eight of the following characteristics:
(a) ability to reduce circulating levels of GK 1, where the levels can be measured, for example, by the methods described herein (e.g., Western Blot analysis). The
decrease can be at least 10, 25, 50, 100% or more relative to the pre-treatment levels of SEQ ID NO:l, 2 or 3 under comparable conditions.
(b) ability to increase glucose tolerance;
(c) ability to increase insulin sensitivity;
(d) ability to decrease fat mass;
(e) ability to decrease fasting insulin levels;
(f) ability to decrease cholesterol levels;
(g) ability to decrease triglyceride levels;
(h) decrease AST, ALT, and/or ALP levels.
In one embodiment, a GK 1 antigen binding protein has one or more of the following activities:
(a) binds human GK 1 such that KD is <200 nM, is <150 nM, is <100 nM , is <50 nM, is <10 nM, is <5 nM, is <2 nM, or is <1 nM (e.g., as determined by BiaCore such as described in Example 3);
(b) has a half-life in human serum of at least 3 days;
Some antigen binding proteins that are provided have an on-rate (ka) for GK 1 of at least 104/ M x seconds, at least 105/M x seconds, or at least 106/M x seconds as measured, for instance, as described in the examples below. Certain antigen binding proteins that are provided have a slow dissociation rate or off-rate. Some antigen binding proteins, for instance, have a kd (off-rate) of lx 10"2 s"1 , or lx 10~3 s"1 , or lx 10~4 s"1 , or lx 10"5 s"1 . In certain embodiments, the antigen binding protein has a KD (equilibrium binding affinity) of less than 25 pM, 50 pM, 100 pM, 500 pM, 1 nM, 5 nM, 10 nM, 25 nM or 50 nM.
In another aspect, an antigen-binding protein is provided having a half-life of at least one day in vitro or in vivo (e.g., when administered to a human subject). In one embodiment, the antigen binding protein has a half-life of at least three days. In various other embodiments, the antigen binding protein has a half-life of 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, or 60 days or longer. In another embodiment, the antigen binding protein is derivatized or modified such that it has a longer half-life as compared to the underivatized or unmodified antibody. In another embodiment, the antigen binding protein contains point mutations to increase serum half- life. Further details regarding such mutant and derivatized forms are provided below.
GKN1 Antigen Binding Proteins with Naturally Occurring Antibody Structure
Some of the antigen binding proteins that are provided have the structure typically associated with naturally occurring antibodies. The structural units of these antibodies
typically comprise one or more tetramers, each composed of two identical couplets of polypeptide chains, though some species of mammals also produce antibodies having only a single heavy chain. In a typical antibody, each pair or couplet includes one full-length "light" chain (in certain embodiments, about 25 kDa) and one full-length "heavy" chain (in certain embodiments, about 50-70 kDa). Each individual immunoglobulin chain is composed of several "immunoglobulin domains", each consisting of roughly 90 to 110 amino acids and expressing a characteristic folding pattern. These domains are the basic units of which antibody polypeptides are composed. The amino-terminal portion of each chain typically includes a variable domain that is responsible for antigen recognition. The carboxy-terminal portion is more conserved evolutionarily than the other end of the chain and is referred to as the "constant region" or "C region". Human light chains generally are classified as kappa and lambda light chains, and each of these contains one variable domain and one constant domain. Heavy chains are typically classified as mu, delta, gamma, alpha, or epsilon chains, and these define the antibody's isotype as IgM, IgD, IgG, IgA, and IgE, respectively. IgG has several subtypes, including, but not limited to, IgGl, IgG2, IgG3, and IgG4. IgM subtypes include IgM, and IgM2. IgA subtypes include IgAl and IgA2. In humans, the IgA and IgD isotypes contain four heavy chains and four light chains; the IgG and IgE isotypes contain two heavy chains and two light chains; and the IgM isotype contains five heavy chains and five light chains. The heavy chain C region typically comprises one or more domains that may be responsible for effector function. The number of heavy chain constant region domains will depend on the isotype. IgG heavy chains, for example, each contain three C region domains known as CHI , CH2 and CH3. The antibodies that are provided can have any of these isotypes and subtypes. In certain embodiments, the GK 1 antibody is of the IgGl, IgG2, or IgG4 subtype.
In full-length light and heavy chains, the variable and constant regions are joined by a
"J" region of about twelve or more amino acids, with the heavy chain also including a "D" region of about ten more amino acids. See, e.g. Fundamental Immunology, 2nd ed., Ch. 7 (Paul, W., ed.) 1989, New York: Raven Press (hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety for all purposes). The variable regions of each light/heavy chain pair typically form the antigen binding site.
One example of an IgG2 heavy constant domain of an exemplary GKN1 monoclonal antibody has the amino acid sequence:
ASTKGPSVFPLAPCSRSTSESTAALGCLVKDYFPEPVTVSWNS
GALTSGVHTFPAVLQSSGLYSLSSVVTVPSSNFGTQTYTCNV DHKPSNTKVDKTVER CCVECPPCPAPPVAGPSVFLFPPKPK DTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVQFNWYVDGVEVHNAKT KPREEQFNSTFRVVSVLTVVHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKGLPA PIEKTISKTKGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFY PSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPMLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKS RWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK* (SEQ. ID
NO: 9; asterisk corresponds to stop codon).
One example of a lambda light chain constant domain of an exemplary GKN1 monoclonal antibody has the amino acid sequence:
QPKAAPSVTLFPPSSEELQANKATLVCLISDFYPGAVTVAWK ADSSPVKAGVETTTPSKQSNNKYAASSYLSLTPEQWKSHRSY SCQVTHEGSTVEKTVAPTECS* (SEQ ID NO: 11; asterisk
corresponds to stop codon).
An example of a kappa light chain constant domain of an exemplary GKN1 monoclonal antibody has the amino acid sequence:
T V AAP S VFIFPP SDEQLKS GT AS V VCLLNNF YPRE AKVQ WKVDN ALQ S GN SQESVTEQDSKDSTYSLSSTLTLSKADYEKHKVYACEVTHQGLSSPVTKS FNRGEC* (SEQ ID NO: 13; asterisk corresponds to stop codon).
For the antibodies provided herein, the variable regions of immunoglobulin chains generally exhibit the same overall structure, comprising relatively conserved framework regions (FR) joined by three hypervariable regions, more often called "complementarity determining regions" or CDRs. The CDRs from the two chains of each heavy chain/light chain pair mentioned above typically are aligned by the framework regions to form a structure that binds specifically with a specific epitope on GKN1. From N-terminal to C- terminal, naturally-occurring light and heavy chain variable regions both typically conform with the following order of these elements: FR1, CDR1, FR2, CDR2, FR3, CDR3 and FR4. A numbering system has been devised for assigning numbers to amino acids that occupy positions in each of these domains. This numbering system is defined in Kabat Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest (1987 and 1991, NIH, Bethesda, Md.), or Chothia & Lesk, 1987, J. Mol. Biol. 196:901-917; Chothia et al, 1989, Nature 342:878-883.
The various heavy chain and light chain variable regions of a human antibody framework (IgG2/kappa) into which CDRs from the specific murine monoclonal antibodies described in the Examples (see Example 6; Tables 9-10) have been embedded, including appropriate back-mutations, are set forth in Table 2. Each of these variable regions may be attached to be above heavy and light chain constant regions to form a complete antibody heavy and light chain, respectively. Further, each of the so generated heavy and light chain sequences may be combined to form a complete antibody structure. It should be understood that the heavy chain and light chain variable regions provided herein can also be attached to other constant domains having different sequences that the exemplary sequences listed above.
Specific examples of full length heavy and light chain sequences of a human antibody framework (IgG2/kappa) into which into which CDRs from the specific murine monoclonal antibodies described in the Examples (see Example 6; Tables 9-10), have been embedded, including appropriate back-mutations, are set forth in Table 1.
Table 1: Exemplary Heavy and Light Chains
H3 17 QVQLVQSGSELKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTTYGMSW
VRQAPGQGLEWMGWINTYSGVPTYVDDFKERFVFSL
DTSVSTAYLQISSLKAEDTAVYYCARKGFYYGSSGDFD
YWGQGTLVTVSSASTKGPSVFPLAPCSRSTSESTAALG
CLVKDYFPEPVTVSWNSGALTSGVHTFPAVLQSSGLYS
LSSVVTVPSSNFGTQTYTCNVDHKPSNTKVDKTVERK
CCVECPPCPAPPVAGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTC
VVVDVSHEDPEVQFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQFN
STFRVVSVLTVVHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKGLPAPIEK
TISKTKGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGF
YPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPMLDSDGSFFLYSKL
TVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPG
K
H4 18 QVQLVQSGSELKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTTYGMSW
VRQAPGQGLEWMGWINTYSGVPTYVDDFKERFVFSL
DTS ASTAYLQIS SLKAEDT AVYFC VR GF YYGS SGDFD
YWGQGTLVTVSSASTKGPSVFPLAPCSRSTSESTAALG
CLVKDYFPEPVTVSWNSGALTSGVHTFPAVLQSSGLYS
LSSVVTVPSSNFGTQTYTCNVDHKPSNTKVDKTVERK
CCVECPPCPAPPVAGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTC
VVVDVSHEDPEVQFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQFN
STFRVVSVLTVVHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKGLPAPIEK
TISKTKGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGF
YPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPMLDSDGSFFLYSKL
TVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPG
K
H5 19 Q VQL VQ S G AE VKKPG AS VKVS CKAS G YTFT S YGIN WV
RQATGQGLEWMGEIYPRSGNTYYNEKFKGRVTMTRD
TSISTAYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARRAALATSWFAYW
GQGTLVTVSSASTKGPSVFPLAPCSRSTSESTAALGCLV
KDYFPEPVTVSWNSGALTSGVHTFPAVLQSSGLYSLSS
V VT VP S SNFGTQT YTCN VDHKP SNTKVDKT VER C C V
ECPPCPAPPVAGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVV
DVSHEDPEVQFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQFNSTFR
VVSVLTVVHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKGLPAPIEKTISK
TKGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSD
IAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPMLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDK
SRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK
Designation SEQ ID NO: Amino Acid Sequence
H6 20 Q VQL VQ S G AE VKKPG AS VKVS CKAS G YTFT S YGIN WV
RQATGQGLEWMGEIYPRSGNTYYNEKFKGRVTLTAD
KSSNTAYMELSSLRSEDTAVYFCARRAALATSWFAYW
GQGTLVTVSSASTKGPSVFPLAPCSRSTSESTAALGCLV
KDYFPEPVTVSWNSGALTSGVHTFPAVLQSSGLYSLSS
V VT VP S SNFGTQT YTCN VDHKP SNTKVDKT VER C C V
ECPPCPAPPVAGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVV
DVSHEDPEVQFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQFNSTFR
VVSVLTVVHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKGLPAPIEKTISK
TKGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSD
IAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPMLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDK
SRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK
H7 21 QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTSYWMHW
VRQAPGQGLEWMGNIDPTNGETNYNEKFKIRVTMTRD
TSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARERDGYYLFAYWG
QGTLVTVSSASTKGPSVFPLAPCSRSTSESTAALGCLVK
DYFPEPVTVSWNSGALTSGVHTFPAVLQSSGLYSLSSV
VT VP S SNFGTQT YTCN VDHKP SNTKVDKT VERKC C VE
CPPCPAPPVAGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVD
VSHEDPEVQFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQFNSTFRV
VSVLTVVHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKGLPAPIEKTISKT
KGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDI
AVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPMLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDK
SRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK
H8 22 QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTSYWMHW
VRQAPGQGLEWMGNIDPTNGETNYNEKFKIRVTLTVD
KSSSTAYMELSSLRSEDTAVYHCVRERDGYYLFAYWG
QGTLVTVSSASTKGPSVFPLAPCSRSTSESTAALGCLVK
DYFPEPVTVSWNSGALTSGVHTFPAVLQSSGLYSLSSV
VT VP S SNFGTQT YTCN VDHKP SNTKVDKT VERKC C VE
CPPCPAPPVAGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVD
VSHEDPEVQFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQFNSTFRV
VSVLTVVHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKGLPAPIEKTISKT
KGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDI
AVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPMLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDK
SRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK
Designation SEQ ID NO: Amino Acid Sequence
H9 23 QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGSSVKVSCKASGYTFTNYWIGW
VRQAPGQGLEWMGDIYPGGGYTNYNEKFKGRVTITA
DKSTSTAYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARTSLYYGSNYFD
YWGQGTLVTVSSASTKGPSVFPLAPCSRSTSESTAALG
CLVKDYFPEPVTVSWNSGALTSGVHTFPAVLQSSGLYS
LSSVVTVPSSNFGTQTYTCNVDHKPSNTKVDKTVERK
CCVECPPCPAPPVAGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTC
VVVDVSHEDPEVQFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQFN
STFRVVSVLTVVHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKGLPAPIEK
TISKTKGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGF
YPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPMLDSDGSFFLYSKL
TVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPG
K
H10 24 QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGSSVKVSCKASGYTFTNYWIGW
ARQAPGQGLEWMGDIYPGGGYTNYNEKFKGRVTILA
DKSSSTAYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARTSLYYGSNYFD
YWGQGTLVTVSSASTKGPSVFPLAPCSRSTSESTAALG
CLVKDYFPEPVTVSWNSGALTSGVHTFPAVLQSSGLYS
LSSVVTVPSSNFGTQTYTCNVDHKPSNTKVDKTVERK
CCVECPPCPAPPVAGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTC
VVVDVSHEDPEVQFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQFN
STFRVVSVLTVVHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKGLPAPIEK
TISKTKGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGF
YPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPMLDSDGSFFLYSKL
TVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPG
K
Hl l 25 QVQLVQSGSELKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTTYGMTW
VRQAPGQGLEWMGWINTYSGVPTYGDDFKGRFVFSL
DTSVSTAYLQISSLKAEDTAVYYCARKDHYYGSGFLF
AYWGQGTLVTVSSASTKGPSVFPLAPCSRSTSESTAAL
GCLVKDYFPEPVTVSWNSGALTSGVHTFPAVLQSSGL
YSL S SWT VP S SNFGTQT YTCN VDHKP SNTKVDKT VER
KCCVECPPCPAPPVAGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVT
CVVVDVSHEDPEVQFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQF
NSTFRVVSVLTVVHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKGLPAPIE
KTISKTKGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKG
FYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPMLDSDGSFFLYSK
LTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPG
K
Designation SEQ ID NO: Amino Acid Sequence
H12 26 QIQLVQSGSELKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTTYGMTWV
KQ APGQ GLE WMG WINT YS G VPT YGDDFKGRF VF SLD
TSTRTAYLQISSLKAEDTAVYFCARKDHYYGSGFLFAY
WGQGTLVTVSSASTKGPSVFPLAPCSRSTSESTAALGC
LVKDYFPEPVTVSWNSGALTSGVHTFPAVLQSSGLYSL
S SWT VP S SNFGTQT YTCN VDHKP SNTKVDKT VER C
CVECPPCPAPPVAGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCV
VVDVSHEDPEVQFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQFNS
TFRVVSVLTVVHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKGLPAPIEKT
ISKTKGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFY
PSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPMLDSDGSFFLYSKLT
VDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK
H13 27 QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTSFSLSWV
RQATGQGLEWMGEVYPRSGNIYYSENFTGRVTMTRD
TSISTAYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARESSNYWYLDVWG
QGTTVTVSSASTKGPSVFPLAPCSRSTSESTAALGCLVK
DYFPEPVTVSWNSGALTSGVHTFPAVLQSSGLYSLSSV
VT VP S SNFGTQT YTCN VDHKP SNTKVDKT VERKC C VE
CPPCPAPPVAGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVD
VSHEDPEVQFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQFNSTFRV
VSVLTVVHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKGLPAPIEKTISKT
KGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDI
AVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPMLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDK
SRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK
H14 28 QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTSFSLSWV
RQATGQGLEWMGEVYPRSGNIYYSENFQGRVTLTAD
KSS ST AYMELS SLRSEDTAVYFC ARES SN YWYLD V WG
QGTTVTVSSASTKGPSVFPLAPCSRSTSESTAALGCLVK
DYFPEPVTVSWNSGALTSGVHTFPAVLQSSGLYSLSSV
VT VP S SNFGTQT YTCN VDHKP SNTKVDKT VERKC C VE
CPPCPAPPVAGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVD
VSHEDPEVQFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQFNSTFRV
VSVLTVVHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKGLPAPIEKTISKT
KGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDI
AVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPMLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDK
SRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK
LI 29 QAVVTQEPSLTVSPGGTVTLTCRSSTGAVTTSNYANW
FQQKPGQAPRTLIYGTNNRAPWTPARFSGSLLGGKAA LTLSGAQPEDEAEYYCALWYSNHWVFGGGTKLTVLG TVAAPSVFIFPPSDEQLKSGTASVVCLLNNFYPREAKV QWKVDNALQSGNSQESVTEQDSKDSTYSLSSTLTLSK ADYEKHKVYACEVTHQGLSSPVTKSFNRGEC
L2 30 QAVVTQEPSLTVSPGGTVTLTCRSSTGAVTTSNYANW
VQEKPGQAPRTLIGGTNNRAPWTPARFSGSLLGGKAA
LTLSGAQPEDEAEYFCALWYSNHWVFGGGTKLTVLGT
VAAPSVFIFPPSDEQLKSGTASVVCLLNNFYPREAKVQ
WKVDNALQSGNSQESVTEQDSKDSTYSLSSTLTLSKA
DYEKHKVYACEVTHQGLSSPVTKSFNRGEC
Designation SEQ ID NO: Amino Acid Sequence
L3 31 DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCKASQDINSYLSWYQQ
KPGKAPKLLI YRANRL ADG VP SRF S GS GS GTDFTLTI S S
LQPEDFATYYCQQYDDFPWTFGQGTKLEIKRTVAAPS
VFIFPPSDEQLKSGTASVVCLLNNFYPREAKVQWKVD
NALQSGNSQESVTEQDSKDSTYSLSSTLTLSKADYEKH
KVYACEVTHQGLSSPVTKSFNRGEC
L4 32 DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCKASQDINSYLSWLQQ
KPGKAPKTLIHRANRLADGVPSRFSGSGSGQDYTLTISS
LQPEDFATYYCQQYDDFPWTFGQGTKLEIKRTVAAPS
VFIFPPSDEQLKSGTASVVCLLNNFYPREAKVQWKVD
NALQSGNSQESVTEQDSKDSTYSLSSTLTLSKADYEKH
KVYACEVTHQGLSSPVTKSFNRGEC
L5 33 DIVMTQSPDSLAVSLGERATINCKSSQSVLYSSNQTSFL
AWYQQKPGQPPKLLIYWASTRESGVPDRFSGSGSGTD
FTLTISSLQAEDVAVYYCHQYLFSYTFGQGTKLEIKRT
VAAPSVFIFPPSDEQLKSGTASVVCLLNNFYPREAKVQ
WKVDNALQSGNSQESVTEQDSKDSTYSLSSTLTLSKA
DYEKHKVYACEVTHQGLSSPVTKSFNRGEC
L6 34 DIVMTQSPDSLAVSLGERATINCKSSQSVLYSSNQASFL
AWFQQKPGQSPKLLIYWASTRESGVPDRFSGSGSGTDF
TLTISSLQAEDVAVYYCHQYLFSYTFGQGTKLEIKRTV
AAPSVFIFPPSDEQLKSGTASVVCLLNNFYPREAKVQW
KVDNALQSGNSQESVTEQDSKDSTYSLSSTLTLSKADY
EKHKVYACEVTHQGLSSPVTKSFNRGEC
L7 35 DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASENIYSYLAWYQQ
KPGKAPKLLIYNAKTLAEGVPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISS
LQPEDF AT Y YC QHH YGIPLTFGQ GTKLEIKRT V AAP S V
FIFPPSDEQLKSGTASVVCLLNNFYPREAKVQWKVDN
ALQSGNSQESVTEQDSKDSTYSLSSTLTLSKADYEKHK
VYACEVTHQGLSSPVTKSFNRGEC
L8 36 DVVMTQSPLSLPVTLGQPASISCRSSQSIVDSDGDIYLE
WFQQRPGQSPRRLIYKVSNRFSGVPDRFSGSGSGTDFT LKISRVEAEDVGVYYCFQGSHVPWTFGQGTKLEIKRT VAAPSVFIFPPSDEQLKSGTASVVCLLNNFYPREAKVQ WKVDNALQSGNSQESVTEQDSKDSTYSLSSTLTLSKA DYEKHKVYACEVTHQGLSSPVTKSFNRGEC
L9 37 DVVMTQSPLSLPVTLGQPASISCRSSQSIVDSDGDIYLE
WFLQRPGQSPRLLIYKVSNRFSGVPDRFSGSGSGTDFTL
KISRVEAEDVGVYYCFQGSHVPWTFGGGTKLEIKRTV
AAPSVFIFPPSDEQLKSGTASVVCLLNNFYPREAKVQW
KVDNALQSGNSQESVTEQDSKDSTYSLSSTLTLSKADY
EKHKVYACEVTHQGLSSPVTKSFNRGEC
L10 38 EIVLTQSPATLSLSPGERATLSCSASSSVNYMHWYQQK
PGLAPRLLIYDTSKLASGIPDRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISRLE
PEDFAVYYCQQWSSNPPITFGQGTKLEIKTVAAPSVFIF
PPSDEQLKSGTASVVCLLNNFYPREAKVQWKVDNALQ
SGNSQESVTEQDSKDSTYSLSSTLTLSKADYEKHKVYA
CEVTHQGLSSPVTKSFNRGEC
Designation SEQ ID NO: Amino Acid Sequence
Ll l 39 EIVLTQSPATLSLSPGERATLSCSASSSVNYMHWYQQK
PGLAPR LIYDTSKLASGIPDRFSGSGSGTDYTLTISRLE PEDFAVYYCQQWSSNPPITFGQGTKLEIKTVAAPSVFIF PPSDEQLKSGTASVVCLLNNFYPREAKVQWKVDNALQ SGNSQESVTEQDSKDSTYSLSSTLTLSKADYEKHKVYA CEVTHQGLSSPVTKSFNRGEC
Each of the exemplary heavy chains (HI, H2, H3 through HI 4) listed in Table 1 can be combined with any of the exemplary light chains shown in Table 1 (LI, L2, L3 through LI 1) to form an antibody. Examples of such combinations include HI combined with LI, L2, L3, L4, L5, L6, L7, L8, L9, L10 or Ll l; H2 combined with LI, L2, L3, L4, L5, L6, L7, L8, L9, L10 or Ll l; H3 combined with LI, L2, L3, L4, L5, L6, L7, L8, L9, L10 or Ll l; and so on. In some instances, the antibodies include at least one heavy chain and one light chain from those listed in Table 1. In other embodiments, the antibodies comprise two different heavy chains and two different light chains listed in Table 1. In still other instances, the antibodies contain two identical light chains and two identical heavy chains. As an example, an antibody or immunologically functional fragment may include two HI heavy chains and two LI light chains, or two H2 heavy chains and two L2 light chains and other similar combinations of pairs of light chains and pairs of heavy chains as listed in Table 1.
Other antigen binding proteins that are provided are variants of antibodies formed by combination of the heavy and light chains shown in Table 1 and comprise light and/or heavy chains that each have at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 97% or 99% identity to the amino acid sequences of these chains. In some instances, such antibodies include at least one heavy chain and one light chain, whereas in other instances the variant forms contain two identical light chains and two identical heavy chains
Variable Domains of Exemplary GKN1 Antigen Binding Proteins
Also provided are antigen binding proteins that contain a heavy chain variable region selected from the group consisting of VHI , VH2, VH3, VH4, VH5, VH6, VH7, VH8, VH9, VHI O, VHI I , VHI 2, VHI 3 and VHI 4 and/or a light chain variable region selected from the group consisting of VL1, VL2, VL3, VL4, VL5, VL6, VL7, VL8, VL9, VL10 and VL11, as shown in Table 2 below, and immunologically functional fragments, derivatives, muteins and variants of these light chain and heavy chain variable regions.
Antigen binding proteins of this type can generally be designated by the formula " VHX VLy," where "x" corresponds to the number of heavy chain variable regions and "y" corresponds to the number of the light chain variable regions (in general, x and y are each 1
or 2) as listed in Table 2. However, the GK l antigen binding proteins can also include a single light chain variable domain or a single heavy chain variable domain, provided the individual domain can bind a GKNl polypeptide (e.g., SEQ ID NO:3).
As discussed above, the sequences set forth in Table 2 reflect the various heavy chain and light chain variable regions of a human antibody framework (IgG2/kappa) into which CDRs from the specific murine monoclonal antibodies described in the Examples (see Example 6; Tables 9-10) have been embedded, including appropriate back-mutations.
Table 2: Exemplary VH and VL Chains
VH8 47 QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTSYWMHW
VRQAPGQGLEWMGNIDPTNGETNYNEKFKIRVTLTVD KSSSTAYMELSSLRSEDTAVYHCVRERDGYYLFAYWG QGTLVTVSS
VH9 48 QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGSSVKVSCKASGYTFTNYWIGW
VRQAPGQGLEWMGDIYPGGGYTNYNEKFKGRVTITA DKSTSTAYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARTSLYYGSNYFD YWGQGTLVTVSS
VH10 49 QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGSSVKVSCKASGYTFTNYWIGW
ARQAPGQGLEWMGDIYPGGGYTNYNEKFKGRVTILA DKSSSTAYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARTSLYYGSNYFD YWGQGTLVTVSS
VHI I 50 QVQLVQSGSELKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTTYGMTW
VRQAPGQGLEWMGWINTYSGVPTYGDDFKGRFVFSL DTSVSTAYLQISSLKAEDTAVYYCARKDHYYGSGFLF AYWGQGTLVTVSS
VH12 51 QIQLVQSGSELK PGASVKVSCKASGYTFTTYGMTWV
KQ APGQ GLE WMG WINT YS G VPT YGDDFKGRF VF SLD TSTRTAYLQISSLKAEDTAVYFCARKDHYYGSGFLFAY WGQGTLVTVSS
VH13 52 QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTSFSLSWV
RQATGQGLEWMGEVYPRSGNIYYSENFTGRVTMTRD TSISTAYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARESSNYWYLDVWG QGTTVTVSS
VH14 53 QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTSFSLSWV
RQATGQGLEWMGEVYPRSGNIYYSENFQGRVTLTAD KSS ST AYMELS SLRSEDTAVYFC ARES SN YWYLD V WG QGTTVTVSS
VLI 54 QAVVTQEPSLTVSPGGTVTLTCRSSTGAVTTSNYANW
FQQKPGQAPRTLIYGTNNRAPWTPARFSGSLLGGKAA LTLSGAQPEDEAEYYCALWYSNHWVFGGGTKLTVLG
VL2 55 QAVVTQEPSLTVSPGGTVTLTCRSSTGAVTTSNYANW
VQEKPGQAPRTLIGGTNNRAPWTPARFSGSLLGGKAA LTLSGAQPEDEAEYFCALWYSNHWVFGGGTKLTVLG
VL3 56 DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCKASQDINSYLSWYQQ
KPGKAPKLLI YRANRL ADG VP SRF S GS GS GTDFTLTI S S LQPEDFATYYCQQYDDFPWTFGQGTKLEIKR
VL4 57 DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCKASQDINSYLSWLQQ
KPGKAPKTLIHRANRLADGVPSRFSGSGSGQDYTLTISS
LQPEDFATYYCQQYDDFPWTFGQGTKLEIKR
Designation SEQ ID NO: Amino Acid Sequence
VL5 58 DIVMTQSPDSLAVSLGERATINCKSSQSVLYSSNQTSFL
AWYQQKPGQPPKLLIYWASTRESGVPDRFSGSGSGTD
FTLTISSLQAEDVAVYYCHQYLFSYTFGQGTKLEIK
VL6 59 DIVMTQSPDSLAVSLGERATINCKSSQSVLYSSNQASFL
AWFQQKPGQSPKLLIYWASTRESGVPDRFSGSGSGTDF TLTISSLQAEDVAVYYCHQYLFSYTFGQGTKLEIK
VL7 60 DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASENIYSYLAWYQQ
KPGKAPKLLIYNAKTLAEGVPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISS LQPEDF AT Y YC QHH YGIPLTFGQ GTKLEIKR
VL8 61 DVVMTQSPLSLPVTLGQPASISCRSSQSIVDSDGDIYLE
WFQQRPGQSPRRLIYKVSNRFSGVPDRFSGSGSGTDFT LKISRVEAEDVGVYYCFQGSHVPWTFGQGTKLEIKR
VL9 62 DVVMTQSPLSLPVTLGQPASISCRSSQSIVDSDGDIYLE
WFLQRPGQSPRLLIYKVSNRFSGVPDRFSGSGSGTDFTL
KISRVEAEDVGVYYCFQGSHVPWTFGGGTKLEIKR
VL10 63 EI VLTQ SP ATL SL SPGERATL S C S AS S S VN YMH WYQQK
PGLAPRLLIYDTSKLASGIPDRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISRLE PEDFAVYYCQQWSSNPPITFGQGTKLEIK
VLI I 64 EI VLTQ SP ATL SL SPGERATL S C S AS S SVN YMH WYQQK
PGLAPRRLIYDTSKLASGIPDRFSGSGSGTDYTLTISRLE PEDFAVYYCQQWSSNPPITFGQGTKLEIK
Each of the heavy chain variable regions listed in Table 2 may be combined with any of the light chain variable regions shown in Table 2 to form an antigen binding protein. Examples of such combinations include VHI combined with Vi l, VL2, VL3, VL4, VL5, VL6, VL7, VL8, VL9, VL10 or VL11; VH2 combined with VL1, VL2, VL3, VL4, VL5, VL6, VL7, VL8, VL9, VL10 or VLI I ; Vh3 combined with VL1, VL2, VL3, VL4, VL5, VL6, VL7, VL8, VL9, VL10 or VL11; and so on.
In some embodiments, the antigen binding protein includes at least one heavy chain variable region and/or one light chain variable region from those listed in Table 2. In some instances, the antigen binding protein includes at least two different heavy chain variable regions and/or light chain variable regions from those listed in Table 2. An example of such an antigen binding protein comprises (i) one VHI, and (ii) one of VH2, VH3, VH4, VH5, VH6, VH7, VH8, VH9, VHI O, VHI 1, VH12, VH13 or VH14. Another example comprises (i) one VH2, and (ii) one of VH1, VH3, VH4, VH5, VH6, VH7, VH8, VH9, VH10, VHH, VH12, VH13 or VH14. Yet another example comprises (i) one VH3, and (ii) one of VH1, VH2, VH4, VH5, VH6, VH7, VH8, VH9, VHI O, VHI 1, VH12, VH13 or VH14; and so on. Similarly, an example of such
an antigen binding protein comprises (i) one VLI, and (ii) one of VL2, VL3, VL4, VL5, VL6, VL7, VL8, VL9, VLI O or VLI I . Another example comprises (i) one VL2, and (ii) one of VLI , VL3, VL4, VL5, VL6, VL7, VL8, VL9, VL10 or VL1 1. Yet another example comprises (i) one VL3, and (ii) one of VL1 , VL2, VL4, VL5, VL6, VL7, VL8, VL9, VL10 or VL1 1 ; and so on.
The various combinations of heavy chain variable regions may be combined with any of the various combinations of light chain variable regions.
In certain embodiments, the antigen binding protein contains two identical light chain variable regions and/or two identical heavy chain variable regions. As an example, the antigen binding protein may be an antibody or immunologically functional fragment that includes two light chain variable regions and two heavy chain variable regions in combinations of pairs of light chain variable regions and pairs of heavy chain variable regions as listed in Table 2.
Some antigen binding proteins that are provided comprise a heavy chain variable domain comprising a sequence of amino acids that differs from the sequence of a heavy chain variable domain selected from VH1 , VH2, VH3, VH4, VH5, VH6, VH7, VH8, VH9, VH10, VH1 1 , VH12, VH13 or VH14 at only 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 1 1 , 12, 13, 14 or 15 amino acid residues, wherein each such sequence difference is independently either a deletion, insertion or substitution of one amino acid, with the deletions, insertions and/or substitutions resulting in no more than 15 amino acid changes relative to the foregoing variable domain sequences. The heavy chain variable region in some antigen binding proteins comprises a sequence of amino acids that has at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 97% or 99% sequence identity to the amino acid sequences of the heavy chain variable region of VHI , VH2, VH3, VH4, VH5, VH6, VH7, VH8, VH9, VH10, VHH , VH12, VH13 or VH14.
Certain antigen binding proteins comprise a light chain variable domain comprising a sequence of amino acids that differs from the sequence of a light chain variable domain selected from VL1 , VL2, VL3, VL4, VL5, VL6, VL7, VL8, VL9, VL10 or VL1 1 at only 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 1 1 , 12, 13, 14 or 15 amino acid residues, wherein each such sequence difference is independently either a deletion, insertion or substitution of one amino acid, with the deletions, insertions and/or substitutions resulting in no more than 15 amino acid changes relative to the foregoing variable domain sequences. The light chain variable region in some antigen binding proteins comprises a sequence of amino acids that has at least 70%>, 75%>, 80%), 85%), 90%), 95%o, 97%> or 99%> sequence identity to the amino acid sequences of the light chain variable region of VL1 , VL2, VL3, VL4, VL5, VL6, VL7, VL8, VL9, VL10 or VL1 1.
CDRs of Exemplary GKN1 Antigen Binding Proteins
The antigen binding proteins disclosed herein are polypeptides into which one or more CDRs are grafted, inserted and/or joined. An antigen binding protein can have 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 CDRs. An antigen binding protein thus can have, for example, one heavy chain CDR1 ("CDRH1"), and/or one heavy chain CDR2 ("CDRH2"), and/or one heavy chain CDR3 ("CDRH3"), and/or one light chain CDR1 ("CDRLl"), and/or one light chain CDR2 ("CDRL2"), and/or one light chain CDR3 ("CDRL3"). Some antigen binding proteins include both a CDRH3 and a CDRL3. Specific heavy and light chain CDRs are identified in Tables 3A and 3B, respectively.
Complementarity determining regions (CDRs) and framework regions (FR) of a given antibody may be identified using the system described by Kabat et al. in Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, 5th Ed., US Dept. of Health and Human Services, PHS, NIH, NIH Publication no. 91-3242, 1991. Certain antibodies that are disclosed herein comprise one or more amino acid sequences that are identical or have substantial sequence identity to the amino acid sequences of one or more of the CDRs presented in Table 3A (CDRHs) and Table 3B (CDRLs).
Table 3A: Exemplary CDRH Sequences
Designation SEQ ID NO: Amino Acid Sequence
CDRHl-1 65 SYPMS
CDRH 1-2 66 TYGMS
CDRHl-3 67 SYGIN
CDRH 1-4 68 SYWMH
CDRHl-5 69 NYWIG
CDRHl-6 70 TYGMT
CDRHl-7 71 SFSLS
CDRH2-1 72 TISDSGSYTSYPDNIKG
CDRH2-2 73 WINTYSGVPTYVDDFKE
CDRH2-3 74 EI YPRS GNT Y YNEKFKG
CDRH2-4 75 NIDPTNGETNYNEKFKI
CDRH2-5 76 DIYPGGGYTNYNEKFKG
CDRH2-6 77 WINTYSGVPTYGDDFKG
CDRH2-7 78 EVYPRSGNIYYSENFTG
CDRH2-8 79 EVYPRSGNIYYSENFQG
CDRH3-1 80 DRGIITVVDWFAY
CDRH3-2 81 KGFYYGSSGDFDY
Designation SEQ ID NO: Amino Acid Sequence
CDRH3-3 82 RAALATSWFAY
CDRH3-4 83 ERDGYYLFAY
CDRH3-5 84 TSLYYGSNYFDY
CDRH3-6 85 KDHYYGSGFLFAY
CDRH3-7 86 ES SNYWYLD V
Table 3B: Exemplary CDRL Sequences
Designation SEQ ID NO: Amino Acid Sequence
CDRLl-1 87 RSSTGAVTTSNYAN
CDRL 1-2 88 KASQDINSYLS
CDRL 1-3 89 KSSQSVLYSSNQTSFLA
CDRL 1-4 90 KSSQSVLYSSNQASFLA
CDRL 1-5 91 RASENIYSYLA
CDRL 1-6 92 RSSQSIVDSDGDIYLE
CDRL 1-7 93 SASSSVNYMH
CDRL2-1 94 GTNNRAP
CDRL2-2 95 RANRLAD
CDRL2-3 96 WASTRES
CDRL2-4 97 NAKTLAE
CDRL2-5 98 KVSNRFS
CDRL2-6 99 DTSKLAS
CDRL3-1 100 ALWYSNHWV
CDRL3-2 101 QQYDDFPWT
CDRL3-3 102 HQYLFSYT
CDRL3-4 103 QHHYGIPLT
CDRL3-5 104 FQGSHVPWT
CDRL3-6 105 QQWSSNPPIT
The structure and properties of CDRs within a naturally occurring antibody has been described, supra. Briefly, in a traditional antibody, the CDRs are embedded within a framework in the heavy and light chain variable region where they constitute the regions responsible for antigen binding and recognition. A variable region comprises at least three heavy or light chain CDRs, see, supra (Kabat et al., 1991, Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, Public Health Service N.I.H., Bethesda, MD; see also Chothia and Lesk, 1987, J. Mol. Biol. 196:901-917; Chothia et al, 1989, Nature 342: 877-883), within a framework region (designated framework regions 1-4, FRl, FR2, FR3, and FR4, by Kabat et
al, 1991, supra; see also Chothia and Lesk, 1987, supra). The CDRs provided herein, however, may not only be used to define the antigen binding domain of a traditional antibody structure, but may be embedded in a variety of other polypeptide structures, as described herein.
In one aspect, the CDRs provided are (A) a CDRH selected from the group consisting of (i) a CDRHl selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:65-71; (ii) a CDRH2 selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:72-79; (iii) a CDRH3 selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 80-86; and (iv) a CDRH of (i), (ii) and (iii) that contains one or more amino acid substitutions, deletions or insertions of no more than five, four, three, two, or one amino acids; (B) a CDRL selected from the group consisting of (i) a CDRLl selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 87-93, (ii) a CDRL2 selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:94-99; (iii) a CDRL3 selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 100- 105; and (iv) a CDRL of (i), (ii) and (iii) that contains one or more amino acid substitutions, deletions or insertions of no more than five, four, three, two, or one amino acids amino acids.
In another aspect, an antigen binding protein includes 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 variant forms of the CDRs listed in Tables 3A and 3B, each having at least 80%, 85%, 90%, 95% , 96%, 97%), 98%), or 99% sequence identity to a CDR sequence listed in Tables 3A and 3B. Some antigen binding proteins include 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 of the CDRs listed in Tables 3 A and 3B, each or collectively differing by no more than 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5 amino acids from the CDRs listed in these tables.
Exemplary Antigen Binding Proteins
The sequence information for "humanized" antibodies (identified by the prefix "hz") and appropriate back mutations (identified by the prefix "hzbm") corresponding to specific murine monoclonal antibodies described in the Examples below is summarized in Table 4. Thus, in an embodiment, an antigen binding protein is an antibody with the CDR, variable domain and/or light and heavy chain sequences as specified in one of the rows of Table 4.
Table 4: Exemplary Humanized Antigen Binding Proteins
In various other embodiments, the antigen binding protein is derived from such antibodies. For instance, in one aspect, the antigen binding protein comprises 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or all 6 of the CDRs listed in one of the rows for any particular antibody listed in Table 4. In another aspect, an antigen binding protein includes 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 variant forms of the CDRs listed in one of the rows for an antibody in Table 4, each CDR having at least 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% sequence identity to a CDR sequence listed in Table 4. Some antigen binding proteins include 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 of the CDRs listed in one of the rows of Table 4, each differing by no more than 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 amino acids from the CDRs listed in these tables. In another aspect, the antigen binding protein comprises all 6 of the CDRS listed in a row of Table 4 and the total number of amino acid changes to the CDRs collectively is no more than 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 amino acids.
Some antigen binding proteins comprise a variable light domain and a variable heavy domain as listed in one of the rows for one of the antibodies listed in Table 4. In some instances, the antigen binding protein comprises two identical variable light domains and two identical variable heavy domains from one of the antibodies listed in Table 4. Some antigen binding proteins that are provided comprise a variable light domain and a variable heavy domain as listed in one of the rows for one of the antibodies listed in Table 4, except that one or both of the domains differs from the sequence specified in the table at only 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 1 1 , 12, 13, 14 or 15 amino acid residues, wherein each such sequence difference is independently either a single amino acid deletion, insertion or substitution, with the deletions, insertions and/or substitutions resulting in no more than 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 1 1 , 12, 13, 14 or 15 amino acid changes relative to the variable domain sequences specified in Table 4. Other antigen binding proteins also comprise a variable light domain and a variable heavy domain as listed in one of the rows for one of the antibodies listed in Table 4, except that one or both of the domains differs from the sequence specified in the table in that the heavy chain variable domain and/or light chain variable domain comprises or consists of a sequence of amino acids that has at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% sequence identity to the amino acid sequences of the heavy chain variable domain or light chain variable domain sequences as specified in Table 4.
In another aspect, the antigen binding protein consists just of a variable light or variable heavy domain from an antibody listed in Table 4. In still another aspect, the antigen binding protein comprises two or more of the same variable heavy domains or two or more of the same variable light domains from those listed in Table 4. Such domain antibodies can be fused together or joined via a linker as described in greater detail below. The domain antibodies can also be fused or linked to one or more molecules to extend the half- life (e.g., PEG or albumin).
In another aspect, the antigen binding protein comprises a full length light chain and a full length heavy chain as listed in one of the rows for one of the antibodies listed in Table 4. Some antigen binding proteins that are provided comprise a full length light chain and a full length heavy chain as listed in one of the rows for one of the antibodies listed in Table 4, except that one or both of the chains differs from the sequence specified in the table at only 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 1 1 , 12, 13, 14 or 15 amino acid residues, wherein each such sequence difference is independently either a single amino acid deletion, insertion or substitution, with the deletions, insertions and/or substitutions resulting in no more than 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9,
10, 1 1 , 12, 13, 14 or 15 amino acid changes relative to the full length sequences specified in Table 4. Other antigen binding proteins also comprise a full length light chain and a full length heavy chain as listed in one of the rows for one of the antibodies listed in Table 4, except that one or both of the chains differs from the sequence specified in the table in that the light chain and/or heavy chain comprises or consists of a sequence of amino acids that has at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% sequence identity to the amino acid sequences of the light chain or heavy chain sequences as specified in Table 4.
In another embodiment, the antigen binding protein consists of a just a light or a heavy chain polypeptide as set forth in Table 4.
In still another aspect, antigen-binding proteins containing the CDRs, variable domains and/or full length sequences listed in Table 4 is a monoclonal antibody, a chimeric antibody, a humanized antibody, a human antibody, a multispecific antibody, or an antibody fragment of the foregoing. In another embodiment, the antibody fragment of the isolated antigen-binding proteins provided herein is a Fab fragment, a Fab' fragment, an F(ab')2 fragment, an Fv fragment, a diabody, or a single chain antibody molecule based upon an antibody with the sequences as listed in Table 4.
In a further embodiment, the isolated antigen binding protein provided herein is a human antibody with the sequences as set forth in Table 4 and is of the IgGl-, IgG2- IgG3- or IgG4-type.
In yet another aspect, the isolated antigen-binding protein provided in Table 4 can be coupled to a labeling group and can compete for binding to GK 1 with an antigen binding protein of one of the isolated antigen-binding proteins provided herein.
Competing Antigen Binding Proteins
In another embodiment, antigen binding proteins are provided that compete with one of the exemplified antibodies or functional fragments for described above for specific binding to a human GK 1 (e.g., SEQ ID NO: l). Such antigen binding proteins may bind to the same epitope as one of the antigen binding proteins described herein, or to an overlapping epitope. Antigen binding proteins and fragments that compete with the exemplified antigen binding proteins are expected to show similar functional properties. The exemplified antigen binding proteins and fragments include those described above, including those with the heavy and light chains, variable region domains and CDRs included in Tables 1, 2, 3, and 4. Thus, as a specific example, the antigen binding proteins that are provided include those that compete with an antibody having:
(a) all 6 of the CDRs listed for any antibody listed in Table 4;
(b) a VH and a VL listed for any antibody listed in Table 4; or
(c) two light chains and two heavy chains as specified for any antibody listed in Table 4.
Monoclonal Antibodies
The antigen binding proteins that are provided include monoclonal antibodies that bind to a GK l polypeptide. Monoclonal antibodies may be produced using any technique known in the art, e.g., by immortalizing spleen cells harvested from the transgenic animal after completion of the immunization schedule. The spleen cells can be immortalized using any technique known in the art, e.g., by fusing them with myeloma cells to produce hybridomas. Myeloma cells for use in hybridoma-producing fusion procedures preferably are non-antibody-producing, have high fusion efficiency, and enzyme deficiencies that render them incapable of growing in certain selective media which support the growth of only the desired fused cells (hybridomas). Examples of suitable cell lines for use in mouse fusions include Sp-20, P3-X63/Ag8, P3-X63-Ag8.653, NSl/l .Ag 4 1, Sp210-Agl4, FO, NSO/U, MPC-11, MPC11-X45-GTG 1.7 and S194/5XXO Bui; examples of cell lines used in rat fusions include R210.RCY3, Y3-Ag 1.2.3, IR983F and 4B210. Other cell lines useful for cell fusions are U-266, GM1500-GRG2, LICR-LON-HMy2 and UC729-6.
In some instances, a hybridoma cell line is produced by immunizing an animal (e.g., a transgenic animal having human immunoglobulin sequences) with a GKNl immunogen; harvesting spleen cells from the immunized animal; fusing the harvested spleen cells to a myeloma cell line, thereby generating hybridoma cells; establishing hybridoma cell lines from the hybridoma cells, and identifying a hybridoma cell line that produces an antibody that binds a GKNl polypeptide. Such hybridoma cell lines, and anti-GKNl monoclonal antibodies produced by them, are aspects of the present application.
Monoclonal antibodies secreted by a hybridoma cell line can be purified using any technique known in the art. Hybridomas or mAbs may be further screened to identify mAbs with particular properties, such as the ability to increase GKNl activity. Examples of such screens are provided in the Examples below.
Chimeric and Humanized Antibodies
Chimeric and humanized antibodies based upon the foregoing sequences are also provided. Monoclonal antibodies for use as therapeutic agents may be modified in various
ways prior to use. One example is a chimeric antibody, which is an antibody composed of protein segments from different antibodies that are covalently joined to produce functional immunoglobulin light or heavy chains or immunologically functional portions thereof. Generally, a portion of the heavy chain and/or light chain is identical with or homologous to a corresponding sequence in antibodies derived from a particular species or belonging to a particular antibody class or subclass, while the remainder of the chain(s) is/are identical with or homologous to a corresponding sequence in antibodies derived from another species or belonging to another antibody class or subclass. For methods relating to chimeric antibodies, see, for example, United States Patent No. 4,816,567; and Morrison et al., 1985, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 81:6851-6855, which are hereby incorporated by reference. CDR grafting is described, for example, in United States Patent No. 6,180,370, No. 5,693,762, No. 5,693,761, No. 5,585,089, and No. 5,530,101.
Generally, the goal of making a chimeric antibody is to create a chimera in which the number of amino acids from the intended patient species is maximized. One example is the "CDR-grafted" antibody, in which the antibody comprises one or more complementarity determining regions (CDRs) from a particular species or belonging to a particular antibody class or subclass, while the remainder of the antibody chain(s) is/are identical with or homologous to a corresponding sequence in antibodies derived from another species or belonging to another antibody class or subclass. For use in humans, the variable region or selected CDRs from a rodent antibody often are grafted into a human antibody, replacing the naturally-occurring variable regions or CDRs of the human antibody.
One useful type of chimeric antibody is a "humanized" antibody. Generally, a humanized antibody is produced from a monoclonal antibody raised initially in a non-human animal. Certain amino acid residues in this monoclonal antibody, typically from non-antigen recognizing portions of the antibody, are modified to be homologous to corresponding residues in a human antibody of corresponding isotype. Humanization can be performed, for example, using various methods by substituting at least a portion of a rodent variable region for the corresponding regions of a human antibody {see, e.g., United States Patent No. 5,585,089, and No. 5,693,762; Jones et al, 1986, Nature 321 :522-525; Riechmann et al, 1988, Nature 332:323-27; Verhoeyen et al, 1988, Science 239:1534-1536).
In one aspect, the CDRs of the light and heavy chain variable regions of the antibodies provided herein {see Tables 3A and 3B) are grafted to framework regions (FRs) from antibodies from the same, or a different, phylogenetic species. For example, the CDRs
of the heavy and light chain variable regions VHI , VH2, VH3, VH4, VH5, VH6, VH7, VH8, VH9, VHI O, VHI I , VH12, VH13, VH14 and/or VL1 , VL2, VL3, VL4, VL5, VL6, VL7, VL8, VL9, VLI O and VLI I can be grafted to consensus human FRs. To create consensus human FRs, FRs from several human heavy chain or light chain amino acid sequences may be aligned to identify a consensus amino acid sequence. In other embodiments, the FRs of a heavy chain or light chain disclosed herein are replaced with the FRs from a different heavy chain or light chain. In one aspect, rare amino acids in the FRs of the heavy and light chains of GK 1 antibodies are not replaced, while the rest of the FR amino acids are replaced. A "rare amino acid" is a specific amino acid that is in a position in which this particular amino acid is not usually found in an FR. Alternatively, the grafted variable regions from the one heavy or light chain may be used with a constant region that is different from the constant region of that particular heavy or light chain as disclosed herein. In other embodiments, the grafted variable regions are part of a single chain Fv antibody.
In certain embodiments, constant regions from species other than human can be used along with the human variable region(s) to produce hybrid antibodies.
Fully Human Antibodies
Fully human GK 1 antibodies are also provided. Methods are available for making fully human antibodies specific for a given antigen without exposing human beings to the antigen ("fully human antibodies"). One specific means provided for implementing the production of fully human antibodies is the "humanization" of the mouse humoral immune system. Introduction of human immunoglobulin (Ig) loci into mice in which the endogenous Ig genes have been inactivated is one means of producing fully human monoclonal antibodies (mAbs) in mouse, an animal that can be immunized with any desirable antigen. Using fully human antibodies can minimize the immunogenic and allergic responses that can sometimes be caused by administering mouse or mouse-derived mAbs to humans as therapeutic agents.
Fully human antibodies can be produced by immunizing transgenic animals (usually mice) that are capable of producing a repertoire of human antibodies in the absence of endogenous immunoglobulin production. Antigens for this purpose typically have six or more contiguous amino acids, and optionally are conjugated to a carrier, such as a hapten. See, e.g., Jakobovits et al, 1993, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90:2551 -2555; Jakobovits et al, 1993, Nature 362:255-258; and Bruggermann et al, 1993, Year in Immunol. 7:33. In one example of such a method, transgenic animals are produced by incapacitating the endogenous mouse immunoglobulin loci encoding the mouse heavy and light immunoglobulin chains therein,
and inserting into the mouse genome large fragments of human genome DNA containing loci that encode human heavy and light chain proteins. Partially modified animals, which have less than the full complement of human immunoglobulin loci, are then cross-bred to obtain an animal having all of the desired immune system modifications. When administered an immunogen, these transgenic animals produce antibodies that are immunospecific for the immunogen but have human rather than murine amino acid sequences, including the variable regions. For further details of such methods, see, for example, W096/33735 and WO94/02602. Additional methods relating to transgenic mice for making human antibodies are described in United States Patent No. 5,545,807; No. 6,713,610; No. 6,673,986; No. 6,162,963; No. 5,545,807; No. 6,300,129; No. 6,255,458; No. 5,877,397; No. 5,874,299 and No. 5,545,806; in PCT publications WO91/10741, WO90/04036, and in EP 546073B1 and EP 546073 Al .
The transgenic mice described above, referred to herein as "HuMab" mice, contain a human immunoglobulin gene minilocus that encodes unrearranged human heavy ([mu] and [gamma]) and [kappa] light chain immunoglobulin sequences, together with targeted mutations that inactivate the endogenous [mu] and [kappa] chain loci (Lonberg et al, 1994, Nature 368:856-859). Accordingly, the mice exhibit reduced expression of mouse IgM or [kappa] and in response to immunization, and the introduced human heavy and light chain transgenes undergo class switching and somatic mutation to generate high affinity human IgG [kappa] monoclonal antibodies (Lonberg et al., supra.; Lonberg and Huszar, 1995, Intern. Rev. Immunol. 13 : 65-93; Harding and Lonberg, 1995, Ann. N. Y Acad. Sci. 764:536-546). The preparation of HuMab mice is described in detail in Taylor et al, 1992, Nucleic Acids Research 20:6287-6295; Chen et al., 1993, International Immunology 5:647-656; Tuaillon et al, 1994, J. Immunol. 152:2912-2920; Lonberg et al, 1994, Nature 368:856-859; Lonberg, 1994, Handbook of Exp. Pharmacology 113 :49-101; Taylor et al, 1994, International Immunology 6:579-591; Lonberg and Huszar, 1995, Intern. Rev. Immunol. 13:65-93; Harding and Lonberg, 1995, Ann. N. Y Acad. Sci. 764:536-546; Fishwild et al, 1996, Nature Biotechnology 14:845-851; the foregoing references are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety for all purposes. See, further United States Patent No. 5,545,806; No. 5,569,825; No. 5,625,126; No. 5,633,425; No. 5,789,650; No. 5,877,397; No. 5,661,016; No. 5,814,318; No. 5,874,299; and No. 5,770,429; as well as United States Patent No. 5,545,807; International Publication Nos. WO 93/1227; WO 92/22646; and WO 92/03918, the disclosures of all of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety for all
purposes. Technologies utilized for producing human antibodies in these transgenic mice are disclosed also in WO 98/24893, and Mendez et al, 1997, Nature Genetics 15:146-156, which are hereby incorporated by reference. For example, the HCo7 and HCol2 transgenic mice strains can be used to generate anti-c-GK l antibodies. Further details regarding the production of human antibodies using transgenic mice are provided in the Examples below.
Using hybridoma technology, antigen-specific human mAbs with the desired specificity can be produced and selected from the transgenic mice such as those described above. Such antibodies may be cloned and expressed using a suitable vector and host cell, or the antibodies can be harvested from cultured hybridoma cells.
Fully human antibodies can also be derived from phage-display libraries (as disclosed in Hoogenboom et al, 1991, J. Mol. Biol. 227:381; and Marks et al, 1991, J. Mol Biol 222:581). Phage display techniques mimic immune selection through the display of antibody repertoires on the surface of filamentous bacteriophage, and subsequent selection of phage by their binding to an antigen of choice. One such technique is described in PCT Publication No. WO 99/10494 (hereby incorporated by reference).
Bispecific or Bifunctional Antigen Binding Proteins
The antigen binding proteins that are provided also include bispecific and bifunctional antibodies that include one or more CDRs or one or more variable regions as described above. A bispecific or bifunctional antibody in some instances is an artificial hybrid antibody having two different heavy/light chain pairs and two different binding sites. Bispecific antibodies may be produced by a variety of methods including, but not limited to, fusion of hybridomas or linking of Fab' fragments. See, e.g., Songsivilai and Lachmann, 1990, Clin. Exp. Immunol. 79:315-321; Kostelny et al, 1992, J. Immunol. 148:1547-1553.
Various Other Forms
The GKN1 binding protein can also be a variant, mimetic, derivative or oligomer based upon the structure of GK 1 antigen binding proteins have the CDRs, variable regions and/or full length chains as described above in Tables 1-4.
Variants
In one embodiment, for instance, an antigen binding protein is a variant form of the antigen binding proteins disclosed above {e.g., those having the sequences listed in Tables 1- 4). For instance, some of the antigen binding proteins have one or more conservative amino acid substitutions in one or more of the heavy or light chains, variable regions or CDRs listed in Tables 1-4.
Naturally-occurring amino acids may be divided into classes based on common side chain properties:
(1) hydrophobic: norleucine, Met, Ala, Val, Leu, He;
(2) neutral hydrophilic: Cys, Ser, Thr, Asn, Gin;
(3) acidic: Asp, Glu;
(4) basic: His, Lys, Arg;
(5) residues that influence chain orientation: Gly, Pro; and
(6) aromatic: Trp, Tyr, Phe.
Conservative amino acid substitutions may involve exchange of a member of one of these classes with another member of the same class. Conservative amino acid substitutions may encompass non-naturally occurring amino acid residues, which are typically incorporated by chemical peptide synthesis rather than by synthesis in biological systems. These include peptidomimetics and other reversed or inverted forms of amino acid moieties.
Non-conservative substitutions may involve the exchange of a member of one of the above classes for a member from another class. Such substituted residues may be introduced into regions of the antibody that are homologous with human antibodies, or into the nonhomologous regions of the molecule.
In making such changes, according to certain embodiments, the hydropathic index of amino acids may be considered. The hydropathic profile of a protein is calculated by assigning each amino acid a numerical value ("hydropathy index") and then repetitively averaging these values along the peptide chain. Each amino acid has been assigned a hydropathic index on the basis of its hydrophobicity and charge characteristics. They are: isoleucine (+4.5); valine (+4.2); leucine (+3.8); phenylalanine (+2.8); cysteine/cystine (+2.5); methionine (+1.9); alanine (+1.8); glycine (-0.4); threonine (-0.7); serine (-0.8); tryptophan (- 0.9); tyrosine (-1.3); proline (-1.6); histidine (-3.2); glutamate (-3.5); glutamine (-3.5); aspartate (-3.5); asparagine (-3.5); lysine (-3.9); and arginine (-4.5).
The importance of the hydropathic profile in conferring interactive biological function on a protein is understood in the art (see, e.g., Kyte et ah, 1982, J. Mol. Biol. 157: 105-131). It is known that certain amino acids may be substituted for other amino acids having a similar hydropathic index or score and still retain a similar biological activity. In making changes based upon the hydropathic index, in certain embodiments, the substitution of amino acids whose hydropathic indices are within ±2 is included. In some aspects, those which are within ±1 are included, and in other aspects, those within ±0.5 are included.
It is also understood in the art that the substitution of like amino acids can be made effectively on the basis of hydrophilicity, particularly where the biologically functional protein or peptide thereby created is intended for use in immunological embodiments, as in the present case. In certain embodiments, the greatest local average hydrophilicity of a protein, as governed by the hydrophilicity of its adjacent amino acids, correlates with its immunogenicity and antigen-binding or immunogenicity, that is, with a biological property of the protein.
The following hydrophilicity values have been assigned to these amino acid residues: arginine (+3.0); lysine (+3.0); aspartate (+3.0+1); glutamate (+3.0+1); serine (+0.3); asparagine (+0.2); glutamine (+0.2); glycine (0); threonine (-0.4); proline (-0.5+1); alanine (- 0.5); histidine (-0.5); cysteine (-1.0); methionine (-1.3); valine (-1.5); leucine (-1.8); isoleucine (-1.8); tyrosine (-2.3); phenylalanine (-2.5) and tryptophan (-3.4). In making changes based upon similar hydrophilicity values, in certain embodiments, the substitution of amino acids whose hydrophilicity values are within ±2 is included, in other embodiments, those which are within ±1 are included, and in still other embodiments, those within ±0.5 are included. In some instances, one may also identify epitopes from primary amino acid sequences on the basis of hydrophilicity. These regions are also referred to as "epitopic core regions."
Exemplary conservative amino acid substitutions are set forth in Table 5.
Table 5: Conservative Amino Acid Substitutions
Met Leu, He
Phe Met, Leu, Tyr
Ser Thr
Thr Ser
Trp Tyr
Tyr Trp, Phe
Val He, Leu
A skilled artisan will be able to determine suitable variants of polypeptides as set forth herein using well-known techniques. One skilled in the art may identify suitable areas of the molecule that may be changed without destroying activity by targeting regions not believed to be important for activity. The skilled artisan also will be able to identify residues and portions of the molecules that are conserved among similar polypeptides. In further embodiments, even areas that may be important for biological activity or for structure may be subject to conservative amino acid substitutions without destroying the biological activity or without adversely affecting the polypeptide structure.
Additionally, one skilled in the art can review structure-function studies identifying residues in similar polypeptides that are important for activity or structure. In view of such a comparison, one can predict the importance of amino acid residues in a protein that correspond to amino acid residues important for activity or structure in similar proteins. One skilled in the art may opt for chemically similar amino acid substitutions for such predicted important amino acid residues.
One skilled in the art can also analyze the 3 -dimensional structure and amino acid sequence in relation to that structure in similar polypeptides. In view of such information, one skilled in the art may predict the alignment of amino acid residues of an antibody with respect to its three dimensional structure. One skilled in the art may choose not to make radical changes to amino acid residues predicted to be on the surface of the protein, since such residues may be involved in important interactions with other molecules. Moreover, one skilled in the art may generate test variants containing a single amino acid substitution at each desired amino acid residue. These variants can then be screened using assays for GK 1 activity, (see examples below) thus yielding information regarding which amino acids can be changed and which must not be changed. In other words, based on information gathered from such routine experiments, one skilled in the art can readily determine the amino acid
positions where further substitutions should be avoided either alone or in combination with other mutations.
A number of scientific publications have been devoted to the prediction of secondary structure. See, Moult, 1996, Curr. Op. in Biotech. 7:422-427; Chou et al, 19 '4, Biochem. 13:222-245; Chou et al., 1974, Biochemistry 113 :211-222; Chou et al., 1978, Adv. Enzymol. Relat. Areas Mol. Biol. 47:45-148; Chou et al, 1979, Ann. Rev. Biochem. 47:251- 276; and Chou et al, 1979, Biophys. J. 26:367-384. Moreover, computer programs are currently available to assist with predicting secondary structure. One method of predicting secondary structure is based upon homology modeling. For example, two polypeptides or proteins that have a sequence identity of greater than 30%, or similarity greater than 40% can have similar structural topologies. The recent growth of the protein structural database (PDB) has provided enhanced predictability of secondary structure, including the potential number of folds within a polypeptide's or protein's structure. See, Holm et al, 1999, Nucl. Acid. Res. 27:244-247. It has been suggested (Brenner et al, 1997, Curr. Op. Struct. Biol. 7:369-376) that there are a limited number of folds in a given polypeptide or protein and that once a critical number of structures have been resolved, structural prediction will become dramatically more accurate.
Additional methods of predicting secondary structure include "threading" (Jones, 1997, Curr. Opin. Struct. Biol. 7:377-387; Sippl et al, 1996, Structure 4: 15-19), "profile analysis" (Bowie et al, 1991, Science 253: 164-170; Gribskov et al, 1990, Meth. Enzym. 183: 146-159; Gribskov et al, 1987, Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 84:4355-4358), and "evolutionary linkage" {See, Holm, 1999, supra; and Brenner, 1997, supra).
In some embodiments, amino acid substitutions are made that: (1) reduce susceptibility to proteolysis, (2) reduce susceptibility to oxidation, (3) alter binding affinity for forming protein complexes, (4) alter ligand or antigen binding affinities, and/or (4) confer or modify other physicochemical or functional properties on such polypeptides. For example, single or multiple amino acid substitutions (in certain embodiments, conservative amino acid substitutions) may be made in the naturally-occurring sequence. Substitutions can be made in that portion of the antibody that lies outside the domain(s) forming intermolecular contacts). In such embodiments, conservative amino acid substitutions can be used that do not substantially change the structural characteristics of the parent sequence {e.g., one or more replacement amino acids that do not disrupt the secondary structure that characterizes the parent or native antigen binding protein). Examples of art-recognized polypeptide secondary
and tertiary structures are described in Proteins, Structures and Molecular Principles (Creighton, Ed.), 1984, W. H. New York: Freeman and Company; Introduction to Protein Structure (Branden and Tooze, eds.), 1991, New York: Garland Publishing; and Thornton et ah, 1991, Nature 354: 105, which are each incorporated herein by reference.
Additional preferred antibody variants include cysteine variants wherein one or more cysteine residues in the parent or native amino acid sequence are deleted from or substituted with another amino acid {e.g., serine). Cysteine variants are useful, inter alia when antibodies must be refolded into a biologically active conformation. Cysteine variants may have fewer cysteine residues than the native antibody, and typically have an even number to minimize interactions resulting from unpaired cysteines.
The heavy and light chains, variable regions domains and CDRs that are disclosed can be used to prepare polypeptides that contain an antigen binding region that can specifically bind to GKN1. For example, one or more of the CDRs listed in Tables 3 A, 3B and 4 can be incorporated into a molecule {e.g., a polypeptide) covalently or noncovalently to make an immunoadhesion. An immunoadhesion may incorporate the CDR(s) as part of a larger polypeptide chain, may covalently link the CDR(s) to another polypeptide chain, or may incorporate the CDR(s) noncovalently. The CDR(s) enable the immunoadhesion to bind specifically to a particular antigen of interest {e.g., an GKN1 polypeptide or epitope thereof). Mimetics
Mimetics {e.g., "peptide mimetics" or "peptidomimetics") based upon the variable region domains and CDRs that are described herein are also provided. These analogs can be peptides, non-peptides or combinations of peptide and non-peptide regions. Fauchere, 1986, Adv. Drug Res. 15:29; Veber and Freidinger, 1985, TINS p. 392; and Evans et al, 1987, J. Med. Chem. 30: 1229, which are incorporated herein by reference for any purpose. Peptide mimetics that are structurally similar to therapeutically useful peptides may be used to produce a similar therapeutic or prophylactic effect. Such compounds are often developed with the aid of computerized molecular modeling. Generally, peptidomimetics are proteins that are structurally similar to an antibody displaying a desired biological activity, such as here the ability to specifically bind GKN1, but have one or more peptide linkages optionally replaced by a linkage selected from: -CH2NH-, -CH2S-, -CH2-CH2-, -CH-CH-(cis and trans),
-COCH2-, -CH(OH)CH2-, and -CH2SO-, by methods well-known in the art. Systematic substitution of one or more amino acids of a consensus sequence with a D-amino acid of the same type {e.g., D-lysine in place of L-lysine) may be used in certain embodiments to generate more stable proteins. In addition, constrained peptides comprising a consensus
sequence or a substantially identical consensus sequence variation may be generated by methods known in the art (Rizo and Gierasch, 1992, Ann. Rev. Biochem. 61 :387), incorporated herein by reference), for example, by adding internal cysteine residues capable of forming intramolecular disulfide bridges which cyclize the peptide.
Derivatives
Derivatives of the antigen binding proteins that are described herein are also provided. The derivatized antigen binding proteins can comprise any molecule or substance that imparts a desired property to the antibody or fragment, such as increased half-life in a particular use. The derivatized antigen binding protein can comprise, for example, a detectable (or labeling) moiety (e.g., a radioactive, colorimetric, antigenic or enzymatic molecule, a detectable bead (such as a magnetic or electrodense (e.g., gold) bead), or a molecule that binds to another molecule (e.g., biotin or streptavidin)), a therapeutic or diagnostic moiety (e.g., a radioactive, cytotoxic, or pharmaceutically active moiety), or a molecule that increases the suitability of the antigen binding protein for a particular use (e.g., administration to a subject, such as a human subject, or other in vivo or in vitro uses). Examples of molecules that can be used to derivatize an antigen binding protein include albumin (e.g., human serum albumin) and polyethylene glycol (PEG). Albumin- linked and PEGylated derivatives of antigen binding proteins can be prepared using techniques well-known in the art. Certain antigen binding proteins include a pegylated single chain polypeptide as described herein. In one embodiment, the antigen binding protein is conjugated or otherwise linked to transthyretin (TTR) or a TTR variant. The TTR or TTR variant can be chemically modified with, for example, a chemical selected from the group consisting of dextran, poly(n- vinyl pyrrolidone), polyethylene glycols, propropylene glycol homopolymers, polypropylene oxide/ethylene oxide co-polymers, polyoxyethylated polyols and polyvinyl alcohols.
Other derivatives include covalent or aggregative conjugates of GK 1 antigen binding proteins with other proteins or polypeptides, such as by expression of recombinant fusion proteins comprising heterologous polypeptides fused to the N-terminus or C-terminus of an GK 1 antigen binding protein. For example, the conjugated peptide may be a heterologous signal (or leader) polypeptide, e.g., the yeast alpha-factor leader, or a peptide such as an epitope tag. GK 1 antigen binding protein-containing fusion proteins can comprise peptides added to facilitate purification or identification of the GK 1 antigen binding protein (e.g., poly-His). A GK 1 antigen binding protein also can be linked to the FLAG peptide as described in Hopp et ah, 1988, Bio/Technology 6: 1204; and United States Patent No. 5,011,912. The FLAG peptide is highly antigenic and provides an epitope
reversibly bound by a specific monoclonal antibody (mAb), enabling rapid assay and facile purification of expressed recombinant protein. Reagents useful for preparing fusion proteins in which the FLAG peptide is fused to a given polypeptide are commercially available (Sigma, St. Louis, MO).
Oligomers
Oligomers that contain one or more GKNl antigen binding proteins may be employed as GKNl agonists. Oligomers may be in the form of covalently- linked or non-covalently- linked dimers, trimers, or higher oligomers. Oligomers comprising two or more GKNl antigen binding proteins are contemplated for use, with one example being a homodimer. Other oligomers include heterodimers, homotrimers, heterotrimers, homotetramers, heterotetramers, etc.
One embodiment is directed to oligomers comprising multiple GKNl -binding polypeptides joined via covalent or non-covalent interactions between peptide moieties fused to the GKNl antigen binding proteins. Such peptides may be peptide linkers (spacers), or peptides that have the property of promoting oligomerization. Leucine zippers and certain polypeptides derived from antibodies are among the peptides that can promote oligomerization of GKNl antigen binding proteins attached thereto, as described in more detail below.
In particular embodiments, the oligomers comprise from two to four GKNl antigen binding proteins. The GKNl antigen binding protein moieties of the oligomer may be in any of the forms described above, e.g., variants or fragments. Preferably, the oligomers comprise
GKNl antigen binding proteins that have agonist activity.
In one embodiment, an oligomer is prepared using polypeptides derived from immunoglobulins. Preparation of fusion proteins comprising certain heterologous polypeptides fused to various portions of antibody-derived polypeptides (including the Fc domain) has been described, e.g., by Ashkenazi et al., 1991, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA
88: 10535; Byrn et al., 1990, Nature 344:677; and HoUenbaugh et al., 1992 "Construction of
Immunoglobulin Fusion Proteins", in Current Protocols in Immunology, Suppl. 4, pages
10.19.1-10.19.11.
One embodiment is directed to a dimer comprising two fusion proteins created by fusing a GKNl antigen binding protein to the Fc region of an antibody. The dimer can be made by, for example, inserting a gene fusion encoding the fusion protein into an appropriate expression vector, expressing the gene fusion in host cells transformed with the recombinant expression vector, and allowing the expressed fusion protein to assemble much like antibody
molecules, whereupon interchain disulfide bonds form between the Fc moieties to yield the dimer.
The term "Fc polypeptide" as used herein includes native and mutein forms of polypeptides derived from the Fc region of an antibody. Truncated forms of such polypeptides containing the hinge region that promotes dimerization also are included. Fusion proteins comprising Fc moieties (and oligomers formed therefrom) offer the advantage of facile purification by affinity chromatography over Protein A or Protein G columns.
One suitable Fc polypeptide, described in PCT application WO 93/10151 and United States Patent. No. 5,426,048 and No. 5,262,522, is a single chain polypeptide extending from the N-terminal hinge region to the native C-terminus of the Fc region of a human IgGl antibody. Another useful Fc polypeptide is the Fc mutein described in United States Patent No. 5,457,035, and in Baum et al, 1994, EMBO J. 13:3992-4001. The amino acid sequence of this mutein is identical to that of the native Fc sequence presented in WO 93/10151, except that amino acid 19 has been changed from Leu to Ala, amino acid 20 has been changed from Leu to Glu, and amino acid 22 has been changed from Gly to Ala. The mutein exhibits reduced affinity for Fc receptors.
Alternatively, the oligomer is a fusion protein comprising multiple GKN1 antigen binding proteins, with or without peptide linkers (spacer peptides). Among the suitable peptide linkers are those described in United States Patent. No. 4,751,180 and No. 4,935,233.
Another method for preparing oligomeric GKN1 antigen binding protein derivatives involves use of a leucine zipper. Leucine zipper domains are peptides that promote oligomerization of the proteins in which they are found. Leucine zippers were originally identified in several DNA-binding proteins (Landschulz et al, 1988, Science 240:1759), and have since been found in a variety of different proteins. Among the known leucine zippers are naturally occurring peptides and derivatives thereof that dimerize or trimerize. Examples of leucine zipper domains suitable for producing soluble oligomeric proteins are described in PCT application WO 94/10308, and the leucine zipper derived from lung surfactant protein D (SPD) described in Hoppe et al., 1994, FEBS Letters 344: 191, hereby incorporated by reference. The use of a modified leucine zipper that allows for stable trimerization of a heterologous protein fused thereto is described in Fanslow et al, 1994, Semin. Immunol. 6:267-278. In one approach, recombinant fusion proteins comprising an GKN1 antigen binding protein fragment or derivative fused to a leucine zipper peptide are expressed
in suitable host cells, and the soluble oligomeric GKNl antigen binding protein fragments or derivatives that form are recovered from the culture supernatant.
Glycosylation State of GKNl Antige Binding Proteins
The antigen-binding protein may have a glycosylation pattern that is different or altered from that found in the native species. As is known in the art, glycosylation patterns can depend on both the sequence of the protein (e.g., the presence or absence of particular glycosylation amino acid residues, discussed below), or the host cell or organism in which the protein is produced. Particular expression systems are discussed below.
Glycosylation of polypeptides is typically either N-linked or O-linked. N-linked refers to the attachment of the carbohydrate moiety to the side chain of an asparagine residue. The tri-peptide sequences asparagine-X-serine and asparagine-X-threonine, where X is any amino acid except proline, are the recognition sequences for enzymatic attachment of the carbohydrate moiety to the asparagine side chain. Thus, the presence of either of these tri- peptide sequences in a polypeptide creates a potential glycosylation site. O-linked glycosylation refers to the attachment of one of the sugars N-acetylgalactosamine, galactose, or xylose, to a hydroxyamino acid, most commonly serine or threonine, although 5- hydroxyproline or 5 -hydroxy lysine may also be used.
Addition of glycosylation sites to the antigen binding protein is conveniently accomplished by altering the amino acid sequence such that it contains one or more of the above-described tri-peptide sequences (for N-linked glycosylation sites). The alteration may also be made by the addition of, or substitution by, one or more serine or threonine residues to the starting sequence (for O-linked glycosylation sites). For ease, the antigen binding protein amino acid sequence may be altered through changes at the DNA level, particularly by mutating the DNA encoding the target polypeptide at preselected bases such that codons are generated that will translate into the desired amino acids.
Another means of increasing the number of carbohydrate moieties on the antigen binding protein is by chemical or enzymatic coupling of glycosides to the protein. These procedures are advantageous in that they do not require production of the protein in a host cell that has glycosylation capabilities for N- and O-linked glycosylation. Depending on the coupling mode used, the sugar(s) may be attached to (a) arginine and histidine, (b) free carboxyl groups, (c) free sulfhydryl groups such as those of cysteine, (d) free hydroxyl groups such as those of serine, threonine, or hydroxyproline, (e) aromatic residues such as
those of phenylalanine, tyrosine, or tryptophan, or (f) the amide group of glutamine. These methods are described in WO 87/05330 published Sep. 11, 1987, and in Aplin and Wriston, 1981, CRC Crit. Rev, Biochem., pp. 259-306.
Removal of carbohydrate moieties present on the starting antigen binding protein may be accomplished chemically or enzymatically. Chemical deglycosylation requires exposure of the protein to the compound trifluoromethanesulfonic acid, or an equivalent compound. This treatment results in the cleavage of most or all sugars except the linking sugar (N- acetylglucosamine or N-acetylgalactosamine), while leaving the polypeptide intact. Chemical deglycosylation is described by Hakimuddin et al, 1987, Arch. Biochem. Biophys. 259:52 and by Edge et al, 1981, Anal. Biochem. 118: 131. Enzymatic cleavage of carbohydrate moieties on polypeptides can be achieved by the use of a variety of endo- and exo- glycosidases as described by Thotakura et al, 1987, Meth. Enzymol. 138:350. Glycosylation at potential glycosylation sites may be prevented by the use of the compound tunicamycin as described by Duskin et al, 1982, J. Biol. Chem. 257:3105. Tunicamycin blocks the formation of protein-N-glycoside linkages.
Hence, aspects include glycosylation variants of the antigen binding proteins wherein the number and/or type of glycosylation site(s) has been altered compared to the amino acid sequences of the parent polypeptide. In certain embodiments, antibody protein variants comprise a greater or a lesser number of N-linked glycosylation sites than the native antibody. An N-linked glycosylation site is characterized by the sequence: Asn-X-Ser or Asn- X-Thr, wherein the amino acid residue designated as X may be any amino acid residue except proline. The substitution of amino acid residues to create this sequence provides a potential new site for the addition of an N-linked carbohydrate chain. Alternatively, substitutions that eliminate or alter this sequence will prevent addition of an N-linked carbohydrate chain present in the native polypeptide. For example, the glycosylation can be reduced by the deletion of an Asn or by substituting the Asn with a different amino acid. In other embodiments, one or more new N-linked sites are created. Antibodies typically have a N- linked glycosylation site in the Fc region. Antigen Binding Proteins with Labels and Effector Groups
In some embodiments, the antigen-binding proteincomprises one or more labels. The term "labeling group" or "label" means any detectable label. Examples of suitable labeling groups include, but are not limited to, the following: radioisotopes or radionuclides {e.g., 3H,
14C, 15N, 35S, 90Y, 99Tc, U 1ln, 125I, 131I), fluorescent groups (e.g., FITC, rhodamine, lanthanide phosphors), enzymatic groups (e.g., horseradish peroxidase, β-galactosidase, luciferase, alkaline phosphatase), chemiluminescent groups, biotinyl groups, or predetermined polypeptide epitopes recognized by a secondary reporter (e.g., leucine zipper pair sequences, binding sites for secondary antibodies, metal binding domains, epitope tags). In some embodiments, the labeling group is coupled to the antigen binding protein via spacer arms of various lengths to reduce potential steric hindrance. Various methods for labeling proteins are known in the art and may be used as is seen fit.
The term "effector group" means any group coupled to an antigen binding protein that acts as a cytotoxic agent. Examples for suitable effector groups are radioisotopes or radionuclides (e.g., 3H, 14C, 15N, 35S, 90Y, 99Tc, mIn, 125I, 131I). Other suitable groups include toxins, therapeutic groups, or chemotherapeutic groups. Examples of suitable groups include calicheamicin, auristatins, geldanamycin and maytansine. In some embodiments, the effector group is coupled to the antigen binding protein via spacer arms of various lengths to reduce potential steric hindrance.
In general, labels fall into a variety of classes, depending on the assay in which they are to be detected: a) isotopic labels, which may be radioactive or heavy isotopes; b) magnetic labels (e.g., magnetic particles); c) redox active moieties; d) optical dyes; enzymatic groups (e.g. horseradish peroxidase, β-galactosidase, luciferase, alkaline phosphatase); e) biotinylated groups; and f) predetermined polypeptide epitopes recognized by a secondary reporter (e.g., leucine zipper pair sequences, binding sites for secondary antibodies, metal binding domains, epitope tags, etc.). In some embodiments, the labeling group is coupled to the antigen binding protein via spacer arms of various lengths to reduce potential steric hindrance. Various methods for labeling proteins are known in the art.
Specific labels include optical dyes, including, but not limited to, chromophores, phosphors and fluorophores, with the latter being specific in many instances. Fluorophores can be either "small molecule" fluores, or proteinaceous fluores.
By "fluorescent label" is meant any molecule that may be detected via its inherent fluorescent properties. Suitable fluorescent labels include, but are not limited to, fluorescein, rhodamine, tetramethylrhodamine, eosin, erythrosin, coumarin, methyl-coumarins, pyrene, Malacite green, stilbene, Lucifer Yellow, Cascade BlueJ, Texas Red, IAEDANS, EDANS, BODIPY FL, LC Red 640, Cy 5, Cy 5.5, LC Red 705, Oregon green, the Alexa-Fluor dyes (Alexa Fluor 350, Alexa Fluor 430, Alexa Fluor 488, Alexa Fluor 546, Alexa Fluor 568,
Alexa Fluor 594, Alexa Fluor 633, Alexa Fluor 660, Alexa Fluor 680), Cascade Blue, Cascade Yellow and R-phycoerythrin (PE) (Molecular Probes, Eugene, OR), FITC, Rhodamine, and Texas Red (Pierce, Rockford, IL), Cy5, Cy5.5, Cy7 (Amersham Life Science, Pittsburgh, PA). Suitable optical dyes, including fiuorophores, are described in Molecular Probes Handbook by Richard P. Haugland, hereby expressly incorporated by reference.
Suitable proteinaceous fluorescent labels also include, but are not limited to, green fluorescent protein, including a Renilla, Ptilosarcus, or Aequorea species of GFP (Chalfie et al, 1994, Science 263:802-805), EGFP (Clontech Labs., Inc., Genbank Accession Number U55762), blue fluorescent protein (BFP, Quantum Biotechnologies, Inc., Quebec, Canada; Stauber, 1998, Biotechniques 24:462-471; Heim et al, 1996, Curr. Biol. 6: 178-182), enhanced yellow fluorescent protein (EYFP, Clontech Labs., Inc.), luciferase (Ichiki et al, 1993, J. Immunol. 150:5408-5417), β galactosidase (Nolan et al, 1988, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 85:2603-2607) and Renilla (W092/15673, WO95/07463, WO98/14605, W098/26277, WO99/49019, United States Patents No. 5292658, No. 5418155, No. 5683888, No. 5741668, No. 5777079, No. 5804387, No. 5874304, No. 5876995, No. 5925558).
Nucleic Acids Encoding GKN1 Antigen Binding Proteins
Nucleic acids that encode for the antigen binding proteins described herein, or portions thereof, are also provided, including nucleic acids encoding one or both chains of an antibody, or a fragment, derivative, mutein, or variant thereof, polynucleotides encoding heavy chain variable regions or only CDRs, polynucleotides sufficient for use as hybridization probes, PCR primers or sequencing primers for identifying, analyzing, mutating or amplifying a polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide, anti-sense nucleic acids for inhibiting expression of a polynucleotide, and complementary sequences of the foregoing. The nucleic acids can be any length. They can be, for example, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 750, 1,000, 1,500, 3,000, 5,000 or more nucleotides in length, and/or can comprise one or more additional sequences, for example, regulatory sequences, and/or be part of a larger nucleic acid, for example, a vector. The nucleic acids can be single-stranded or double-stranded and can comprise RNA and/or DNA nucleotides, and artificial variants thereof {e.g., peptide nucleic acids). Table 6 shows exemplary nucleic acid sequences encoding an IgG2 heavy chain constant region and IgG2 lambda and kappa light chain constant regions. Any variable region provided herein may be
attached to these constant regions to form complete heavy and light chain sequences. However, it should be understood that these constant regions sequences are provided as specific examples only. In some embodiments, the variable region sequences are joined to other constant region sequences that are known in the art. Exemplary nucleic acid sequences encoding heavy and light chain variable regions are provided in Table 7.
Table 6: Exemplary Nucleic Acid Sequences Encoding Heavy and Light Chain Constant Regions
Table 7 shows exemplary nucleic acid sequences encoding heavy chain and light chain variable regions, in which the various CDRHl, CDRH2, CDRH3, CDRLl, CDRL2 and CDRL3 sequences are embedded. Table 7: Exemplary Nucleic Acid Sequences Encoding Heavy and Light Chain Variable Regions
VH6 111 caggtgcagctggtgcagagcggcgcggaagtgaaaaaaccgggcgcgagcgt gaaagtgagctgcaaagcgagcggctatacctttaccagctatggcattaactgggt gcgccaggcgaccggccagggcctggaatggatgggcgaaatttatccgcgcag cggcaacacctattataacgaaaaatttaaaggccgcgtgaccctgaccgcggata aaagcagcaacaccgcgtatatggaactgagcagcctgcgcagcgaagataccgc ggtgtatttttgcgcgcgccgcgcggcgctggcgaccagctggtttgcgtattgggg ccagggcaccctggtgaccgtgagcagc
VH7 112 caggtgcagctggtgcagagcggcgcggaagtgaaaaaaccgggcgcgagcgt gaaagtgagctgcaaagcgagcggctatacctttaccagctattggatgcattgggt gcgccaggcgccgggccagggcctggaatggatgggcaacattgatccgaccaa cggcgaaaccaactataacgaaaaatttaaaattcgcgtgaccatgacccgcgatac cagcaccagcaccgtgtatatggaactgagcagcctgcgcagcgaagataccgcg gtgtattattgcgcgcgcgaacgcgatggctattatctgtttgcgtattggggccagg gcaccctggtgaccgtgagcagc
VH8 113 caggtgcagctggtgcagagcggcgcggaagtgaaaaaaccgggcgcgagcgt gaaagtgagctgcaaagcgagcggctatacctttaccagctattggatgcattgggt gcgccaggcgccgggccagggcctggaatggatgggcaacattgatccgaccaa cggcgaaaccaactataacgaaaaatttaaaattcgcgtgaccctgaccgtggataa aagcagcagcaccgcgtatatggaactgagcagcctgcgcagcgaagataccgc ggtgtatcattgcgtgcgcgaacgcgatggctattatctgtttgcgtattggggccag ggcaccctggtgaccgtgagcagc
VH9 114 caggtgcagctggtgcagagcggcgcggaagtgaaaaaaccgggcagcagcgt gaaagtgagctgcaaagcgagcggctatacctttaccaactattggattggctgggt gcgccaggcgccgggccagggcctggaatggatgggcgatatttatccgggcgg cggctataccaactataacgaaaaatttaaaggccgcgtgaccattaccgcggataa aagcaccagcaccgcgtatatggaactgagcagcctgcgcagcgaagataccgc ggtgtattattgcgcgcgcaccagcctgtattatggcagcaactattttgattattgggg ccagggcaccctggtgaccgtgagcagc
VH10 115 caggtgcagctggtgcagagcggcgcggaagtgaaaaaaccgggcagcagcgt gaaagtgagctgcaaagcgagcggctatacctttaccaactattggattggctgggc gcgccaggcgccgggccagggcctggaatggatgggcgatatttatccgggcgg cggctataccaactataacgaaaaatttaaaggccgcgtgaccattctggcggataa aagcagcagcaccgcgtatatggaactgagcagcctgcgcagcgaagataccgc ggtgtattattgcgcgcgcaccagcctgtattatggcagcaactattttgattattgggg ccagggcaccctggtgaccgtgagcagc
VH11 116 caggtgcagctggtgcagagcggcagcgaactgaaaaaaccgggcgcgagcgt gaaagtgagctgcaaagcgagcggctatacctttaccacctatggcatgacctgggt gcgccaggcgccgggccagggcctggaatggatgggctggattaacacctatagc ggcgtgccgacctatggcgatgattttaaaggccgctttgtgtttagcctggatacca gcgtgagcaccgcgtatctgcagattagcagcctgaaagcggaagataccgcggt gtattattgcgcgcgcaaagatcattattatggcagcggctttctgtttgcgtattgggg ccagggcaccctggtgaccgtgagcagc
VH12 117 cagattcagctggtgcagagcggcagcgaactgaaaaaaccgggcgcgagcgtg aaagtgagctgcaaagcgagcggctatacctttaccacctatggcatgacctgggtg aaacaggcgccgggccagggcctggaatggatgggctggattaacacctatagcg gcgtgccgacctatggcgatgattttaaaggccgctttgtgtttagcctggataccag cacccgcaccgcgtatctgcagattagcagcctgaaagcggaagataccgcggtgt atttttgcgcgcgcaaagatcattattatggcagcggctttctgtttgcgtattggggcc agggcaccctggtgaccgtgagcagc
VL6 125 gatattgtgatgacccagagcccggatagcctggcggtgagcctgggcgaacgcg cgaccattaactgcaaaagcagccagagcgtgctgtatagcagcaaccaggcgag ctttctggcgtggtttcagcagaaaccgggccagagcccgaaactgctgatttattgg gcgagcacccgcgaaagcggcgtgccggatcgctttagcggcagcggcagcgg caccgattttaccctgaccattagcagcctgcaggcggaagatgtggcggtgtattat tgccatcagtatctgtttagctatacctttggccagggcaccaaactggaaattaaacg c
VL7 126 gatattcagatgacccagagcccgagcagcctgagcgcgagcgtgggcgatcgc gtgaccattacctgccgcgcgagcgaaaacatttatagctatctggcgtggtatcagc agaaaccgggcaaagcgccgaaactgctgatttataacgcgaaaaccctggcgga aggcgtgccgagccgctttagcggcagcggcagcggcaccgattttaccctgacc attagcagcctgcagccggaagattttgcgacctattattgccagcatcattatggcat tccgctgacctttggccagggcaccaaactggaaattaaacgc
VL8 127 gatgtggtgatgacccagagcccgctgagcctgccggtgaccctgggccagccgg cgagcattagctgccgcagcagccagagcattgtggatagcgatggcgatatttatc tggaatggtttcagcagcgcccgggccagagcccgcgccgcctgatttataaagtg agcaaccgctttagcggcgtgccggatcgctttagcggcagcggcagcggcaccg attttaccctgaaaattagccgcgtggaagcggaagatgtgggcgtgtattattgcttt cagggcagccatgtgccgtggacctttggccagggcaccaaactggaaattaaac
VL9 128 gtggtgatgacccagagcccgctgagcctgccggtgaccctgggccagccggcg agcattagctgccgcagcagccagagcattgtggatagcgatggcgatatttatctg gaatggtttctgcagcgcccgggccagagcccgcgcctgctgatttataaagtgag caaccgctttagcggcgtgccggatcgctttagcggcagcggcagcggcaccgatt ttaccctgaaaattagccgcgtggaagcggaagatgtgggcgtgtattattgctttca gggcagccatgtgccgtggacctttggcggcggcaccaaactggaaattaaacgc
VL10 129 gaaattgtgctgacccagagcccggcgaccctgagcctgagcccgggcgaacgc gcgaccctgagctgcagcgcgagcagcagcgtgaactatatgcattggtatcagca gaaaccgggcctggcgccgcgcctgctgatttatgataccagcaaactggcgagc ggcattccggatcgctttagcggcagcggcagcggcaccgattttaccctgaccatt agccgcctggaaccggaagattttgcggtgtattattgccagcagtggagcagcaa cccgccgattacctttggccagggcaccaaactggaaattaaa
VLI I 130 gaaattgtgctgacccagagcccggcgaccctgagcctgagcccgggcgaacgc gcgaccctgagctgcagcgcgagcagcagcgtgaactatatgcattggtatcagca gaaaccgggcctggcgccgcgccgcctgatttatgataccagcaaactggcgagc ggcattccggatcgctttagcggcagcggcagcggcaccgattataccctgaccatt agccgcctggaaccggaagattttgcggtgtattattgccagcagtggagcagcaa cccgccgattacctttggccagggcaccaaactggaaattaaa
Nucleic acids encoding certain antigen binding proteins, or portions thereof (e.g., full length antibody, heavy or light chain, variable domain, or CDRHl , CDRH2, CDRH3, CDRLl , CDRL2, or CDRL3) may be isolated from B-cells of mice that have been immunized with GKN1 or an immunogenic fragment thereof. The nucleic acid may be isolated by conventional procedures such as polymerase chain reaction (PCR). Phage display is another example of a known technique whereby derivatives of antibodies and other antigen binding proteins may be prepared. In one approach, polypeptides that are components of an
antigen binding protein of interest are expressed in any suitable recombinant expression system, and the expressed polypeptides are allowed to assemble to form antigen binding proteins.
The nucleic acids provided in Tables 6 and 7 are exemplary only. Due to the degeneracy of the genetic code, each of the polypeptide sequences listed in Tables 1-4 or otherwise depicted herein are also encoded by a large number of other nucleic acid sequences besides those provided. One of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that the present application thus provides adequate written description and enablement for each degenerate nucleotide sequence encoding each antigen binding protein.
An aspect further provides nucleic acids that hybridize to other nucleic acids (e.g., nucleic acids comprising a nucleotide sequence listed in Tables 6 and 7) under particular hybridization conditions. Methods for hybridizing nucleic acids are well-known in the art. See, e.g., Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, John Wiley & Sons, N.Y. (1989), 6.3.1- 6.3.6. As defined herein, a moderately stringent hybridization condition uses a prewashing solution containing 5x sodium chloride/sodium citrate (SSC), 0.5% SDS, 1.0 mM EDTA (pH 8.0), hybridization buffer of about 50% formamide, 6x SSC, and a hybridization temperature of 55°C (or other similar hybridization solutions, such as one containing about 50% formamide, with a hybridization temperature of 42°C), and washing conditions of 60°C, in 0.5x SSC, 0.1% SDS. A stringent hybridization condition hybridizes in 6x SSC at 45°C, followed by one or more washes in O.lx SSC, 0.2% SDS at 68°C. Furthermore, one of skill in the art can manipulate the hybridization and/or washing conditions to increase or decrease the stringency of hybridization such that nucleic acids comprising nucleotide sequences that are at least 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 98% or 99% identical to each other typically remain hybridized to each other.
The basic parameters affecting the choice of hybridization conditions and guidance for devising suitable conditions are set forth by, for example, Sambrook et al. (2001), supra; and Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, 1995, Ausubel et al, eds., John Wiley & Sons, Inc., sections 2.10 and 6.3-6.4), and can be readily determined by those having ordinary skill in the art based on, e.g., the length and/or base composition of the nucleic acid.
Changes can be introduced by mutation into a nucleic acid, thereby leading to changes in the amino acid sequence of a polypeptide {e.g., an antibody or antibody derivative) that it encodes. Mutations can be introduced using any technique known in the art. In one embodiment, one or more particular amino acid residues are changed using, for example, a
site-directed mutagenesis protocol. In another embodiment, one or more randomly selected residues is changed using, for example, a random mutagenesis protocol. However it is made, a mutant polypeptide can be expressed and screened for a desired property.
Mutations can be introduced into a nucleic acid without significantly altering the biological activity of a polypeptide that it encodes. For example, one can make nucleotide substitutions leading to amino acid substitutions at non-essential amino acid residues. Alternatively, one or more mutations can be introduced into a nucleic acid that selectively changes the biological activity of a polypeptide that it encodes. For example, the mutation can quantitatively or qualitatively change the biological activity. Examples of quantitative changes include increasing, reducing or eliminating the activity. Examples of qualitative changes include changing the antigen specificity of an antibody. In one embodiment, a nucleic acid encoding any antigen binding protein described herein can be mutated to alter the amino acid sequence using molecular biology techniques that are well-established in the art.
Another aspect provides nucleic acid molecules that are suitable for use as primers or hybridization probes for the detection of nucleic acid sequences. A nucleic acid molecule can comprise only a portion of a nucleic acid sequence encoding a full-length polypeptide, for example, a fragment that can be used as a probe or primer or a fragment encoding an active portion (e.g., GK 1 binding portion) of a polypeptide.
Probes based on the sequence of a nucleic acid can be used to detect the nucleic acid or similar nucleic acids, for example, transcripts encoding a polypeptide. The probe can comprise a label group, e.g., a radioisotope, a fluorescent compound, an enzyme, or an enzyme co-factor. Such probes can be used to identify a cell that expresses the polypeptide.
Another aspect provides vectors comprising a nucleic acid encoding a polypeptide or a portion thereof (e.g., a fragment containing one or more CDRs or one or more variable region domains). Examples of vectors include, but are not limited to, plasmids, viral vectors, non-episomal mammalian vectors and expression vectors, for example, recombinant expression vectors. The recombinant expression vectors can comprise a nucleic acid in a form suitable for expression of the nucleic acid in a host cell. The recombinant expression vectors include one or more regulatory sequences, selected on the basis of the host cells to be used for expression, which is operably linked to the nucleic acid sequence to be expressed. Regulatory sequences include those that direct constitutive expression of a nucleotide sequence in many types of host cells (e.g. , S V40 early gene enhancer, Rous sarcoma virus
promoter and cytomegalovirus promoter), those that direct expression of the nucleotide sequence only in certain host cells (e.g., tissue-specific regulatory sequences, see, Voss et ah, 1986, Trends Biochem. Sci. JJ_:287, Maniatis et ah, 1987, Science 236: 1237, incorporated by reference herein in their entireties), and those that direct inducible expression of a nucleotide sequence in response to particular treatment or condition (e.g. , the metallothionin promoter in mammalian cells and the tet-responsive and/or streptomycin responsive promoter in both prokaryotic and eukaryotic systems (see, id . It will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that the design of the expression vector can depend on such factors as the choice of the host cell to be transformed, the level of expression of protein desired, etc. The expression vectors can be introduced into host cells to thereby produce proteins or peptides, including fusion proteins or peptides, encoded by nucleic acids as described herein.
Another aspect provides host cells into which a recombinant expression vector has been introduced. A host cell can be any prokaryotic cell (for example, E. coli) or eukaryotic cell (for example, yeast, insect, or mammalian cells (e.g., CHO cells)). Vector DNA can be introduced into prokaryotic or eukaryotic cells via conventional transformation or transfection techniques. For stable transfection of mammalian cells, it is known that, depending upon the expression vector and transfection technique used, only a small fraction of cells may integrate the foreign DNA into their genome. In order to identify and select these integrants, a gene that encodes a selectable marker (e.g., for resistance to antibiotics) is generally introduced into the host cells along with the gene of interest. Preferred selectable markers include those which confer resistance to drugs, such as G418, hygromycin and methotrexate. Cells stably transfected with the introduced nucleic acid can be identified by drug selection (e.g., cells that have incorporated the selectable marker gene will survive, while the other cells die), among other methods.
Preparing GK 1 Antigen Binding Proteins
Non-human antibodies that are provided can be, for example, derived from any antibody-producing animal, such as mouse, rat, rabbit, goat, donkey, or non-human primate (such as monkey (e.g., cynomolgus or rhesus monkey) or ape (e.g., chimpanzee)). Non- human antibodies can be used, for instance, in in vitro cell culture and cell-culture based applications, or any other application where an immune response to the antibody does not occur or is insignificant, can be prevented, is not a concern, or is desired. In certain embodiments, the antibodies may be produced by immunizing with full-length GKN1 or a
fragment thereof. Alternatively, the certain non-human antibodies may be raised by immunizing with amino acids which are segments of GK 1 that form part of the epitope to which certain antibodies provided herein bind (see infra). The antibodies may be polyclonal, monoclonal, or may be synthesized in host cells by expressing recombinant DNA.
Fully human antibodies may be prepared as described above by immunizing transgenic animals containing human immunoglobulin loci or by selecting a phage display library that is expressing a repertoire of human antibodies.
The monoclonal antibodies (mAbs) can be produced by a variety of techniques, including conventional monoclonal antibody methodology, e.g., the standard somatic cell hybridization technique of Kohler and Milstein, 1975, Nature 256:495. Alternatively, other techniques for producing monoclonal antibodies can be employed, for example, the viral or oncogenic transformation of B-lymphocytes. One suitable animal system for preparing hybridomas is the murine system, which is a very well established procedure. Immunization protocols and techniques for isolation of immunized splenocytes for fusion are known in the art. For such procedures, B cells from immunized mice are fused with a suitable immortalized fusion partner, such as a murine myeloma cell line. If desired, rats or other mammals besides can be immunized instead of mice and B cells from such animals can be fused with the murine myeloma cell line to form hybridomas. Alternatively, a myeloma cell line from a source other than mouse may be used. Fusion procedures for making hybridomas also are well-known.
The single chain antibodies that are provided may be formed by linking heavy and light chain variable domain (Fv region) fragments via an amino acid bridge (short peptide linker), resulting in a single polypeptide chain. Such single-chain Fvs (scFvs) may be prepared by fusing DNA encoding a peptide linker between DNAs encoding the two variable domain polypeptides (VL and VH). The resulting polypeptides can fold back on themselves to form antigen-binding monomers, or they can form multimers {e.g., dimers, trimers, or tetramers), depending on the length of a flexible linker between the two variable domains (Kortt et al, 1997, Prot. Eng. 10:423; Kortt et al, 2001, Biomol. Eng. 18:95-108). By combining different VL and VR -comprising polypeptides, one can form multimeric scFvs that bind to different epitopes (Kriangkum et al, 2001, Biomol. Eng. 18:31-40). Techniques developed for the production of single chain antibodies include those described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,946,778; Bird, 1988, Science 242:423; Huston et al, 1988, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 85:5879; Ward et al, 1989, Nature 334:544, de Graaf et al, 2002, Methods Mol
Biol. 178:379-387. Single chain antibodies derived from antibodies provided herein include, but are not limited to scFvs comprising the variable domain combinations of the heavy and light chain variable regions, or combinations of light and heavy chain variable domains which include CDRs.
Antibodies provided herein that are of one subclass can be changed to antibodies from a different subclass using subclass switching methods. Thus, IgG antibodies may be derived from an IgM antibody, for example, and vice versa. Such techniques allow the preparation of new antibodies that possess the antigen binding properties of a given antibody (the parent antibody), but also exhibit biological properties associated with an antibody isotype or subclass different from that of the parent antibody. Recombinant DNA techniques may be employed. Cloned DNA encoding particular antibody polypeptides may be employed in such procedures, e.g., DNA encoding the constant domain of an antibody of the desired isotype. See, e.g., Lantto et al, 2002, Methods Mol. Biol. 178:303-316.
Accordingly, the antibodies that are provided include those comprising, for example, the variable domain combinations described, supra., having a desired isotype (for example, IgA, IgGl, IgG2, IgG3, IgG4, IgE, and IgD) as well as Fab or F(ab')2 fragments thereof. Moreover, if an IgG4 is desired, it may also be desired to introduce a point mutation (CPSCP- >CPPCP) in the hinge region as described in Bloom et ah, 1997, Protein Science 6:407, incorporated by reference herein) to alleviate a tendency to form intra-H chain disulfide bonds that can lead to heterogeneity in the IgG4 antibodies.
Moreover, techniques for deriving antibodies having different properties {i.e., varying affinities for the antigen to which they bind) are also known. One such technique, referred to as chain shuffling, involves displaying immunoglobulin variable domain gene repertoires on the surface of filamentous bacteriophage, often referred to as phage display. Chain shuffling has been used to prepare high affinity antibodies to the hapten 2-phenyloxazol-5-one, as described by Marks et al., 1992, BioTechnology 10:779.
Conservative modifications may be made to the heavy and light chain variable regions described in Table 2, or the CDRs described in Tables 3A, 3B and 4 (and corresponding modifications to the encoding nucleic acids) to produce a GKN1 antigen binding protein having functional and biochemical characteristics. Methods for achieving such modifications are described above.
GKN1 antigen binding proteins may be further modified in various ways. For example, if they are to be used for therapeutic purposes, they may be conjugated with
polyethylene glycol (pegylated) to prolong the serum half-life or to enhance protein delivery. Alternatively, the V region of the subject antibodies or fragments thereof may be fused with the Fc region of a different antibody molecule. The Fc region used for this purpose may be modified so that it does not bind complement, thus reducing the likelihood of inducing cell lysis in the patient when the fusion protein is used as a therapeutic agent. In addition, the subject antibodies or functional fragments thereof may be conjugated with human serum albumin to enhance the serum half-life of the antibody or fragment thereof. Another useful fusion partner for the antigen binding proteins or fragments thereof is transthyretin (TTR). TTR has the capacity to form a tetramer, thus an antibody-TTR fusion protein can form a multivalent antibody which may increase its binding avidity.
Alternatively, substantial modifications in the functional and/or biochemical characteristics of the antigen binding proteins described herein may be achieved by creating substitutions in the amino acid sequence of the heavy and light chains that differ significantly in their effect on maintaining (a) the structure of the molecular backbone in the area of the substitution, for example, as a sheet or helical conformation, (b) the charge or hydrophobicity of the molecule at the target site, or (c) the bulkiness of the side chain. A "conservative amino acid substitution" may involve a substitution of a native amino acid residue with a nonnative residue that has little or no effect on the polarity or charge of the amino acid residue at that position. See, Table 5, supra. Furthermore, any native residue in the polypeptide may also be substituted with alanine, as has been previously described for alanine scanning mutagenesis.
Amino acid substitutions (whether conservative or non-conservative) of the subject antibodies can be implemented by those skilled in the art by applying routine techniques. Amino acid substitutions can be used to identify important residues of the antibodies provided herein, or to increase or decrease the affinity of these antibodies for GK 1.
Methods of Expressing Antigen Binding Proteins
Expression systems and constructs in the form of plasmids, expression vectors, transcription or expression cassettes that comprise at least one polynucleotide as described above are also provided herein, as well host cells comprising such expression systems or constructs.
The antigen binding proteins provided herein may be prepared by any of a number of conventional techniques. For example, GK 1 antigen binding proteins may be produced by recombinant expression systems, using any technique known in the art. See, e.g., Monoclonal
Antibodies, Hybridomas: A New Dimension in Biological Analyses, Kennet et al. (eds.) Plenum Press, New York (1980); and Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, Harlow and Lane (eds.), Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y. (1988).
Antigen binding proteins can be expressed in hybridoma cell lines (e.g. , in particular antibodies may be expressed in hybridomas) or in cell lines other than hybridomas. Expression constructs encoding the antibodies can be used to transform a mammalian, insect or microbial host cell. Transformation can be performed using any known method for introducing polynucleotides into a host cell, including, for example packaging the polynucleotide in a virus or bacteriophage and transducing a host cell with the construct by transfection procedures known in the art, as exemplified by United States Patent No. 4,399,216; No. 4,912,040; No. 4,740,461; No. 4,959,455. The optimal transformation procedure used will depend upon which type of host cell is being transformed. Methods for introduction of heterologous polynucleotides into mammalian cells are well-known in the art and include, but are not limited to, dextran-mediated transfection, calcium phosphate precipitation, polybrene mediated transfection, protoplast fusion, electroporation, encapsulation of the polynucleotide(s) in liposomes, mixing nucleic acid with positively- charged lipids, and direct microinjection of the DNA into nuclei.
Recombinant expression constructs typically comprise a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide comprising one or more of the following: one or more CDRs provided herein; a light chain constant region; a light chain variable region; a heavy chain constant region (e.g., CH1, CH2 and/or CH3); and/or another scaffold portion of a GKN1 antigen binding protein. These nucleic acid sequences are inserted into an appropriate expression vector using standard ligation techniques. In one embodiment, the heavy or light chain constant region is appended to the C-terminus of the anti- GKN1 specific heavy or light chain variable region and is ligated into an expression vector. The vector is typically selected to be functional in the particular host cell employed (i.e., the vector is compatible with the host cell machinery, permitting amplification and/or expression of the gene can occur). In some embodiments, vectors are used that employ protein-fragment complementation assays using protein reporters, such as dihydrofolate reductase (see, for example, U.S. Pat. No. 6,270,964, which is hereby incorporated by reference). Suitable expression vectors can be purchased, for example, from Invitrogen Life Technologies or BD Biosciences (formerly "Clontech"). Other useful vectors for cloning and expressing the antibodies and fragments include those described in Bianchi and McGrew, 2003, Biotech. Biotechnol. Bioeng. 84:439-
44, which is hereby incorporated by reference. Additional suitable expression vectors are discussed, for example, in Methods Enzymol., vol. 185 (D. V. Goeddel, ed.), 1990, New York: Academic Press.
Typically, expression vectors used in any of the host cells will contain sequences for plasmid maintenance and for cloning and expression of exogenous nucleotide sequences. Such sequences, collectively referred to as "flanking sequences" in certain embodiments will typically include one or more of the following nucleotide sequences: a promoter, one or more enhancer sequences, an origin of replication, a transcriptional termination sequence, a complete intron sequence containing a donor and acceptor splice site, a sequence encoding a leader sequence for polypeptide secretion, a ribosome binding site, a polyadenylation sequence, a polylinker region for inserting the nucleic acid encoding the polypeptide to be expressed, and a selectable marker element. Each of these sequences is discussed below.
Optionally, the vector may contain a "tag"-encoding sequence, i.e., an oligonucleotide molecule located at the 5' or 3' end of the GKN1 antigen binding protein coding sequence; the oligonucleotide sequence encodes polyHis (such as hexaHis), or another "tag" such as FLAG®, HA (hemaglutinin influenza virus), or myc, for which commercially available antibodies exist. This tag is typically fused to the polypeptide upon expression of the polypeptide, and can serve as a means for affinity purification or detection of the GKN1 antigen binding protein from the host cell. Affinity purification can be accomplished, for example, by column chromatography using antibodies against the tag as an affinity matrix. Optionally, the tag can subsequently be removed from the purified GKN1 antigen binding protein by various means such as using certain peptidases for cleavage.
Flanking sequences may be homologous {i.e., from the same species and/or strain as the host cell), heterologous {i.e., from a species other than the host cell species or strain), hybrid (i.e., a combination of flanking sequences from more than one source), synthetic or native. As such, the source of a flanking sequence may be any prokaryotic or eukaryotic organism, any vertebrate or invertebrate organism, or any plant, provided that the flanking sequence is functional in, and can be activated by, the host cell machinery.
Flanking sequences useful in the vectors may be obtained by any of several methods well-known in the art. Typically, flanking sequences useful herein will have been previously identified by mapping and/or by restriction endonuclease digestion and can thus be isolated from the proper tissue source using the appropriate restriction endonucleases. In some cases, the full nucleotide sequence of a flanking sequence may be known. Here, the flanking
sequence may be synthesized using the methods described herein for nucleic acid synthesis or cloning.
Whether all or only a portion of the flanking sequence is known, it may be obtained using polymerase chain reaction (PCR) and/or by screening a genomic library with a suitable probe such as an oligonucleotide and/or flanking sequence fragment from the same or another species. Where the flanking sequence is not known, a fragment of DNA containing a flanking sequence may be isolated from a larger piece of DNA that may contain, for example, a coding sequence or even another gene or genes. Isolation may be accomplished by restriction endonuclease digestion to produce the proper DNA fragment followed by isolation using agarose gel purification, Qiagen® column chromatography (Chatsworth, CA), or other methods known to the skilled artisan. The selection of suitable enzymes to accomplish this purpose will be readily apparent to one of ordinary skill in the art.
An origin of replication is typically a part of those prokaryotic expression vectors purchased commercially, and the origin aids in the amplification of the vector in a host cell. If the vector of choice does not contain an origin of replication site, one may be chemically synthesized based on a known sequence, and ligated into the vector. For example, the origin of replication from the plasmid pBR322 (New England Biolabs, Beverly, MA) is suitable for most gram-negative bacteria, and various viral origins (e.g., SV40, polyoma, adenovirus, vesicular stomatitus virus (VSV), or papillomaviruses such as HPV or BPV) are useful for cloning vectors in mammalian cells. Generally, the origin of replication component is not needed for mammalian expression vectors (for example, the SV40 origin is often used only because it also contains the virus early promoter).
A transcription termination sequence is typically located 3' to the end of a polypeptide coding region and serves to terminate transcription. Usually, a transcription termination sequence in prokaryotic cells is a G-C rich fragment followed by a poly-T sequence. While the sequence is easily cloned from a library or even purchased commercially as part of a vector, it can also be readily synthesized using methods for nucleic acid synthesis such as those described herein.
A selectable marker gene encodes a protein necessary for the survival and growth of a host cell grown in a selective culture medium. Typical selection marker genes encode proteins that (a) confer resistance to antibiotics or other toxins, e.g., ampicillin, tetracycline, or kanamycin for prokaryotic host cells; (b) complement auxotrophic deficiencies of the cell; or (c) supply critical nutrients not available from complex or defined media. Specific
selectable markers are the kanamycin resistance gene, the ampicillin resistance gene, and the tetracycline resistance gene. Advantageously, a neomycin resistance gene may also be used for selection in both prokaryotic and eukaryotic host cells.
Other selectable genes may be used to amplify the gene that will be expressed. Amplification is the process wherein genes that are required for production of a protein critical for growth or cell survival are reiterated in tandem within the chromosomes of successive generations of recombinant cells. Examples of suitable selectable markers for mammalian cells include dihydrofolate reductase (DHFR) and promoterless thymidine kinase genes. Mammalian cell trans formants are placed under selection pressure wherein only the transformants are uniquely adapted to survive by virtue of the selectable gene present in the vector. Selection pressure is imposed by culturing the transformed cells under conditions in which the concentration of selection agent in the medium is successively increased, thereby leading to the amplification of both the selectable gene and the DNA that encodes another gene, such as an antigen binding protein that binds GK 1 polypeptide. As a result, increased quantities of a polypeptide such as an antigen binding protein are synthesized from the amplified DNA.
A ribosome-binding site is usually necessary for translation initiation of mRNA and is characterized by a Shine-Dalgarno sequence (prokaryotes) or a Kozak sequence (eukaryotes). The element is typically located 3' to the promoter and 5' to the coding sequence of the polypeptide to be expressed.
In some cases, such as where glycosylation is desired in a eukaryotic host cell expression system, one may manipulate the various pre- or pro-sequences to improve glycosylation or yield. For example, one may alter the peptidase cleavage site of a particular signal peptide, or add prosequences, which also may affect glycosylation. The final protein product may have, in the -1 position (relative to the first amino acid of the mature protein), one or more additional amino acids incident to expression, which may not have been totally removed. For example, the final protein product may have one or two amino acid residues found in the peptidase cleavage site, attached to the amino-terminus. Alternatively, use of some enzyme cleavage sites may result in a slightly truncated form of the desired polypeptide, if the enzyme cuts at such area within the mature polypeptide.
Expression and cloning will typically contain a promoter that is recognized by the host organism and operably linked to the molecule encoding the GKN1 antigen binding protein. Promoters are untranscribed sequences located upstream (i.e., 5') to the start codon of
a structural gene (generally within about 100 to 1000 bp) that control transcription of the structural gene. Promoters are conventionally grouped into one of two classes: inducible promoters and constitutive promoters. Inducible promoters initiate increased levels of transcription from DNA under their control in response to some change in culture conditions, such as the presence or absence of a nutrient or a change in temperature. Constitutive promoters, on the other hand, uniformly transcribe a gene to which they are operably linked, that is, with little or no control over gene expression. A large number of promoters, recognized by a variety of potential host cells, are well-known. A suitable promoter is operably linked to the DNA encoding heavy chain or light chain comprising a GK 1 antigen binding protein by removing the promoter from the source DNA by restriction enzyme digestion and inserting the desired promoter sequence into the vector.
Suitable promoters for use with yeast hosts are also well-known in the art. Yeast enhancers are advantageously used with yeast promoters. Suitable promoters for use with mammalian host cells are well-known and include, but are not limited to, those obtained from the genomes of viruses such as polyoma virus, fowlpox virus, adenovirus (such as Adenovirus 2), bovine papilloma virus, avian sarcoma virus, cytomegalovirus, retroviruses, hepatitis-B virus, and Simian Virus 40 (SV40). Other suitable mammalian promoters include heterologous mammalian promoters, for example, heat-shock promoters and the actin promoter.
An enhancer sequence may be inserted into the vector to increase transcription of
DNA encoding light chain or heavy chain comprising a GKN1 antigen binding protein by higher eukaryotes. Enhancers are cis-acting elements of DNA, usually about 10-300 bp in length, that act on the promoter to increase transcription. Enhancers are relatively orientation and position independent, having been found at positions both 5' and 3' to the transcription unit. Several enhancer sequences available from mammalian genes are known (e.g., globin, elastase, albumin, alpha-feto-protein and insulin). Typically, however, an enhancer from a virus is used. The SV40 enhancer, the cytomegalovirus early promoter enhancer, the polyoma enhancer, and adenovirus enhancers known in the art are exemplary enhancing elements for the activation of eukaryotic promoters. While an enhancer may be positioned in the vector either 5' or 3' to a coding sequence, it is typically located at a site 5' from the promoter. A sequence encoding an appropriate native or heterologous signal sequence (leader sequence or signal peptide) can be incorporated into an expression vector, to promote extracellular secretion of the antibody. The choice of signal peptide or leader depends on the type of host
cells in which the antibody is to be produced, and a heterologous signal sequence can replace the native signal sequence. Examples of signal peptides that are functional in mammalian host cells include the following: the signal sequence for interleukin-7 (IL-7) described in US Patent No. 4,965,195; the signal sequence for interleukin-2 receptor described in Cosman et al., 1984, Nature 312:768; the interleukin-4 receptor signal peptide described in EP Patent No. 0367 566; the type I interleukin-1 receptor signal peptide described in U.S. Patent No. 4,968,607; the type II interleukin-1 receptor signal peptide described in EP Patent No. 0 460 846.
The expression vectors that are provided may be constructed from a starting vector such as a commercially available vector. Such vectors may or may not contain all of the desired flanking sequences. Where one or more of the flanking sequences described herein are not already present in the vector, they may be individually obtained and ligated into the vector. Methods used for obtaining each of the flanking sequences are well-known to one skilled in the art.
After the vector has been constructed and a nucleic acid molecule encoding light chain, a heavy chain, or a light chain and a heavy chain comprising a GKN1 antigen binding sequence has been inserted into the proper site of the vector, the completed vector may be inserted into a suitable host cell for amplification and/or polypeptide expression. The transformation of an expression vector for an antigen-binding protein into a selected host cell may be accomplished by well-known methods including transfection, infection, calcium phosphate co-precipitation, electroporation, microinjection, lipofection, DEAE-dextran mediated transfection, or other known techniques. The method selected will in part be a function of the type of host cell to be used. These methods and other suitable methods are well-known to the skilled artisan, and are set forth, for example, in Sambrook et al. (2001), supra.
A host cell, when cultured under appropriate conditions, synthesizes an antigen binding protein that can subsequently be collected from the culture medium (if the host cell secretes it into the medium) or directly from the host cell producing it (if it is not secreted). The selection of an appropriate host cell will depend upon various factors, such as desired expression levels, polypeptide modifications that are desirable or necessary for activity (such as glycosylation or phosphorylation) and ease of folding into a biologically active molecule.
Mammalian cell lines available as hosts for expression are well-known in the art and include, but are not limited to, immortalized cell lines available from the American Type
Culture Collection (ATCC), including but not limited to Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cells, HeLa cells, baby hamster kidney (BHK) cells, monkey kidney cells (COS), human hepatocellular carcinoma cells (e.g., HepG2), and a number of other cell lines. In certain embodiments, cell lines may be selected through determining which cell lines have high expression levels and constitutively produce antigen binding proteins with GK 1 binding properties. In another embodiment, a cell line from the B cell lineage that does not make its own antibody but has a capacity to make and secrete a heterologous antibody can be selected. Uses of GKN1 Antigen Binding Proteins for Therapeutic Purposes
Antigen binding proteins that specifically bind to GK 1 can also be used to treat a metabolic condition or disorder in a patient in need thereof. In one embodiment, the metabolic disorder to be treated is diabetes, e.g., type 2 diabetes. In another embodiment, the metabolic condition or disorder is obesity. In other embodiments the metabolic condition or disorder is dyslipidemia, elevated glucose levels, elevated insulin levels or diabetic nephropathy. For example, a metabolic condition or disorder that can be treated or ameliorated using a GKN1 binding peptide includes a state in which a human subject has a fasting blood glucose level of 125 mg/dL or greater, for example 130, 135, 140, 145, 150, 155, 160, 165, 170, 175, 180, 185, 190, 195, 200 or greater than 200 mg/dL. Blood glucose levels can be determined in the fed or fasted state, or at random. The metabolic condition or disorder can also comprise a condition in which a subject is at increased risk of developing a metabolic condition. For a human subject, such conditions include a fasting blood glucose level of 100 mg/dL. Conditions that can be treated using a pharmaceutical composition comprising a GK 1 binding protein can also be found in the American Diabetes Association Standards of Medical Care in Diabetes Care-2011, American Diabetes Association, Diabetes Care Vol. 34, No. Supplement 1, S11-S61, 2010.
In application, a metabolic disorder or condition, such as Type 2 diabetes, elevated glucose levels, elevated insulin levels, dyslipidemia, obesity or diabetic nephropathy, can be treated by administering a therapeutically effective dose of a GKN1 binding protein to a patient in need thereof. The administration can be performed as described herein, such as by i.v. injection, intraperitoneal (i.p.) injection, subcutaneous injection, intramuscular injection, or orally in the form of a tablet or liquid formation. In some situations, a therapeutically effective or preferred dose of a GKN1 binding protein can be determined by a clinician. A therapeutically effective dose of GKN1 binding protein will depend, inter alia, upon the administration schedule, the unit dose of agent administered, whether the GKN1 binding
protein is administered in combination with other therapeutic agents, the immune status and the health of the recipient. The term "therapeutically effective dose," as used herein, means an amount of GK 1 binding protein that elicits a biological or medicinal response in a tissue system, animal, or human being sought by a researcher, medical doctor, or other clinician, which includes alleviation or amelioration of the symptoms of the disease or disorder being treated, i.e., an amount of a GK 1 binding protein that supports an observable level of one or more desired biological or medicinal response, for example lowering blood glucose, insulin, triglyceride, or cholesterol levels; reducing body weight; or improving glucose tolerance, energy expenditure, or insulin sensitivity.
It is noted that a therapeutically effective dose of a GK 1 binding protein can also vary with the desired result. Thus, for example, in situations in which a lower level of blood glucose is indicated a dose of GK 1 binding protein will be correspondingly higher than a dose in which a comparatively lower level of blood glucose is desired. Conversely, in situations in which a higher level of blood glucose is indicated a dose of GK 1 binding protein will be correspondingly lower than a dose in which a comparatively higher level of blood glucose is desired.
In various embodiments, a subject is a human having a blood glucose level of 100 mg/dL or greater can be treated with a GK 1 binding protein.
In one embodiment, a method of the instant disclosure comprises first measuring a baseline level of one or more metabolically-relevant compounds such as glucose, insulin, cholesterol, lipid in a subject. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a GK 1 binding protein is then administered to the subject. After a desired period of time, the level of the one or more metabolically-relevant compounds {e.g., blood glucose, insulin, cholesterol, lipid) in the subject is again measured. The two levels can then be compared in order to determine the relative change in the metabolically-relevant compound in the subject. Depending on the outcome of that comparison another dose of the pharmaceutical composition comprising a GK 1 binding protein can be administered to achieve a desired level of one or more metabolically-relevant compound.
It is noted that a pharmaceutical composition comprising a GKN1 binding protein can be co-administered with another compound. The identity and properties of compound coadministered with the GK 1 binding protein will depend on the nature of the condition to be treated or ameliorated. A non-limiting list of examples of compounds that can be administered in combination with a pharmaceutical composition comprising a GK 1 binding
protein include rosiglitizone, pioglitizone, repaglinide, nateglitinide, metformin, exenatide, stiagliptin, pramlintide, glipizide, glimeprirideacarbose, and miglitol.
Pharmaceutical Formulations and Routes of Administration
Method of using the disclosed antigen binding proteins are also provided. In some methods, an antigen binding protein is provided to a patient which inhibits GK 1 activity.
Pharmaceutical compositions that comprise a GK 1 antigen binding protein are also provided and can be utilized in any of the preventive and therapeutic methods disclosed herein. In an embodiment, a therapeutically effective amount of one or a plurality of the antigen binding proteins and a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, carrier, solubilizer, emulsifier, preservative, and/or adjuvant are also provided. In addition, methods of treating a patient by administering such pharmaceutical composition are included. The term "patient" includes human patients.
Acceptable formulation materials are nontoxic to recipients at the dosages and concentrations employed. In specific embodiments, pharmaceutical compositions comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a GK 1 antigen binding protein are provided.
In certain embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition may contain formulation materials for modifying, maintaining or preserving, for example, the pH, osmolality, viscosity, clarity, color, isotonicity, odor, sterility, stability, rate of dissolution or release, adsorption or penetration of the composition. In such embodiments, suitable formulation materials include, but are not limited to, amino acids (such as glycine, glutamine, asparagine, arginine or lysine); antimicrobials; antioxidants (such as ascorbic acid, sodium sulfite or sodium hydrogen-sulfite); buffers (such as borate, bicarbonate, Tris-HCl, citrates, phosphates or other organic acids); bulking agents (such as mannitol or glycine); chelating agents (such as ethylenediamine tetraacetic acid (EDTA)); complexing agents (such as caffeine, polyvinylpyrrolidone, beta-cyclodextrin or hydroxypropyl-beta-cyclodextrin); fillers; monosaccharides; disaccharides; and other carbohydrates (such as glucose, mannose or dextrins); proteins (such as serum albumin, gelatin or immunoglobulins); coloring, flavoring and diluting agents; emulsifying agents; hydrophilic polymers (such as polyvinylpyrrolidone); low molecular weight polypeptides; salt-forming counterions (such as sodium); preservatives (such as benzalkonium chloride, benzoic acid, salicylic acid, thimerosal, phenethyl alcohol, methylparaben, propylparaben, chlorhexidine, sorbic acid or hydrogen peroxide); solvents (such as glycerin, propylene glycol or polyethylene glycol); sugar alcohols (such as mannitol or sorbitol); suspending agents; surfactants or wetting agents
(such as pluronics, PEG, sorbitan esters, polysorbates such as polysorbate 20, polysorbate,
triton, tromethamine, lecithin, cholesterol, tyloxapal); stability enhancing agents (such as sucrose or sorbitol); tonicity enhancing agents (such as alkali metal halides, preferably sodium or potassium chloride, mannitol sorbitol); delivery vehicles; diluents; excipients and/or pharmaceutical adjuvants. Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18" Edition, (A.R. Genrmo, ed.), 1990, Mack Publishing Company provides additional details and options for suitable agents that can be incorporated into the pharmaceutical compositions.
In certain embodiments, the optimal pharmaceutical composition will be determined by one skilled in the art depending upon, for example, the intended route of administration, delivery format and desired dosage. See, for example, Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, supra. In certain embodiments, such compositions may influence the physical state, stability, rate of in vivo release and rate of in vivo clearance of the antigen binding proteins disclosed. In certain embodiments, the primary vehicle or carrier in a pharmaceutical composition may be either aqueous or non-aqueous in nature. For example, a suitable vehicle or carrier may be water for injection or physiological saline solution. In certain embodiments, GK l antigen binding protein compositions may be prepared for storage by mixing the selected composition having the desired degree of purity with optional formulation agents (Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, supra) in the form of a lyophilized cake or an aqueous solution. Further, in certain embodiments, the GKNl antigen binding protein may be formulated as a lyophilizate using appropriate excipients such as sucrose.
The pharmaceutical compositions can be selected for parenteral delivery.
Alternatively, the compositions may be selected for inhalation or for delivery through the digestive tract, such as orally. Preparation of such pharmaceutically acceptable compositions is within the skill of the art.
The formulation components are present preferably in concentrations that are acceptable to the site of administration. In certain embodiments, buffers are used to maintain the composition at physiological pH or at a slightly lower pH, typically within a pH range of from about 5 to about 8.
When parenteral administration is contemplated, the therapeutic compositions may be provided in the form of a pyrogen-free, parenterally acceptable aqueous solution comprising the desired human GKNl antigen binding protein in a pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle. A particularly suitable vehicle for parenteral injection is sterile distilled water in which the GKNl antigen binding protein is formulated as a sterile, isotonic solution, properly preserved. In certain embodiments, the preparation can involve the formulation of the desired
molecule with an agent, such as injectable microspheres, bio-erodible particles, polymeric compounds (such as polylactic acid or polyglycolic acid), beads or liposomes, that may provide controlled or sustained release of the product which can be delivered via depot injection. In certain embodiments, hyaluronic acid may also be used, having the effect of promoting sustained duration in the circulation. In certain embodiments, implantable drug delivery devices may be used to introduce the desired antigen binding protein.
Certain pharmaceutical compositions are formulated for inhalation. In some embodiments, GK 1 antigen binding proteins are formulated as a dry, inhalable powder. In specific embodiments, GK 1 antigen binding protein inhalation solutions may also be formulated with a propellant for aerosol delivery. In certain embodiments, solutions may be nebulized. Pulmonary administration and formulation methods therefore are further described in International Patent Application No. PCT/US94/001875, which is incorporated by reference and describes pulmonary delivery of chemically modified proteins. Some formulations can be administered orally. GKN1 antigen binding proteins that are administered in this fashion can be formulated with or without carriers customarily used in the compounding of solid dosage forms such as tablets and capsules. In certain embodiments, a capsule may be designed to release the active portion of the formulation at the point in the gastrointestinal tract when bioavailability is maximized and pre-systemic degradation is minimized. Additional agents can be included to facilitate absorption of the GKN1 antigen binding protein. Diluents, flavorings, low melting point waxes, vegetable oils, lubricants, suspending agents, tablet disintegrating agents, and binders may also be employed.
Some pharmaceutical compositions comprise an effective quantity of one or a plurality of GKN1 antigen binding proteins in a mixture with non-toxic excipients that are suitable for the manufacture of tablets. By dissolving the tablets in sterile water, or another appropriate vehicle, solutions may be prepared in unit-dose form. Suitable excipients include, but are not limited to, inert diluents, such as calcium carbonate, sodium carbonate or bicarbonate, lactose, or calcium phosphate; or binding agents, such as starch, gelatin, or acacia; or lubricating agents such as magnesium stearate, stearic acid, or talc.
Additional pharmaceutical compositions will be evident to those skilled in the art, including formulations involving GKN1 binding proteins in sustained- or controlled-delivery formulations. Techniques for formulating a variety of other sustained- or controlled-delivery means, such as liposome carriers, bio-erodible microparticles or porous beads and depot injections, are also known to those skilled in the art. See, for example, International Patent
Application No. PCT7US93/00829, which is incorporated by reference and describes controlled release of porous polymeric microparticles for delivery of pharmaceutical compositions. Sustained-release preparations may include semipermeable polymer matrices in the form of shaped articles, e.g., films, or microcapsules. Sustained release matrices may include polyesters, hydrogels, polylactides (as disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 3,773,919 and European Patent Application Publication No. EP 058481, each of which is incorporated by reference), copolymers of L-glutamic acid and gamma ethyl-L-glutamate (Sidman et al, 1983, Biopolymers 2:547-556), poly (2-hydroxyethyl-inethacrylate) (Langer et al, 1981, J. Biomed. Mater. Res. 15: 167-277 and Langer, 1982, Chem. Tech. 12:98-105), ethylene vinyl acetate (Langer et al, 1981, supra) or poly-D(-)-3-hydroxybutyric acid (European Patent Application Publication No. EP 133,988). Sustained release compositions may also include liposomes that can be prepared by any of several methods known in the art. See, e.g., Eppstein et al, 1985, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 82:3688-3692; European Patent Application Publication Nos. EP 036,676; EP 088,046 and EP 143,949, incorporated by reference.
Pharmaceutical compositions used for in vivo administration are typically provided as sterile preparations. Sterilization can be accomplished by filtration through sterile filtration membranes. When the composition is lyophilized, sterilization using this method may be conducted either prior to or following lyophilization and reconstitution. Compositions for parenteral administration can be stored in lyophilized form or in a solution. Parenteral compositions generally are placed into a container having a sterile access port, for example, an intravenous solution bag or vial having a stopper pierceable by a hypodermic injection needle.
In certain formulations, an antigen binding protein has a concentration of at least 10 mg/ml, 20 mg/ml, 30 mg/ml, 40 mg/ml, 50 mg/ml, 60 mg/ml, 70 mg/ml, 80 mg/ml, 90 mg/ml, 100 mg/ml or 150 mg/ml. In one embodiment, a pharmaceutical composition comprises the antigen binding protein, a buffer and polysorbate. In other embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition comprises an antigen binding protein, a buffer, sucrose and polysorbate. An example of a pharmaceutical composition is one containing 50-100 mg/ml of antigen binding protein, 5-20 mM sodium acetate, 5-10% w/v sucrose, and 0.002-0.008%) w/v polysorbate. Certain, compositions, for instance, contain 65-75 mg/ml of an antigen binding protein in 9-11 mM sodium acetate buffer, 8-10% w/v sucrose, and 0.005-0.006%) w/v
polysorbate. The pH of certain such formulations is in the range of 4.5-6. Other formulations have a pH of 5.0-5.5 (e.g., pH of 5.0, 5.2 or 5.4).
Once the pharmaceutical composition has been formulated, it may be stored in sterile vials as a solution, suspension, gel, emulsion, solid, crystal, or as a dehydrated or lyophilized powder. Such formulations may be stored either in a ready-to-use form or in a form (e.g., lyophilized) that is reconstituted prior to administration. Kits for producing a single-dose administration unit are also provided. Certain kits contain a first container having a dried protein and a second container having an aqueous formulation. In certain embodiments, kits containing single and multi-chambered pre-filled syringes (e.g., liquid syringes and lyosyringes) are provided. The therapeutically effective amount of a GKN1 antigen binding protein-containing pharmaceutical composition to be employed will depend, for example, upon the therapeutic context and objectives. One skilled in the art will appreciate that the appropriate dosage levels for treatment will vary depending, in part, upon the molecule delivered, the indication for which the GKN1 antigen binding protein is being used, the route of administration, and the size (body weight, body surface or organ size) and/or condition (the age and general health) of the patient. In certain embodiments, the clinician may titer the dosage and modify the route of administration to obtain the optimal therapeutic effect.
A typical dosage can range from about 1 μg/kg to up to about 30 mg/kg or more, depending on the factors mentioned above. In specific embodiments, the dosage can range from 10 μg/kg up to about 35 mg/kg, optionally from 0.1 mg/kg up to about 35 mg/kg, alternatively from 0.3 mg/kg up to about 20 mg/kg. In some applications, the dosage is from 0.5 mg/kg to 20 mg/kg and in other applications the dosage is from 21-100 mg/kg. In some instances, an antigen binding protein is dosed at 0.3-20 mg/kg. The dosage schedule in some treatment regimens is at a dose of 0.3 mg/kg qW-20 mg/kg qW.
Dosing frequency will depend upon the pharmacokinetic parameters of the particular
GKN1 antigen binding protein in the formulation used. Typically, a clinician administers the composition until a dosage is reached that achieves the desired effect. The composition may therefore be administered as a single dose, or as two or more doses (which may or may not contain the same amount of the desired molecule) over time, or as a continuous infusion via an implantation device or catheter. Appropriate dosages may be ascertained through use of appropriate dose-response data. In certain embodiments, the antigen binding proteins can be administered to patients throughout an extended time period. In certain embodiments, the
antigen binding protein is dosed every two weeks, every month, every two months, every three months, every four months, every five months, or every six months.
The route of administration of the pharmaceutical composition is in accord with known methods, e.g., orally (p.o.), through injection by intravenous (i.v.), intraperitoneal (i.p.), intracerebral (intra-parenchymal), intracerebroventricular (i.c.v.), intramuscular, intraocular, intraarterial, intraportal, or intralesional routes; by sustained release systems or by implantation devices. In certain embodiments, the compositions may be administered by bolus injection or continuously by infusion, or by implantation device.
The composition also may be administered locally via implantation of a membrane, sponge or another appropriate material onto which the desired molecule has been absorbed or encapsulated. In certain embodiments, where an implantation device is used, the device may be implanted into any suitable tissue or organ, and delivery of the desired molecule may be via diffusion, timed-release bolus, or continuous administration.
It also may be desirable to use GKNl antigen binding protein pharmaceutical compositions according to the disclosed ex vivo. In such instances, cells, tissues or organs that have been removed from the patient are exposed to GKNl antigen binding protein pharmaceutical compositions after which the cells, tissues and/or organs are subsequently implanted back into the patient.
In particular, antigen binding proteins that specifically bind to GKNl can be delivered by implanting certain cells that have been genetically engineered, using methods such as those described herein and known in the art, to express and secrete the polypeptide. In certain embodiments, such cells can be animal or human cells, and can be autologous, heterologous, or xenogeneic. In certain embodiments, the cells can be immortalized. In other embodiments, in order to decrease the chance of an immunological response, the cells can be encapsulated to avoid infiltration of surrounding tissues. In further embodiments, the encapsulation materials are typically biocompatible, semi-permeable polymeric enclosures or membranes that allow the release of the protein product(s) but prevent the destruction of the cells by the patient's immune system or by other detrimental factors from the surrounding tissues.
Combination Therapy
Also provided herein are compositions comprising a GKNl antigen binding protein and one or more additional therapeutic agents, as well as methods in which such agents are administered concurrently or sequentially with a GKNl antigen binding protein for use in the preventive and therapeutic methods disclosed herein. The one or more additional agents can
be co-formulated with a GKN1 antigen binding protein or can be co-administered with a GK 1 antigen binding protein. In general, the therapeutic methods, compositions and compounds may also be employed in combination with other therapeutics in the treatment of various disease states, with the additional agents being administered concurrently.
For examples, the antigen binding proteins can be administered in combination with one or more of the type 2 diabetes or obesity treatments currently available. These treatments for diabetes include biguanide (metaformin), and sulfonylureas (such as glyburide, glipizide). Additional treatments directed at maintaining glucose homeostasis include PPAR gamma agonists (pioglitazone, rosiglitazone); glinides (meglitinide, repaglinide, and nateglinide); DPP-4 inhibitors (Januvia® and Onglyza®) and alpha glucosidase inhibitors (acarbose, voglibose). Additional combination treatments for diabetes include injectable treatments such as insulin and incretin mimetics (Byetta®, Exenatide®), other GLP-1 (glucagon- like peptide) analogs such as Victoza® (liraglutide), other GLP-1 R agonists and Symlin® (pramlintide). Additional combination treatments directed at weight loss include Meridia® and Xenical®. Kits
Also provided are kits for practicing the disclosed methods. Such kits can comprise a pharmaceutical composition such as those described herein, including nucleic acids encoding the peptides or proteins provided herein, vectors and cells comprising such nucleic acids, and pharmaceutical compositions comprising such nucleic acid-containing compounds, which can be provided in a sterile container. Optionally, instructions on how to employ the provided pharmaceutical composition in the treatment of a metabolic disorder can also be included or be made available to a patient or a medical service provider.
In one aspect, a kit comprises (a) a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a GK 1 binding protein; and (b) one or more containers for the pharmaceutical composition. Such a kit can also comprise instructions for the use thereof; the instructions can be tailored to the precise metabolic disorder being treated. The instructions can describe the use and nature of the materials provided in the kit. In certain embodiments, kits include instructions for a patient to carry out administration to treat a metabolic disorder, such as elevated glucose levels, elevated insulin levels, obesity, type 2 diabetes, dyslipidemia or diabetic nephropathy.
Instructions can be printed on a substrate, such as paper or plastic, etc., and can be present in the kits as a package insert, in the labeling of the container of the kit or components thereof (e.g., associated with the packaging), etc. In other embodiments, the
instructions are present as an electronic storage data file present on a suitable computer readable storage medium, e.g. CD-ROM, diskette, etc. In yet other embodiments, the actual instructions are not present in the kit, but means for obtaining the instructions from a remote source, such as over the internet, are provided. An example of this embodiment is a kit that includes a web address where the instructions can be viewed and/or from which the instructions can be downloaded.
Often it will be desirable that some or all components of a kit are packaged in suitable packaging to maintain sterility. The components of a kit can be packaged in a kit containment element to make a single, easily handled unit, where the kit containment element, e.g., box or analogous structure, may or may not be an airtight container, e.g., to further preserve the sterility of some or all of the components of the kit.
Use of GKNl Antigen Binding Proteins for Diagnostic Purposes
The antigen binding proteins disclosed herein are useful for detecting GKNl in biological samples and identification of cells or tissues that produce GKNl . For instance, the antigen binding proteins disclosed herein can be used in diagnostic assays, e.g., binding assays to detect and/or quantify GKNl expressed in a tissue or cell.
The antigen binding proteins of the described can be used for diagnostic purposes to detect, diagnose, or monitor diseases and/or conditions associated with GKNl . The disclosed antigen binding proteins provide a means for the detection of the presence of GKNl in a sample using classical immunohisto logical methods known to those of skill in the art (e.g., Tijssen, 1993, Practice and Theory of Enzyme Immunoassays, Vol 15 (Eds R.H. Burdon and P.H. van Knippenberg, Elsevier, Amsterdam); Zola, 1987, Monoclonal Antibodies: A Manual of Techniques, pp. 147-158 (CRC Press, Inc.); Jalkanen et al, 1985, J. Cell. Biol. 101 :976- 985; Jalkanen et al, 1987, J. Cell Biol. 105:3087-3096). The detection of GKNl can be performed in vivo or in vitro.
Diagnostic applications provided herein include use of the antigen binding proteins to detect expression of GKNl . Examples of methods useful in the detection of the presence of GKNl include immunoassays, such as the enzyme linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) and the radioimmunoassay (RIA).
For diagnostic applications, the antigen binding protein typically will be labeled with a detectable labeling group. Suitable labeling groups include, but are not limited to, the following: radioisotopes or radionuclides (e.g., 3H, 14C, 15N, 35S, 90Y, 99Tc, mIn, 125I, 131I), fluorescent groups (e.g., FITC, rhodamine, lanthanide phosphors), enzymatic groups (e.g.,
horseradish peroxidase, β-galactosidase, luciferase, alkaline phosphatase), chemiluminescent groups, biotinyl groups, or predetermined polypeptide epitopes recognized by a secondary reporter (e.g., leucine zipper pair sequences, binding sites for secondary antibodies, metal binding domains, epitope tags). In some embodiments, the labeling group is coupled to the antigen binding protein via spacer arms of various lengths to reduce potential steric hindrance. Various methods for labeling proteins are known in the art and may be used.
In some embodiments, the GKN1 antigen binding protein is isolated and measured using techniques known in the art. See, for example, Harlow and Lane, 1988, Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, New York: Cold Spring Harbor (ed. 1991 and periodic supplements); John E. Coligan, ed., 1993, Current Protocols In Immunology New York: John Wiley & Sons.
Another aspect of the disclosed provides for detecting the presence of a test molecule that competes for binding to GKN1 with the antigen binding proteins provided. An example of one such assay would involve detecting the amount of free antigen binding protein in a solution containing an amount of GKN1 in the presence or absence of the test molecule. An increase in the amount of free antigen binding protein (i.e., the antigen binding protein not bound to GKN1 ) would indicate that the test molecule is capable of competing for GKN1 binding with the antigen binding protein. In one embodiment, the antigen binding protein is labeled with a labeling group. Alternatively, the test molecule is labeled and the amount of free test molecule is monitored in the presence and absence of an antigen binding protein.
EXAMPLES
The following examples, including the experiments conducted and the results achieved, are provided for illustrative purposes only and are not to be construed as limiting the scope of the appended claims.
EXAMPLE 1
GKN1 Knock-Out Reduces Food Intake, Body Weight Gain, Blood Insulin Levels,
Blood Glucose Levels and Blood Lipid Levels in Ob/Ob Mice The metabolic phenotypes of GKN1 knock-out mice (C57B1/6) fed a 45% high fat diet (D1245 H, Research Diet) were examined. GKNl knock-out mice, inter alia, were observed to maintain body weight despite comparable food intake, have improved glucose tolerance, improved insulin tolerance, and lower blood glucose compared to WT mice.
1.1 Study Design
GK 1 knock-out mice (-/-) were generated using embryonic stem (ES) cells incorporating the knocked-out GK 1 gene (University of California, Davis, CA). The study included males (n=10) and females (n=14) of each genotype (i.e., GKN1-KO and WT). While the animals were eating normal chow (before institution of the high fat diet), body weight and lean mass and fat mass data were collected and an intra-peritoneal glucose tolerance test (IPGTT), in animals fasted for 4hr, was performed. Three weeks after this data was collected, the mice were started on a 45% high fat diet (D1245 H, Research Diet). Body weight and food intake were measured weekly. A second IPGTT was performed 6 weeks after institution of the high fat diet, in animals fasted for 4hr. The study was terminated 9 weeks after institution of the high fat diet. A schematic of the study design is shown in Figure 2.
1.2 Effect of GK 1 -KO on Body Weight
Body weight was followed throughout the study, both before and after institution of the high fat diet. As shown in Figure 3A, the body weight of male WT animals was somewhat higher than that of male GK 1-KO mice before institution of a high fat diet. The body weight of male WT animals increased markedly after institution of the high fat diet, whereas body weight of male GK 1 KO animals remained relatively constant. The difference in body weight for the male animals reached statistical significance at all time points.
Similarly, as shown in Figure 3C, the body weight of female WT animals was somewhat higher than that of female GKN1-KO mice before institution of a high fat diet. Although not as markedly as observed with the male WT animals, the body weight of female WT animals increased after institution of the high fat diet, whereas body weight of the female GKN1 KO animals remained relatively constant. The difference in body weight for the female animals reached statistical significance for only weeks 3 to 6.
1.3 Effect of GKN 1 -KO on Food Intake
Food intake also was also followed during the study. Average daily food intake was calculated by dividing weekly food intake by 7. As shown in Figure 3B, food intake in male WT animals was essentially the same as that in male GKN1-KO animals. Likewise, as shown in Figure 3D, food intake in female WT animals was essentially the same as the food intake
in female GK 1-KO animals. Thus, the lower body weight observed in the GK 1-KO animals was not due to decreased food intake. Rather, the GK 1-KO animals were able to maintain their lower body weight while consuming the same amount of food as the WT animals.
1.4 Effect of GK 1 -KO on Glucose Tolerance
As mentioned above, two IPGTTs were conducted during the study (IPGTT-1 and IPGTT-2). IPGTT-1 was conducted three weeks before institution of a high fat diet, in animals fasted for 4hr. As shown in Figure 5 A, the glucose tolerance in male GK 1-KO animals was somewhat better than that observed in male WT animals, as demonstrated by glucose levels and glucose AUC over the 60 minute period after i.p. injection of glucose (2 g/kg). The difference in glucose level for the male animals reached statistical significance at the 15 minute measurement.
Likewise, as shown in Figure 5B, the glucose tolerance in female GK 1-KO animals was somewhat better than that observed in female WT animals, as demonstrated by glucose levels and glucose AUC over the 60 minute period after i.p. injection of glucose (2 g/kg). However, the difference in glucose levels for the female animals did not reach statistical significance.
IPGTT-2 was conducted 6 weeks after institution of a high fat diet, in animals fasted for 4hr. As shown in Figure 5C, the glucose tolerance in male GKN1-KO animals was markedly better than that observed in male WT animals, as demonstrated by glucose levels and glucose AUC over the 120 minute period after i.p. injection of glucose (2 g/kg). The difference in glucose level for the male animals reached statistical significance at the 60, 90 and 120 minute measurements.
Likewise, as shown in Figure 5D, the glucose tolerance in female GK 1-KO animals was markedly better than that observed in female WT animals, as demonstrated by glucose levels and glucose AUC over the 120 minute period after i.p. injection of glucose (2 g/kg). The difference in glucose level for the female animals reached statistical significance at the 30, 60, and 90 minute measurements.
1.5 Effect of GKN 1 -KO on Insulin Tolerance
An insulin tolerance test was conducted 7 weeks after institution of the high fat diet, in animals fasted for 4hr. As shown in Figure 6 A, the insulin tolerance in male GKN1-KO
animals was better than that observed in male WT animals, as demonstrated by glucose levels and glucose AUC over the 60 minute period after i.p. injection of insulin (1 U/kg). The difference in glucose level for the male animals reached statistical significance at the 0, 15, 30, 45 and 60 minute measurements. Figure 6C shows the glucose level plotted in terms of % of baseline.
Likewise, shown in Figure 6B, the insulin tolerance in female GKNl-KO animals was better than that observed in female WT animals, as demonstrated by glucose levels and glucose AUC over the 60 minute period after i.p. injection of insulin (1 U/kg). However, the difference in glucose level for the female animals did not reach statistical significance. Figure 6D shows the glucose level plotted in terms of % of baseline.
1.6 Effect of GKNl-KO on Insulin, Triglyceride and Cholesterol Levels
Insulin levels were measured in blood samples collected from 4hr fasted animals at the termination of the study. As shown in Figure 7A, the insulin levels in male GKNl-KO animals were significantly lower than the levels in male WT animals. Similarly, while not as marked as in the male animals, the insulin levels in female GKNl-KO animals were significantly lower than the levels in female WT animals.
Triglyceride levels were measured in blood samples collected from 4hr fasted animals at the termination of the study. As shown in Figure 7B, the triglyceride levels in male GKN1- KO animals were not significantly different than the levels in male WT animals. However, the triglyceride levels in female GKNl-KO animals were significantly lower than the levels in female WT animals.
Total cholesterol levels were measured in blood samples collected from 4hr fasted animals at the termination of the study. As shown in Figure 7C, the total cholesterol levels in male GKNl-KO animals were significantly lower than the levels in male WT animals.
Similarly, the total cholesterol levels in female GKNl-KO animals were lower than those in female WT animals, but the difference did not reach statistical significance.
1.7 Effect of GKN 1 -KO on Fat and Lean Mass
Six weeks after being placed on a high fat diet, the fat and lean mass of WT and
GKNl-KO mice was measured using non-destructive and non-invasive whole body composition analyzer composition analysis (Minispec, Bruker). As shown in Figure 4C, the male and female GKNl-KO animals had significantly lower fat mass (g) than their WT
counterparts. Likewise, as shown in Figure 4A, in terms of percent fat, the fat mass of the male and female GK 1-KO mice was significantly lower than their WT counterparts.
As shown in Figure 4D, the lean mass of the male GK 1-KO animals and the male WT animals was comparable while the lean mass of the female GK 1-KO animals was significantly less than that observed for the female WT animals. However, as shown in Figure 4B, in terms of percent lean, the lean mass of the male and female GK 1-KO animals was significantly higher than their WT counterparts.
1.8 Effect of GK 1-KO on Liver Enzymes and Liver and Spleen Mass
As shown in Figure 8, liver enzymes (AST, ALT and ALP) and albumin levels were found to be lower in GKN1-KO mice than in WT mice, reaching statistical significance for AST and ALT. As shown in Figure 9, spleen weights were not statistically different between the GK 1-KO mice and the WT mice. However, the liver mass of the GK 1-KO mice was significantly less than the liver mass of the WT mice.
1.9 Conclusions from Example 1
The GK 1-KO animals on a high fat diet demonstrated a number of improved metabolic parameters compared with WT animals, including maintaining body weight, lower percent gat fat mass and higher percent lean mass, improved glucose tolerance, improved insulin tolerance, lower insulin levels. These studies have shown that abrogation of GK 1 improves the metabolic profile and compositions and methods for blocking or interfering with the biological activity of GK 1 can be leveraged for the treatment or amelioration of a metabolic disorder, such as type 2 diabetes, elevated glucose levels, elevated insulin levels, obesity or diabetic nephropathy, including by administering a therapeutically effective amount of an antagonist binding protein to a subject in need thereof.
EXAMPLE 2
Preparation of anti-GK l Monoclonal Antibodies
Immunizations are conducted using one or more suitable forms of GKN1 antigen, including soluble recombinant human wild-type GK 1.
A suitable amount of immunogen (e.g., 10 μg/mouse of soluble GK 1) is used for initial immunization in XenoMouse™ according to the methods disclosed in U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 08/759,620, filed December 3, 1996 and International Patent Application Nos. WO 98/24893, published June 1 1 , 1998 and WO 00/76310, published
December 21, 2000, the disclosures of which are hereby incorporated by reference. Following the initial immunization, subsequent boost immunizations of immunogen (e.g., 5 μg/mouse of soluble GK 1) are administered on a schedule and for the duration necessary to induce a suitable titer of anti-GK l antibody in the mice. Titers are determined by various suitable methods, such as enzyme immunoassay.
Animals exhibiting suitable titers are identified, and lymphocytes are obtained from draining lymph nodes and spleen and, if necessary, pooled for each cohort. Lymphocytes are dissociated from lymphoid tissue by grinding in a suitable medium (e.g., Dulbecco's Modified Eagle Medium; DMEM; that may be obtained from Invitrogen, Carlsbad, CA) to release the cells from the tissues, and suspended in DMEM. B cells are selected and/or expanded and fused with suitable fusion partner, e.g., nonsecretory myeloma P3X63Ag8.653 cells (American Type Culture Collection CRL 1580; Kearney et al J. Immunol. 123, 1979, 1548-1550), using techniques that are known in the art.
In one suitable fusion method, lymphocytes are mixed with fusion partner cells at a ratio of 1 :4. The cell mixture is gently pelleted by centrifugation at 400 x g for 4 minutes, the supernatant decanted, and the cell mixture gently mixed. Fusion is induced with PEG/DMSO (polyethylene glycol/dimethyl sulfoxide; that may be obtained from Sigma- Aldrich, St. Louis MO; 1 ml per million of lymphocytes). PEG/DMSO is slowly added with gentle agitation over one minute followed, by one minute of mixing. IDMEM (DMEM without glutamine; 2 ml per million of B cells), is then added over 2 minutes with gentle agitation, followed by additional IDMEM (8 ml per million B-cells) which is added over 3 minutes.
The fused cells are gently pelleted (400 x g 6 minutes) and resuspended in 20 ml Selection media (for example, DMEM containing Azaserine and Hypoxanthine [HA] and other supplemental materials as necessary) per million B-cells. Cells are incubated for 20-30 minutes at 37° C and then resuspended in 200 ml Selection media and are cultured for three to four days in T 175 flasks prior to 96 well plating.
Cells are distributed into 96-well plates using standard techniques to maximize clonality of the resulting colonies. After several days of culture, supernatants are collected and subjected to screening assays, including confirmation of binding to human GKN1 and evaluation of cross-reactivity with other species of GKN1 (e.g., cynomolgus monkey and/or murine GKN1). Positive cells are further selected and subjected to standard cloning and subcloning techniques. Clonal lines are expanded in vitro, and the secreted human antibodies are obtained for analysis.
A number of hybridomas are screened for binding to human wild type GK 1; a subset of these hybridomas are identified as capable of binding.
EXAMPLE 3
Antibody Binding Affinities to Human GK 1
BIAcore biosensor analysis may be used to determine the affinity binding constants for antibodies to a GK 1 polypeptide, including human GK 1 polypeptide//.
The biosensor analysis is conducted at 25 °C in a HBS-EP buffer system (10 mM HEPES pH 7.4, 150 mM NaCl, 3 mM EDTA, 0.005% Surfactant P20) using a Biacore 3000 optical biosensor equipped with a CM5 sensor chip. All reagents are kept at 4 °C prior to injection.
Surface Preparation. Goat anti-human IgG (30 mg/mL) (Abeam) is immobilized (10000 RU) over flow cells 1-4 via standard amine coupling and followed by ethanolamine blocking. Each antibody (150 ng/mL) is captured (-100 RU) on a separate flow cell and analyzed simultaneously in sets of three. Flow cell 1 is used as the reference flow cell.
Analyte Preparation. Triplicate samples of GK 1 are prepared in running buffer. The association rate is monitored for three minutes at 50 mL/min and the dissociation rate for either five minutes (cyno studies) or ten minutes (human studies).
Surface Regeneration. The surface is regenerated at 50 mL/min with 10 mM glycine (pH 1.5, 25 mL).
Model/Fit. The data are fit to a 1 : 1 binding model (global Rmax) via Scrubber2 software. In some cases the highest concentrations may be omitted to provide a better fit to the 1 : 1 binding model.
The results allow determination of the affinity binding and kinetic constants of the antibodies with respect to the GK 1 polypeptide.
EXAMPLE 4
Antibody Binding Affinities to Murine GK 1
BIAcore biosensor analysis was used to determine the affinity binding and kinetic constants for monoclonal antibodies produced by selected clones {i.e., muGK l 4.23, muGKNl_4.2.1, muGKNl_3.58.1, muGKNl_3.64.1, muGKNl_3.24.1 and muGKNl_4.11) with respect to muGKNl polypeptide. Affinity binding and kinetic constants are provided in Table 8, below.
Table 8: Binding Kinetics of Murine Antibodies and muGKNl
Reference No. ka (1/Ms) kd(l/s) KD (M)
muGKNl_3.64.1 5 x 105 1 x lO"4 3 x lO"10
muGKNl_4.11 3 x 105 2 x 10~3 7 x l0-y
muGKNl_4.2.1 2 x 105 2 x 10"4 8 x lO-10
muGKNl_4.23 N/A < 1 x 10"4 < 1 x 10 10
muGKNl_3.58.1 2 x 104 4 x 10"4 2 x 10"s
muGKNl_3.24.1 3 x 105 1 x 10"3 5 x 10"9
EXAMPLE 5
Inhibition of GKN1 Activity by Murine Anti-GKNl Antibodies The monoclonal antibodies produced by the selected clones discussed above (i.e., muGKNl_4.23, muGKNl_4.2.1, muGKNl_3.58.1, muGKNl_3.64.1, muGKNl_3.24.1 and muGKNl _4.11) also were tested in a functional assay based on the cell growth assay provided in Martin et al., 2003 (see Martin et al., at G340-341; Figure 10). In the assay performed, HaCaT cells were plated at 5K/well in DMEM (Dulbecco's Modified Eagle Medium), high glucose + 1% FBS in 96 well plates. The cells were treated for 2 days and the number of viable cells in culture was determined using the CellTiter-Glo® Luminescent Cell Viability Assay (Promega).
Monoclonal antibodies produced by the muGKNl_4.2.1, muGKNl_4.23 and muGKNl 3.58.1 clones were found to be neutralizing in the proliferation assay. The monoclonal antibody produced by the muGKNl_3.64.1 clone was not found to be neutralizing. The results with respect to the muGKNl_3.24.1 clone showed neutralization, but the inhibition was lower than basal untreated controls.
EXAMPLE 6
Sequences of Murine Anti-GKNl Antibodies
Monoclonal antibodies produced by the selected clones discussed above (i.e., muGKNl_4.23, muGKNl_4.2.1, muGKNl_3.58.1, muGKNl_3.64.1, muGKNl_3.24.1 and muGKNl 4.11) were sequenced. All of the antibodies were found to have an IgGl heavy chain (except for the antibody produced by the muGKNl_4.2.1 clone which has an IgG2b heavy chain) and a kappa light chain (except for the antibody produced by the muGKNl_4.23 clone which has a lambda light chain). The heavy chain variable regions (VH) and the light chain variable regions (VL) amino acid sequences of the antibodies are provided in Table 9 (leader sequences in parentheses and CDR sequences underlined). The CDR
sequences also are set forth in Tables 3 A (CDRHs) and 3B (CDRLs), supra. The muGKNl_3.24.1 clone was found to produce antibodies having two heavy chain sequences, designated VH_muGK l_3.24.1#l and VH_muGK l_3.24.1#2 in Table 9. Table 9: Exemplary VH and VL Chains of Murine GKNl Antibodies
VL_muGKNl_4.2.1 20 (MRTPAQFLGILLLWFPGIKC)DIKMTQSPSSMYA
SLGERVTITCKASODINSYLSWLOOKPGKSPKTL IHRANRLADGVPSRFSGSGSGODYSLTISSVEYE DMGFYYCOOYDDFPWTFGGGTKLEVK
VL_muGKNl_3.58.1 21 (ME S QTQ VFL SLLL WVS GTC G)NIMMTQ SP S SL A
VSAGEEVTMSCKSSOSVLYSSNOTSFLAWFOOK PGOSPKLLIYWASTRESGVPDRFTGSGSGTDFTL TIRSVOVEDLAVYYCHOYLFSYTFGGGTKLEIK
VL_muGKNl_3.64.1 22 (MSVPTQVLGLLLLWLTGARC)DIQMTQSPASLS
ASVGETVTITCRASENIYSYLAWYOOKOGKSPO LLVYNAKTLAEGVPSRFSGSGSGTOFSLKINSLO PEDFGTYYCOHHYGIPLTFGAGTKLEOK
VL_muGKNl_3.24.1 23 (MKLP VRLL VLMF WIP AS S S)D VLMTQTPL SLP V
SLGDRASISCRSSOSIVDSDGDIYLEWFLOTPGOS PKLLIYKVSNRFSGVPDRFSGSGSGTDFTLKISRV EAEDLGVYYCFOGSHVPWTFGGGTKLEIK
VL_muGKNl_4.1 1 24 (MDFQVQIFSFLLISASVIISRG)QIVLTQSPAIMST
SPGEKVTMICSASSSVNYMHWYOOKSGTSPKR WIYDTSKLASGVPDRFSGSGSGTSYSLTISNMEA ED AAT YYCOO WS SNPPITFGAGTKLELK
The sequence information for specific muGKNl antibodies prepared and identified is summarized in Table 10, where the referenced antibody has the variable heavy (VH) domain, variable light (VL) domain, CDRHl , CDRH2, CDRH3, CDRLl , CDRL2 and CDRL3 sequences specified in the applicable row of the table.
Table 10: Exemplary mGKNl Antigen Binding Proteins
Treatment of Diabetes Using a GK l Antigen Binding Protein A human patient is diagnosed as having or being at risk for Type 2 diabetes. This is done, for instance, by clinic assessment by a physician, and/or obtaining an atherogenic lipoprotein profile. For example, a hemoglobin AIC of 5.7 to 6.4%, a fasting plasma glucose of 100-125 mg/dL, and/or a 2-hour blood glucose level between 140-199 mg/dL in an oral glucose tolerance test indicate a higher than average risk of developing diabetes (prediabetes). A hemoglobin AIC of 6.5% or higher, a fasting plasma glucose of 126 mg/dL or higher, and/or a 2-hour blood glucose level between of 200 mg/dL or higher or in an oral glucose tolerance test indicate that a person has diabetes.
The patient is administered an effective amount of an GKNl antigen binding protein as described herein in combination with standard treatment, for instance, insulin, and/or with other therapeutics, for instance, oral antidiabetic drugs (e.g., metformin). The GKNl antigen binding protein continues to be administered to reach and maintain desired serum glucose levels, insulin levels, weight, glucose tolerance or insulin tolerance. Significant decrease in fasting plasma glucose and improved glucose tolerance are found in response to administration of the GKNl antigen binding protein.
All patents and other publications identified are expressly incorporated herein by reference for the purpose of describing and disclosing, for example, the methodologies described in such publications that might be used in connection with the described. These publications are provided solely for their disclosure prior to the filing date of the present application. Nothing in this regard should be construed as an admission that the inventors are not entitled to antedate such disclosure by virtue of prior invention or for any other reason. All statements as to the date or representation as to the contents of these documents is based on the information available to the applicants and does not constitute any admission as to the correctness of the dates or contents of these documents.
Claims
1. A method of treating a metabolic disorder in a patient comprising administering to the patient an effective amount of an antigen binding protein capable of inhibiting the activity of GK 1.
2. The method according to claim 1, wherein the metabolic disorder is a disorder of glucose metabolism.
3. The method according to claim 2, wherein the disorder of glucose metabolism comprises diabetes mellitus.
4. A method of modulating blood glucose in a patient comprising administering to the patient an effective amount of an antigen binding protein capable of inhibiting the activity of GK 1.
5. A method of treating insulin resistance in a patient comprising administering to the patient an effective amount of an antigen binding protein capable of inhibiting the activity of GK 1.
6. A method of treating dyslipidemia in a patient comprising administering to the patient an effective amount of an antigen binding protein capable of inhibiting the activity of GK 1.
7. A method of treating obesity in a patient comprising administering to the patient an effective amount of an antigen binding protein capable of inhibiting the activity of
GK 1.
8. A method of treating a disease or disorder characterized by undesired levels of triglycerides in a patient comprising administering to the patient an effective amount of an antigen binding protein capable of inhibiting the activity of GK 1.
9. The method according to any one of claims 1-8, wherein the antigen binding protein is an antibody.
10. The method according to any one of claims 1-8, wherein the antigen binding protein is a humanized antibody.
11. The method according to any one of claims 1-8, wherein the antigen binding protein comprises:
a. one or more heavy chain complementary determining regions (CDRHs) selected from the group consisting of:
i. a CDRH1 selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:65-71; ii. a CDRH2 selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:72-79;
iii. a CDRH3 selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 80-86; iv. a CDRH of (i), (ii) and (iii) that contains one or more amino acid substitutions, deletions or insertions totaling no more than 4 amino acids;
b. one or more light chain complementary determining regions (CDRLs) selected from the group consisting of:
i. a CDRL1 selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:87-93; ii. a CDRL2 selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:94-99; iii. a CDRL3 selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 100-105; iv. a CDRL of (i), (ii) and (iii) that contains one or more amino acid substitutions, deletions or insertions totaling no more than 4 amino acids; or
c. one or more CDRHs of (a) and one or more CDRLs of (b).
12. The method according to any one of claims 1-8, wherein the antigen binding protein comprises:
a. a CDRH selected from the group consisting of:
i. a CDRH1 selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:65-71; ii. a CDRH2 selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:72-79; and
iii. a CDRH3 selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 80-86; b. a CDRL selected from the group consisting of:
i. a CDRLl selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:87-93; ii. a CDRL2 selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:94-99; and
iii. a CDRL3 selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 100- 105; or
c. one or more CDRHs of (a) and one or more CDRLs of (b).
13. The method according to claim 12, wherein the antigen binding protein comprises:
a. a CDRH1 of SEQ ID NO:65, a CDRH1 of SEQ ID NO:72, a CDRH3 of SEQ ID NO:80; a CDRl of SEQ ID NO:87, a CDRL2 of SEQ ID NO:94, and a CDRL3 of SEQ ID NO: 100;
b. a CDRH1 of SEQ ID NO:66, a CDRH1 of SEQ ID NO:73, a CDRH3 of SEQ ID NO:81; a CDRl of SEQ ID NO:88, a CDRL2 of SEQ ID NO:95, and a CDRL3 of SEQ ID NO : 101 ;
c. a CDRH1 of SEQ ID NO:67, a CDRH1 of SEQ ID NO:74, a CDRH3 of SEQ ID NO:82; a CDRl of SEQ ID NO:89, a CDRL2 of SEQ ID NO:96, and a CDRL3 of SEQ ID NO: 102;
d. a CDRH1 of SEQ ID NO:67, a CDRH1 of SEQ ID NO:74, a CDRH3 of SEQ ID NO:82; a CDRl of SEQ ID NO:90, a CDRL2 of SEQ ID NO:96, and a CDRL3 of SEQ ID NO: 102;
e. a CDRH1 of SEQ ID NO:68, a CDRH1 of SEQ ID NO:75, a CDRH3 of SEQ ID NO:83; a CDRl of SEQ ID NO:91, a CDRL2 of SEQ ID NO:97, and a CDRL3 of SEQ ID NO : 103 ;
f. a CDRH1 of SEQ ID NO:69, a CDRH1 of SEQ ID NO:76, a CDRH3 of SEQ ID NO:84; a CDRl of SEQ ID NO:92, a CDRL2 of SEQ ID NO:98, and a CDRL3 of SEQ ID NO: 104;
g. a CDRH1 of SEQ ID NO:70, a CDRH1 of SEQ ID NO:77, a CDRH3 of SEQ ID NO:85; a CDRl of SEQ ID NO:92, a CDRL2 of SEQ ID NO:98, and a CDRL3 of SEQ ID NO: 104;
h. a CDRH1 of SEQ ID NO:71, a CDRH1 of SEQ ID NO:78, a CDRH3 of SEQ ID NO:86; a CDRl of SEQ ID NO:93, a CDRL2 of SEQ ID NO:99, and a CDRL3 of SEQ ID NO: 105; or
i. a CDRH1 of SEQ ID NO:71, a CDRH1 of SEQ ID NO:79, a CDRH3 of SEQ ID NO:86; a CDRl of SEQ ID NO:93, a CDRL2 of SEQ ID NO:99, and a CDRL3 of SEQ ID NO: 105.
14. The method according to any one of claims 1-8, wherein the antigen binding protein comprises a heavy chain variable region (VH) and/or a light chain variable region (VL), wherein
a. the VH has at least 90% sequence identity with the amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:40-53; and
b. the VL has at least 90% sequence identity with the amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:54-64.
15. The method according to claim 14, wherein the antigen binding protein comprises a heavy chain variable region (VH) and a light chain variable region (VL), wherein a. the VH comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:40 and the VL comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:54;
b. the VH comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:41 and the VL comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:55;
c. the VH comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:42 and the VL comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:56;
d. the VH comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:43 and the VL comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:57;
e. the VH comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:44 and the VL comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:58;
f. the VH comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:45 and the VL comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:59;
g. the VH comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:46 and the VL comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:60;
h. the VH comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:47 and the VL comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:60;
i. the VH comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:48 and the VL comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:61 ;
j. the VH comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:49 and the VL comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:62;
k. the VH comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:50 and the VL comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:61 ;
1. the VH comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:51 and the VL comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:62;
m. the VH comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:52 and the VL comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:63; or
n. the VH comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:53 and the VL comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:64.
16. The method according to any one of claims 1-8, wherein the antigen binding protein comprises a heavy chain (HC) and/or a light chain (LC), wherein
a. the HC has at least 90% sequence identity with the amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 15-28; and
b. the LC has at least 90% sequence identity with the amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:29-39.
17. The method according to claim 16, wherein the antigen binding protein comprises a heavy chain (HC) and a light chain (LC), wherein
a. the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 15 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:29;
b. the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 16 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:30;
c. the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 17 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:31;
d. the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 18 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:32;
e. the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 19 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:33;
f. the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:20 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:34;
g. the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:21 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:35;
h. the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:22 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:35;
i. the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:23 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:36;
j. the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:24 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:37;
k. the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:25 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:36;
1. the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:26 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:37;
m. the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:27 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:38; or
n. the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:29 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:39.
18. An antigen binding protein that specifically binds to GKN1 polypeptide.
19. The antigen binding protein of claim 18, wherein the GK 1 polypeptide is a human GK 1 polypeptide.
20. The antigen binding protein of claims 1 or 2 that is a human antigen binding protein.
21. The antigen binding protein of claim 20 that is a human antibody.
22. The antigen binding protein of any of claims 18-21 that binds a human GK 1 polypeptide consisting of SEQ ID NO:3.
23. The antigen binding protein of any of claims 18-22, wherein the antigen binding protein comprises:
a. one or more heavy chain complementary determining regions (CDRHs) selected from the group consisting of:
i. a CDRH1 selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:65-71; ii. a CDRH2 selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:72-79; iii. a CDRH3 selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 80-86; iv. a CDRH of (i), (ii) and (iii) that contains one or more amino acid substitutions, deletions or insertions totaling no more than 4 amino acids;
b. one or more light chain complementary determining regions (CDRLs) selected from the group consisting of:
i. a CDRLl selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:87-93;
ii. a CDRL2 selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:94-99; iii. a CDRL3 selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 100-105; iv. a CDRL of (i), (ii) and (iii) that contains one or more amino acid substitutions, deletions or insertions totaling no more than 4 amino acids; or
c. one or more CDRHs of (a) and one or more CDRLs of (b).
24. The antigen binding protein of any of claims 18-22, wherein the antigen binding protein comprises:
a. a CDRH selected from the group consisting of:
i. a CDRH1 selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:65-71; ii. a CDRH2 selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:72-79; and
iii. a CDRH3 selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 80-86; b. a CDRL selected from the group consisting of:
i. a CDRLl selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:87-93; ii. a CDRL2 selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:94-99; and
iii. a CDRL3 selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 100- 105; or
c. one or more CDRHs of (a) and one or more CDRLs of (b).
The method according to claim 24, wherein the antigen binding protein a CDRH1 of SEQ ID NO:65, a CDRH1 of SEQ ID NO:72, a CDRH3 of SEQ ID NO:80; a CDRl of SEQ ID NO:87, a CDRL2 of SEQ ID NO:94, and a CDRL3 of SEQ ID NO: 100;
a CDRH1 of SEQ ID NO:66, a CDRH1 of SEQ ID NO:73, a CDRH3 of SEQ ID NO:81; a CDRl of SEQ ID NO:88, a CDRL2 of SEQ ID NO:95, and a CDRL3 of SEQ ID NO : 101 ;
a CDRH1 of SEQ ID NO:67, a CDRH1 of SEQ ID NO:74, a CDRH3 of SEQ ID NO:82; a CDRl of SEQ ID NO:89, a CDRL2 of SEQ ID NO:96, and a CDRL3 of SEQ ID NO: 102;
d. a CDRH1 of SEQ ID NO:67, a CDRH1 of SEQ ID NO:74, a CDRH3 of SEQ ID NO:82; a CDR1 of SEQ ID NO:90, a CDRL2 of SEQ ID NO:96, and a CDRL3 of SEQ ID NO: 102;
e. a CDRH1 of SEQ ID NO:68, a CDRH1 of SEQ ID NO:75, a CDRH3 of SEQ ID NO:83; a CDR1 of SEQ ID NO:91, a CDRL2 of SEQ ID NO:97, and a CDRL3 of SEQ ID NO : 103 ;
f. a CDRH1 of SEQ ID NO:69, a CDRH1 of SEQ ID NO:76, a CDRH3 of SEQ ID NO:84; a CDR1 of SEQ ID NO:92, a CDRL2 of SEQ ID NO:98, and a CDRL3 of SEQ ID NO: 104;
g. a CDRH1 of SEQ ID NO:70, a CDRH1 of SEQ ID NO:77, a CDRH3 of SEQ ID NO:85; a CDR1 of SEQ ID NO:92, a CDRL2 of SEQ ID NO:98, and a CDRL3 of SEQ ID NO: 104;
h. a CDRH1 of SEQ ID NO:71, a CDRH1 of SEQ ID NO:78, a CDRH3 of SEQ ID NO:86; a CDR1 of SEQ ID NO:93, a CDRL2 of SEQ ID NO:99, and a CDRL3 of SEQ ID NO: 105; or
i. a CDRH1 of SEQ ID NO:71, a CDRH1 of SEQ ID NO:79, a CDRH3 of SEQ ID NO:86; a CDR1 of SEQ ID NO:93, a CDRL2 of SEQ ID NO:99, and a CDRL3 of SEQ ID NO: 105.
26. The antigen binding protein of any of claims 18-22, wherein the antigen binding protein comprises a heavy chain variable region (VH) and/or a light chain variable region (VL), wherein
a. the VH has at least 90% sequence identity with the amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:40-53; and
b. the VL has at least 90% sequence identity with the amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:54-64.
27. The method according to claim 26, wherein the antigen binding protein comprises a heavy chain variable region (VH) and a light chain variable region (VL), wherein a. the VH comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:40 and the VL comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:54;
b. the VH comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:41 and the VL comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:55;
c. the VH comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:42 and the VL comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:56;
d. the VH comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:43 and the VL comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:57;
e. the VH comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:44 and the VL comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:58;
f. the VH comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:45 and the VL comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:59;
g. the VH comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:46 and the VL comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:60;
h. the VH comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:47 and the VL comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:60;
i. the VH comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:48 and the VL comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:61;
j. the VH comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:49 and the VL comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:62;
k. the VH comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:50 and the VL comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:61 ;
1. the VH comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:51 and the VL comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:62;
m. the VH comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:52 and the VL comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:63; or
n. the VH comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:53 and the VL comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:64.
28. The antigen binding protein of any of claims 18-22, wherein the antigen binding protein comprises a heavy chain (HC) and/or a light chain (LC), wherein
a. the HC has at least 90% sequence identity with the amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 15-28; and
b. the LC has at least 90% sequence identity with the amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:29-39.
29. The method according to claim 28, wherein the antigen binding protein comprises a heavy chain (HC) and a light chain (LC), wherein
a. the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 15 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:29;
b. the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 16 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:30;
c. the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO.T7 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:31;
d. the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 18 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:32;
e. the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 19 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:33;
f. the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:20 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:34;
g. the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:21 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:35;
h. the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:22 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:35;
i. the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:23 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:36;
j. the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:24 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:37;
k. the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:25 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:36;
1. the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:26 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:37;
m. the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:27 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:38; or
n. the HC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:29 and the LC comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:39.
30. A pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one antigen binding protein according to any one of claims 18-29.
31. A nucleic acid molecule encoding the antigen binding protein of any one of claims 18-29.
32. A vector comprising the nucleic acid of claim 31.
33. A host cell comprising the nucleic acid of claim 31 or the vector of claim 32.
34. A method of making the antigen binding protein according to any one of claims 18-29, the method comprising preparing the antigen binding protein from a host cell that secretes the antigen binding protein.
35. The antigen binding protein of any one of claim 18-29 or the pharmaceutical composition of claim 30 for use in therapy.
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US201361768298P | 2013-02-22 | 2013-02-22 | |
| US61/768,298 | 2013-02-22 |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| WO2014130965A1 true WO2014130965A1 (en) | 2014-08-28 |
Family
ID=50240070
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/US2014/018080 Ceased WO2014130965A1 (en) | 2013-02-22 | 2014-02-24 | Gastrokine-1 (gkn1) binding proteins and methods of treatment |
Country Status (1)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| WO (1) | WO2014130965A1 (en) |
Cited By (3)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| WO2016205566A1 (en) * | 2015-06-16 | 2016-12-22 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Fzd7 specific antibodies and vaccines to treat cancer and control stem cell function |
| WO2017100670A1 (en) * | 2015-12-09 | 2017-06-15 | Corvus Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Humanized anti-cd73 antibodies |
| US11352436B2 (en) * | 2017-02-10 | 2022-06-07 | Washington University | Antibodies to TIP1 and methods of use thereof |
Citations (1)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US20050031582A1 (en) * | 2001-03-29 | 2005-02-10 | Toback F. Gary | Control of growth and repair of gastro-intestinal tissues by gastrokines and inhibitors |
-
2014
- 2014-02-24 WO PCT/US2014/018080 patent/WO2014130965A1/en not_active Ceased
Patent Citations (1)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US20050031582A1 (en) * | 2001-03-29 | 2005-02-10 | Toback F. Gary | Control of growth and repair of gastro-intestinal tissues by gastrokines and inhibitors |
Non-Patent Citations (4)
| Title |
|---|
| JUNG HWAN YOON ET AL: "Gastrokine 1 functions as a tumor suppressor by inhibition of epithelialâ mesenchymal transition in gastric cancers", JOURNAL OF CANCER RESEARCH AND CLINICAL ONCOLOGY, SPRINGER, BERLIN, DE, vol. 137, no. 11, 7 September 2011 (2011-09-07), pages 1697 - 1704, XP019964967, ISSN: 1432-1335, DOI: 10.1007/S00432-011-1051-8 * |
| KARIM HNIA ET AL: "Biochemical Properties of Gastrokine-1 Purified from Chicken Gizzard Smooth Muscle", PLOS ONE, vol. 3, no. 12, 5 December 2008 (2008-12-05), pages e3854, XP055123033, DOI: 10.1371/journal.pone.0003854 * |
| PASKI SHIRLEY ET AL: "Mo1806 Gastrokine-1: A Gastric Protein That Protects Mice Against Experimental Colitis", 22 May 2012 (2012-05-22), XP055123238, Retrieved from the Internet <URL:http://ac.els-cdn.com/S0016508512626596/1-s2.0-S0016508512626596-main.pdf?_tid=d849ba8a-f2de-11e3-92ab-00000aacb35d&acdnat=1402652647_d0124df7731076ea9afd0b5465fb9869> [retrieved on 20140613] * |
| XIAOYAN WU ET AL: "A Novel Peptide to Treat Oral Mucositis Blocks Endothelial and Epithelial Cell Apoptosis", INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF RADIATION ONCOLOGYBIOLOGYPHYSICS, vol. 83, no. 3, 1 July 2012 (2012-07-01), pages e409 - e415, XP055123132, ISSN: 0360-3016, DOI: 10.1016/j.ijrobp.2012.01.006 * |
Cited By (5)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| WO2016205566A1 (en) * | 2015-06-16 | 2016-12-22 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Fzd7 specific antibodies and vaccines to treat cancer and control stem cell function |
| WO2017100670A1 (en) * | 2015-12-09 | 2017-06-15 | Corvus Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Humanized anti-cd73 antibodies |
| US10822426B2 (en) | 2015-12-09 | 2020-11-03 | Corvus Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Humanized anti-CD73 antibodies |
| US11859007B2 (en) | 2015-12-09 | 2024-01-02 | Corvus Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Humanized anti-CD73 antibodies |
| US11352436B2 (en) * | 2017-02-10 | 2022-06-07 | Washington University | Antibodies to TIP1 and methods of use thereof |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| US12134652B2 (en) | Human CGRP receptor binding proteins | |
| US10294298B2 (en) | Human PAC1 antibodies | |
| US9850297B2 (en) | Secreted frizzle-related protein 5 (SFRP5) binding proteins | |
| AU2018203471B2 (en) | Human CGRP receptor binding proteins | |
| AU2018275231B2 (en) | Anti-jagged1 antigen binding proteins | |
| WO2014130965A1 (en) | Gastrokine-1 (gkn1) binding proteins and methods of treatment | |
| HK1163699A (en) | Human cgrp receptor binding antibodies | |
| HK1163699B (en) | Human cgrp receptor binding antibodies |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| 121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 14709125 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
| NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
| 122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 14709125 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |